Central Telephone Company of Texas Title Page CenturyLink ... · Central Telephone Company of Texas Title Page d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 1 (C) Cancels Original Sheet 1

Central Telephone Company of Texas Title Page d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 1 (C)

Cancels Original Sheet 1

GENERAL CUSTOMER SERVICES TARIFF

Schedule of Rates and Charges Together

With Rules and Regulations Applicable To

Services Provided In The Territory Served

By This Company Within The State of Texas

ISSUED: October 21, 2009 EFFECTIVE: November 20, 2009


Central Telephone Company of Texas Adoption Notice d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 1 (C)



ADOPTION NOTICE

Effective July 28, 2009, Central Telephone Company of Texas registered the fictitious name CenturyLink. Effective November 20, 2009, Central Telephone Company of Texas d/b/a Embarq, began operating under the name CenturyLink. As such, Central Telephone Company of Texas d/b/a CenturyLink hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every respect as if the same had been originally filed by it, all schedules, rules, notices, concurrences, schedule agreements, divisions, authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Public Utility Commission, State of Texas, by or adopted by Central Telephone Company of Texas d/b/a Embarq between June 5, 2006 and November 19, 2009.

By this notice, Central Telephone Company of Texas d/b/a CenturyLink also adopts and ratifies all supplements or amendments to any of the above schedules, etc., which Central Telephone Company of Texas d/b/a Embarq has heretofore filed with said Commission.

Effective June 5, 2006, Central Telephone Company of Texas began operating under the name Embarq. As such, Embarq hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every respect as if the same had been originally filed by it, all schedules, rules, notices, concurrences, schedule agreements, divisions, authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Public Utility Commission of Texas, by Central Telephone Company of Texas.

By this notice it also adopts and ratifies all supplements or amendments to any of the above schedules, etc., which Central Telephone Company of Texas has heretofore filed with said Commission.

(N)

(N)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section Trademarks-Service Marks dba CenturyLink Second Revised Page 1

Cancels First Revised Original Page 1

Trade Names, Trademarks and Service Marks Used in this Tariff

Below is a list of trade names, trademarks and/or service marks for services which are offered in this Tariff. These trade names, trademarks and/or service marks are owned by CenturyLink, Inc. or a subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. and are used by Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink with express permission. Trademark and service mark designations will not be listed hereafter in the Tariff. However, the laws regarding trademarks and service marks will still apply. Trademarks and service marks that are owned by CenturyLink, Inc. or a subsidiary of CenturyLink, Inc. cannot be used by another party without authorization

CENTURYLINK CENTURYLINKTM

CENTURYLINKSM

CORE CONNECT® (N)

ISSUED: December 6, 2011 EFFECTIVE: December 16, 2011


Central Telephone Company of Texas Concurrence dba CenturyLink Eighteenth Revised Sheet 1

Cancels Seventeenth Revised Sheet 1

CONCURRENCES Service or Subject Section

211 Service for Telecommunications and Referral Services 7 511 Service For Travel Information Services 7 811 Service For “One Call” Notification Systems 7 Auxiliary Listings 6 Billed Number Screening 13 Business Assist Advantage Plans 13 Call Forward Features 13 Call Line Identifier 13 CenturyLink Business Bundle 13

CenturyLink Line Volume Plan 3

Connection Central Bundle 13

Core Connect 13 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service 11

(D)

Directory Assistance Service 3 Enhanced Call Waiting 13 Hosted MultiLine Bundle 13 Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) - Primary Rate Interface (PRI) 125 Integrated Services Digital Network-Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI)

Business Service 25 Late Payment Charge 2 Lifeline Assistance 3 MultiLine Bundle 13 Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) Packages 13 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Bundle - Business 13 Private Switch Database Service 7 Residence Customer Referral Program 13 Residence Service for Company Employees 2 Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service 7 Satisfaction Guarantee Program 13 School and Library Discounts 2 Solutions – Business Term Discount Plan (TDP) 13 Solutions II – Business 13 Special Disaster Relief Rates Initiated by the Company 2 Texas Universal Service Fund (TUSF) 2 Vanity Listings 6 Voice Business Continuity 13 Wireless E911 Phase 2 7

ISSUED: November 24, 2015 EFFECTIVE: December 4, 2015 TX 15-13


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 1 (T)

Cancels Second Revised Sheet 1

INDEX

Subject Section Sheet

211 Service For Telecommunications And Referral Service ▲ ........... 7 1 511 Service for Travel Information Services ▲ ................................... 7 17 711 Service For Telecommunications Relay Services ........................ 7 12 811 Service for “One Call” Notification Systems ▲ ............................. 7 17 911 Service - Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service (E911) 7 4

A Access Service ..................................................................................... 21 -- Accessories Provided By the Customer ............................................... 2 2 Additional Listings for Names Spelled More Than One Way ............................................................................... 6 5 Alternate Call Numbers Listings ........................................................... 6 5 Applicant Deposit ................................................................................. 2 24 Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service ......................................................................... 2 9 Application for Service ......................................................................... 2 8 Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) ................................................... 18 1 Auxiliary Listings▲ ............................................................................... 6 1 Availability of Facilities ......................................................................... 2 7

B Basic Local Exchange Service ............................................................. 3 -- - Application of Rates and Charges ............................................ 3 5 - Central Office Restriction .......................................................... 3 32 - Directory Assistance Service .................................................... 3 22 - EAS and EMS Calling Areas .................................................... 3 6 - EAS and EMS Exchanges ........................................................ 3 6 - Exchange Area Maps ............................................................... 3 22 - Local Measured Service ........................................................... 3 17 - Local Service Rates .................................................................. 3 13 - Local Exchange Service Rates ................................................. 3 13 - Operator Assistance ................................................................. 3 22 Billing Option ........................................................................................ 4 7 Billed Number Screening ▲ ................................................................. 13 58 Billed Number Screening Service for Private Pay Telephones ............ 24 3 Bridging ................................................................................................ 20 6 Broadcast of Recordings of Telephone Conversations ....................... 2 3 Business Assist Advantage Plans ▲ (1) ............................................... 13 64 Business Listings (Directory)................................................................ 6 1 - Additional Listings ..................................................................... 6 2 - Business Designations ............................................................. 6 2 - Primary Listing .......................................................................... 6 1

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

▲(1) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(D)

ISSUED: December 9, 2015 EFFECTIVE: March 3, 2016 TX 15-10


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Eighth Revised Sheet 2

Cancels Seventh Revised Sheet 2

INDEX


C

Call Line Identifier ▲ ............................................................................ 13 58 Cancellation of Service for Cause ........................................................ 2 4 Cancellation of Service ........................................................................ 17 31 Centrex Service II ................................................................................. 13 45 Centrex (See Integrated Business Service) ......................................... 123 1 CenturyLink Business Bundle ▲.......................................................... 13 67 CenturyLink Line Volume Plan ▲(2) ..................................................... 3 37 Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions .................................... 5 -- - Construction Charges .................................................................. 5 1 - Construction on Private Property ................................................ 5 5 - Construction on Public Highways or Other Easements ..................................................................................... 5 1 - Construction Required for Temporary Service ............................ 5 6 - Rearrangements of Existing Plant ............................................... 5 5 - Special Service Arrangements .................................................... 5 6 - Special Types of Construction ..................................................... 5 5 Charges for Service Provided by a Foreign Exchange ........................ 9 2 Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations ....................................................................................... 2 14 Competitive Response Programs ........................................................ 35 1 Connection Central Bundle ▲(1) ........................................................... 13 56 Conditioning .......................................................................................... 16 2 Connection with Certain Facilities and/or Equipment of Others .......... 15 -- - Basis of Connection .................................................................. 15 1 - Connection At Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations .................................................................................. 15 4 - Customer-Provided Registered or Grandfathered Terminal Equipment, as Covered in FCC Docket 19528 ......... 15 6 - Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment ................................. 15 9 - Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment ........ 15 10 - Federal Aviation Agency and Air Common Carrier Facilities ... 15 15 - Individual Line Systems ............................................................ 15 13 - Maintenance of Service Charges ............................................. 15 16 - Miscellaneous Common Carrier Facilities ................................ 15 15 - Network Protection Criteria ....................................................... 15 4 - Pocket Pagers - Privately Owned ............................................. 15 13 - Power, Pipeline and Railroad Company Facilities. ................... 15 14 - Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment ........................................................ 15 10 - Responsibility of the Company ................................................. 15 2 - Responsibility of the Customer ................................................. 15 3 - U. S. Government Equipment for Disguising or Concealing Communications .................................................... 15 13 - Violation of the Rules and Regulations for Customer-Provided Equipment or Systems ............................. 15 5

Core Connect ▲(1) ................................................................................ 13 66

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.


▲(2) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink Local Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba Embarq Original Page 3

INDEX


D

Data Service ......................................................................................... 16 -- - Basis of Connection .................................................................. 16 1 - Conditioning .............................................................................. 16 2 - Obligation of Customer ............................................................. 16 1 - Responsibility of Telephone Company ..................................... 16 1 - Type C-1 Conditioning .............................................................. 16 2 Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment (Customer-Provided) ................................................... 15 9 Defacement of Premises ...................................................................... 2 34 Definition of Terms ............................................................................... 1 -- Derived Channel Services .................................................................... 19 -- Digital Trunking Services ..................................................................... 19 5 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service▲ .................................................. 11 1 Directory Assistance Service▲ ............................................................ 3 22 Directory Listings .................................................................................. 6 -- - Additional Listings for Names Spelled More Than One Way ... 6 5 - Alternate Call Number Listing ................................................... 6 5 - Business Designations ............................................................. 6 2 - Business Listings ...................................................................... 6 1 - Dual Name Listings ................................................................... 6 3 - Enterprise Service (Special Reverse Charge Toll) Listings ...... 6 5 - Foreign Listings ........................................................................ 6 5 - Miscellaneous Listings .............................................................. 6 4 - Non-Listed Telephone Number ................................................ 6 8 - Non-Published Number Service ............................................... 6 6 - Number of Directory Listings Provided without Charge ............ 6 1 - Provision of Directory Listings .................................................. 6 1 - Reference Listings .................................................................... 6 4 - Residence Designations ........................................................... 6 4 - Residence Listings .................................................................... 6 2 Discontinuance of Service.................................................................... 2 22 Distance Learning and Information Sharing Program Discounts▲ ..... 2 15

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba Embarq concurs in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba Embarq General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

ISSUED: March 5, 2007 EFFECTIVE: April 4, 2007


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 4 (T)


INDEX


E

EAS and EMS Calling Areas ................................................................ 3 6 EAS and EMS Exchanges ................................................................... 3 6 Enhanced Frame Relay Service (EFRS) ............................................. 26 -- Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service (E911) ................... 7 4 Enterprise Service (Special Reverse Charge Toll) Listings ................. 6 5 ESP Link............................................................................................... 19 16 Establishment and Furnishing of Service ............................................. 2 7 - Application for Service ................................................................. 2 8 - Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service ......... 2 9 - Availability of Facilities ................................................................ 2 7 - Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations ...... 2 14 - Construction ................................................................................ 2 16 - Distance Learning and Information Sharing Program Discounts ...................................................................... 2 15 - Floor Space, Electric Power and Operation of Company Facilities at the Customer's Premises ......................................... 2 12 - Installation, Maintenance and Repairs ........................................ 2 14 - Party Line Service ....................................................................... 2 7 - Priority of Establishment of Service............................................. 2 16 - Provision and Ownership of Directories ...................................... 2 13 - Provision and Ownership of Facilities ......................................... 2 13 - Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers....................... 2 14 - Special Service Arrangements .................................................... 2 15 - Supersedure of Service ............................................................... 2 11 - Termination of Service ................................................................ 2 15 - Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours ...................... 2 15 Establishment of Identity ...................................................................... 2 2 Exchange Area Boundary Maps .......................................................... 3 22 Expanded Local Calling Service .......................................................... 3 29 Explanation of Symbols ........................................................................ 2 1 Extension and Tie Line Mileage ........................................................... 13 1


(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Third Revised Page 5 (T)

Cancels Second Revised Page 5

INDEX


F

FCC Designated N11 Services ............................................................ 7 -- Federal Aviation Agency and Air Common Carrier Facilities (Customer-Provided) .......................................... 15 15 Floor Space, Electric Power and Operation of Company Facilities at the Customer's Premises ........................... 2 12

Foreign Listings .................................................................................... 6 5 Foreign Exchange Service (Business Only) ........................................ 9 -- - Charges for Service Provided by a Foreign Exchange .................................................................................. 9 2 - Foreign Exchange Service........................................................ 9 1 - Other Charges .......................................................................... 9 2 - Unusual Expenditures ............................................................... 9 2

G

General Regulations ............................................................................ 2 --

H

Hosted MultiLine Bundle ▲ .................................................................. 13 58

I

Indemnifying Agreement ...................................................................... 2 34 Individual Line Systems (Customer-Provided) ..................................... 15 13 Individual Voice Channels For Custom Access Solutions ................... 19 1 Installation, Maintenance, and Repairs ................................................ 2 14 Insufficient Funds Charge .................................................................... 4 7 Integrated Business Service (Centrex) ............................................... 123 1 Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) - Basic Rate Interface (BRI) ............................................................ 25 1 Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) - Primary Rate Interface (PRI)▲ ..................................................... 125 1Integrated Services Digital Network-Primary Rate Interface - (ISDN-PRI) Business Service ▲ ................................................. 25 6

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(T) (N) (N)

(T) (T)

ISSUED: December 15, 2010 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2011


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 6

Cancels First Revised Sheet 6

INDEX


J

Joint User Service ................................................................................ 13 8

K

Key and Pushbutton Telephone Service .............................................. 10 -- - Availability of Service ................................................................ 10 1 - Basis of Service ........................................................................ 10 1

L

Late Payment Charge ▲ ...................................................................... 2 22 Liability of the Company ....................................................................... 2 33 - Defacement of Premises .......................................................... 2 34 - Indemnifying Agreement ........................................................... 2 34 - Liability for Directory Service .................................................... 2 35 - Service Irregularities ................................................................. 2 33 - Use of Facilities of Other Connecting Carriers ......................... 2 33 Lifeline Assistance ▲ ........................................................................... 3 25 Limitations and Use of Service ............................................................ 2 2 - Accessories Provided by the Customer .................................... 2 2 - Broadcast of Recording of Telephone Conversations .............. 2 3 - Cancellation of Service for Cause ............................................ 2 4 - Customer-Provided Equipment and Facilities .......................... 2 2 - Establishment of Identity........................................................... 2 2 - Limited Communication ............................................................ 2 3 - Recorded Public Announcements ............................................ 2 3 - Transmitting Messages ............................................................. 2 4 - Unlawful Use of Service............................................................ 2 4 - Use of Customer's Service ....................................................... 2 2 Line Connection Charge ...................................................................... 4 4 Line Treatment ..................................................................................... 13 33 Line Volume Plan ▲(1) ........................................................................ 3 37 Local Service Rates ............................................................................. 3 13 Local Measured Service ....................................................................... 3 17 Local Private Line Service.................................................................... 20 1


▲(1) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink Local Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(N)

(N)

(N)

ISSUED: September 19, 2014 EFFECTIVE: September 29, 2014 TX 14-04


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Third Revised Page 7

Cancels Second Revised l Page 7

INDEX


M

Maintenance of Service Charges (a.k.a. Trouble Isolation Charge) . 15 16 Maintenance Service Charges (a.k.a. Trouble Isolation Charge) ..... 4 7 Minimum Service Periods .................................................................... 2 12 Miscellaneous Common Carriers ......................................................... 17 4 - Service Through ....................................................................... 17 4 Miscellaneous Common Carrier Facilities (Customer-Provided) ................................................................ 15 15 Miscellaneous Listings (Directory) ....................................................... 6 4 Miscellaneous Service Arrangements .................................................. 13 -- Monthly Local Exchange Services Rates ............................................. 3 13 MultiLine Bundle▲ ............................................................................... 13 58

N

National Directory Assistance Service ................................................. 3 22 Network Protection Criteria .................................................................. 15 4 Non-Emergency 311 Service ............................................................... 7 1 Non-published Number Service ........................................................... 6 6

O

Obsolete Service Offerings - General .................................................. 100 -- Obsolete Service Offerings - Basic Local Exchange .............................................................. 103 -- - Integrated Business Service (Centrex) ..................................... 123 -- - Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) ............................. 125 -- - SwitchLink Plus Service............................................................ 127 -- Operator Assistance ............................................................................. 3 22 Optional Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS) .................................. 3 26 - Calling Area .............................................................................. 3 6 - General ..................................................................................... 3 26 - Rates and Charges ................................................................... 3 27

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations in the United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(T) (T)

ISSUED: April 19, 2013 EFFECTIVE: April 29, 2013


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink 3rd Revised Sheet 8

Cancels 2nd Revised Sheet 8

INDEX


P

Party Line Service ................................................................................ 2 7 Pay-Per-Call Information Services Blocking ........................................ 13 35 Payment Allocation Following Suspension or Disconnection .............. 2 31 Payment for Service ............................................................................. 2 28 Pay Telephone Service ........................................................................ 24 -- Pay Telephone Service Provider ......................................................... 24 8 Pocket Pagers - Privately Owned (Customer-Provided) ...................... 15 13 Pocket Paging Service ......................................................................... 17 -- - Cancellation of Service ................................................................ 17 1 - Miscellaneous Common Carriers ................................................ 17 4 - Pocket Paging Service Area ........................................................ 17 2 - Provision of Service ..................................................................... 17 1 - Rates and Charges ..................................................................... 17 4 - Responsibility of the Customer .................................................... 17 1 Power, Pipeline and Railroad Company Facilities (Customer-Provided) ..................................................................... 15 14 Premises Visit Charge .......................................................................... 4 3 Prepaid Local Telephone Service ........................................................ 3 33 Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) Packages ▲(1) ................... 13 65 Primary Rate Interface (PRI) Bundle - Business ▲ ............................. 13 56 Priority of Establishment of Service ..................................................... 2 16

Private Line Services and Channels .................................................... 20 -- - Bridging ....................................................................................... 20 6 - Local ............................................................................................ 20 1 - Toll ............................................................................................... IntraLATA Services Tariff Private Switch Database Service ▲ .................................................... 7 11 Provision and Ownership of Directories ............................................... 2 13 Provision and Ownership of Facilities .................................................. 2 13 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers ............................... 2 14

R

Residence Customer Referral Program ▲ .......................................... 13 63

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in rates and regulations in the United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.


(D)

ISSUED: February 16, 2017 EFFECTIVE: May 12, 2017 TX17-02


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink 5th Revised Sheet 9

Cancels 4th Revised Sheet 9

INDEX


S

2nd Line Bundle ................................................................................... 13 57 Satisfaction Guarantee Program ▲ ..................................................... 13 56 School and Library Discounts ▲ .......................................................... 2 17 Secretarial Line Answering Service ..................................................... 8 2 Service Charges ................................................................................... 4 -- - Billing Option ............................................................................. 4 7 - Complex Inside Wiring .............................................................. 4 6 - Line Connection ........................................................................ 4 4 - Maintenance Service Charges (a.k.a. Trouble Isolation Charge) 4 7 - Premises Visit ........................................................................... 4 3 - Restoration Charge ................................................................... 4 7 - Return Check Handling Charges .............................................. 4 7 - Service Order ............................................................................ 4 3 - Schedule of Charges ................................................................ 4 5 - Termination Charge .................................................................. 4 8 - Service Date Change Charge ................................................ 4 8 - Cancellation of Order Charge ................................................ 4 8.1 - Expedited Order Charge ........................................................ 4 8.1 Service Guarantees ............................................................................. 2 32 Service Irregularities ............................................................................ 2 33 Solutions – Residence ......................................................................... 13 36 Solutions – Business ............................................................................ 13 41 Solutions II – Business ▲(1) ................................................................. 13 59 Special Promotions .............................................................................. 14 -- Special Service Arrangements ............................................................. 5 6 Special Disaster Relief Rates Initiated by the Company ▲ ................. 2 36 Special Types of Construction ............................................................. 5 5 Subscriber Activated Call Blocking (Toll Restriction) ........................... 103 2 Supersedure of Service ........................................................................ 2 11 SwitchLink Plus Service ....................................................................... 127 1

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

▲(1) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations in the United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(N)

(N)

ISSUED: May 1, 2017 EFFECTIVE: June 1, 2017


Central Telephone Company of Texas Index dba CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 10

Cancels Third Revised Sheet 10

INDEX


T

Telephone Answering Service Facilities .............................................. 8 -- - Facilities .................................................................................... 8 1 - Secretarial Line Answering Service .......................................... 8 2 Terminal Equipment (Customer-Provided) .......................................... 15 9 Termination Charge ............................................................................. 4 8 Termination of Service ......................................................................... 2 15 Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction ...................................................... 3 24 Toll Private Line Service ...................................................................... IntraLATA Services Tariff Toll Restriction Service ........................................................................ 103 1 Toll Terminal Service ........................................................................... 13 9 Transmitting Messages ........................................................................ 2 4 Type C-1 Conditioning ......................................................................... 16 2

U

Unlawful Use of Service ....................................................................... 2 4 Use of Customer's Service ................................................................... 2 2 Use of Facilities of Other Connecting Carriers..................................... 2 33

U.S. Government Equipment for Disguising or Concealing Communications (Customer-Provided) ................. 15 33

V

Vanity Listings ▲ ................................................................................. 6 5 Voice Business Continuity ▲ ............................................................... 13 58

W

Wireless E911 Phase 2 - ▲ ................................................................. 7 11 Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours ............................... 2 15

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone of Texas dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(D)

ISSUED: October 3, 2011 EFFECTIVE: March 1, 2012


Central Telephone Company of Texas Table of Contents dba CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 1 (T)

Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS

2. GENERAL REGULATIONS

3. BASIC LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

4. SERVICE CHARGES

5. CHARGES APPLICABLE UNDER SPECIAL CONDITIONS

6. DIRECTORY LISTINGS

7. FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES

8. TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE FACILITIES

9. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY)

10. KEY AND PUSHBUTTON TELEPHONE SERVICE

11. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE

12. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

13. MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

14. SPECIAL PROMOTIONS

15. CONNECTIONS WITH CERTAIN FACILITIES AND/OR EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS

16. DATA SERVICE

17. POCKET PAGING SERVICE

18. ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM)

19. DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES

20. PRIVATE LINE SERVICES AND CHANNELS (LOCAL)

21. ACCESS SERVICE



24. PAY TELEPHONE SERVICE (PTS)

25. INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)

26. ENHANCED FRAME RELAY SERVICE



35. COMPETITIVE RESPONSE PROGRAMS


100. OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS

103. OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS – BASIC LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

123. OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS – INTEGRATED BUSINESS SERVICE

125. OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS – INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)

127. OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS - SWITCHLINK PLUS SERVICE

(D)

(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 1 dba Embarq Original Sheet 1

DEFINITION OF TERMS

ABBREVIATIONS

AC - Alternating Current ACD - Automatic Call Distributor AIOD - Automatic Identification Outward Dial ASR - Automatic Send and Receive CC - Custom Calling CF - Call Forwarding CPE - Customer-Provided Equipment CPI - Customer-Provided Instrument CTX-CO - Centrex with Switching Equipment on Company Premise CTX-CU - Centrex with Switching Equipment on Customer Premise CW - Call Waiting DA - Directory Assistance db - Decibel DC - Direct Current DID - Direct Inward Dial DOD - Direct Outward Dial EAS - Extended Area Service EMS - Extended Metropolitan Service FCC - Federal Communications Commission FX - Foreign Exchange Hertz - Cycles Per Second INC - Initial Nonrecurring Charge IOD - Identification Outward Dial ISDN - Integrated Services Digital Network KSR - Keyboard Send and Receive MCS - Microseconds MSA - Mileage Service Area NC - No Charge OCC - Other Common Carrier PBX - Private Branch Exchange PER MO - The Monthly Rate PL - Private Line RO - Receive Only ROTR - Receiving Only Typing Reperforator SC - Service Charge USOC - Uniform Service Order Code WATS - Wide Area Telecommunications Service




DEFINITION OF TERMS

ACCESS LINES

A telephone facility which permits access to and from both the customer's premise and the telephone exchange or serving central office.

ACOUSTIC CONNECTION

A connection made by sound.

ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENT

An additional station on a main, domestic or interior station line Connected either directly or through two switching devices.

ADD-ON

An arrangement by which a third telephone can be added to the conversation.

AIR LINE

A measurement for computation of exchange line mileage charges from the nearest point on the Base Rate Area boundary via air line route to the customer location.

AIR LINE MEASUREMENT

The shortest distance between two points.

ALTERNATING CURRENT SUPPLY

Electrical energy which is used for the operation of bells and signal devices.

APPOINTMENT CALL

An arrangement made in advance with a particular party for the establishment of a person-to-person long distance message telephone connection at a specified time.

AUTHORIZED USER

A person, firm or corporation (other than the customer) who has been authorized by the Company to communicate over a private line or channel according to the terms of the tariff and (1), on whose premise a station of the private line service is located or (2), who receives from or sends to the customer over such private line or channel communications relating solely to the business of the customer.

AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION OUTWARD DIAL

Provides the capability of automatically identifying the number being called and the number from which the call originates.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

AUXILIARY LINE

An individual circuit connecting an additional main station with a central office and used for the purpose of relieving the load on the main individual line service of a customer.

AUXILIARY STATION

A telephone station connected to the central office by means of an auxiliary line.

BARGE-IN OPERATION

A feature which allows a calling party to enter an existing connection.

BASE RATE

A schedule rate for any class of exchange service available within the base rate area.

BASE RATE AREA

That portion of the exchange area in which exchange service is furnished at schedule rates for each class of service without mileage or construction charges.

BASE STATION

Terminal facilities for the provision of mobile telephone service.

BASE STATION OF REGISTRY

The base station from which a mobile unit receives its mobile telephone number.

BASIC TERMINATION CHARGE

See "Termination Charge."

BATTERY

See "Direct Current Supply."

BATTERY POWER

Power furnished by means of a circuit from a central office or other source of supply to a common battery PBX system for talking and operating lamp or visual signals and relays.

BAUD

A unit of signaling speed and is the reciprocal of the time duration in seconds of the shortest signal element (mark or space) within a code signal. The speed in baud is the number of signal elements per second.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

BRIDGING

The connection of a channel or channels to another channel or the common point where more than two channels of any type connect.

BRIDGING CONNECTION

Amplifying equipment and services required to connect a station, or an interexchange channel serving a station, at an intermediate point on an interexchange network or to connect an additional station at a terminal point.

BUILDING (Same)

A structure under one roof, or two or more structures under separate roofs but connected by passageways, in which the wires or cables of the Company can be safely run - provided the plant facility requirements are not appreciably greater than would normally be required if all structures were under one roof. In those cases where there are several structures under separate roofs but connected by passageways and the plant facility requirements for furnishing telephone service are appreciably greater than would normally be required if all the structures were under one roof, the term "Same Building" applies individually to each of the separate structures.

CABLE

Either a stranded conductor (single-conductor cable) or a combination of conductors insulated from one another (multiple-conductor cable).

CALL NUMBER

See "Telephone Number".

CALL WAITING

Provides a tone signal indicating to a customer who is using his telephone that another call is trying to reach him. The customer can answer the incoming call while holding his original call.

CALLING AREA

See "Local Service Area".

CANCELLATION CHARGE

A charge applicable under certain conditions when an application for service and/or facilities is cancelled in whole or in part prior to the completion of the work involved.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CAPTION LISTING

The listing of a customer's name without address or telephone number followed by a series of indented listings covering branches or different departments of the business, names of individuals, etc.

CENTRAL OFFICE

A switching unit for establishing telephone communication between stations by having the necessary equipment and operating arrangements for terminating and interconnecting lines and trunks.

CENTRAL OFFICE AREA

The area within which the customer's lines are connected to the central office operating unit, or units, established by the Company.

CENTRAL OFFICE BUILDING

A building or portion of a building containing one or more central offices. There may be more than one central office building in an exchange and one central office building may serve more than one exchange.

CENTRAL OFFICE LINE

See "Access Line".

CENTREX SERVICE

Centrex service is a form of dial exchange service where primary station users are assigned an individual telephone number from the serving exchange and internal and external communications may be processed automatically. Centrex service is furnished by standard type telephone instruments and associated switching equipment. The switching equipment may be installed either on the customer or Company's premise.

CHANNEL

A path, or combination of paths, for electrical communication between two or more stations or Company offices and furnished in such a manner as the Company may elect, whether by wire, radio or a combination thereof and whether or not by means of a single physical facility or route.

CHANNEL TERMINAL

The facilities required for terminating and connecting a channel of the base capacity to a station and also the facilities required where, at the request of the customer, such an interexchange channel is terminated in a Company office.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CIRCUIT

A channel used for the transmission of electrical energy in the furnishing of telephone service.

CLASS OF SERVICE

A sub grouping of telephone customers for the purpose of rate distinctions.

CODE RINGING

The method of signaling stations on a party or multi-party line circuit whereby the bells of two or more of the stations on the circuit are rung whenever one station is signaled, signals of the respective stations being distinguished by a code made up of various combinations of short and long rings.

COLLECT CALL

The procedure by which toll messages, upon request, may be reversed (charged to the called station) upon acceptance of the call at the called station.

COMMON BATTERY SERVICE

The type of telephone service for which electrical energy for talking and signaling is supplied from a central point.

COMPANY

Central Telephone Company of Texas.

COMPANY STATION

A station for which the central office equipment and lines are owned and maintained by the Company and are provided as a part of the Company's service function, and which is connected for exchange or toll service. Connecting stations and service stations are not included under this classification. A "Company station" may be a main, extension or PBX station. It also denotes the network control signaling unit which enables the customer to establish the communications connections and to effect communications through such connections.

CONCURRENCE

A statement that the Company conforms to the charges, rates and/or conditions for a particular service as described in the tariff(s).

CONDUIT OR DUCT

A tubular runway for underground cables.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

CONFORMANCE NUMBER

An identifying number assigned by AT&T to a particular model of "Conforming Answering Device" incorporating an "Authorized Protective Connecting Module" when that model complies with the latest issue of the AT&T specification PUB 46001 for Conforming Answering Devices. This number may be revoked if it is established that the associated Conforming Answering Device no longer complies with the latest issue of AT&T specification PUB 46001.

CONFORMING ANSWERING DEVICE

A customer-provided device which automatically answers incoming calls, transmits a prerecorded voice message or appropriate audible signal to the calling party, records a voice message from the calling party if so designed and arranged, automatically disconnect from the line in a prearranged manner on completion of the functions for which it was designed and arranged, bears a valid "Conformance Number", incorporates an "Authorized Protective Connecting Module", and complies with the technical procedures and requirements set forth in the latest issue of AT&T specifications. The Conforming Answering Device may include remote interrogation and/or device function control, and must be approved by the Company.

CONFORMING ARRANGEMENT

The equipment provided by the Company to accomplish the direct electrical connection of customer-provided facilities with the facilities of the Company, or of facilities of the Company with other facilities of the Company.

CONNECTING COMPANY

A corporation, association, firm or individual owning and operating a toll line or one or more central offices and with whom traffic is interexchanged.

CONNECTING STATION

An exchange or toll station of a connecting company.

CONSTRUCTION CHARGE

A separate initial charge made for construction of pole lines, circuits, facilities, etc., in excess of that contemplated under the rates quoted in the exchange tariffs.

CONSULTATION HOLD

Permits a station user to hold an existing external call while originating a new call for the purpose of consultation. After consultation, the initial call can be restored.

CONTINUOUS PROPERTY

A continuous plot of ground, including any building thereon, which is used exclusively by the customer (or by an authorized user of the customer's service) and which is not separated by property occupied by others.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 1 dba CenturyLink 1st Revised Sheet 8 (T)


DEFINITION OF TERMS

CONTRACT

The service agreement between a customer and the Company under which service and facilities for communication between specified locations for designated periods and for the use of the customer and the authorized users specifically named are furnished in accordance with the provisions of this tariff.

COORDINATING FACILITIES

Those used for communication between stations on program networks to enable the customer to pass information necessary for the proper handling of this program.

CUSTOMER

Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, municipality, cooperative organization or governmental agency furnished communication service by the Company under the provisions and regulations of this tariff.

CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT

Devices or apparatus and their associated wiring provided by a customer which are connected either electrically, acoustically or inductively and which are capable of communications between customer-provided equipment or Company stations.

DATA ACCESS ARRANGEMENT

A protective connecting arrangement for use with the network control signaling unit; or in lieu of the connecting arrangement, an arrangement to identify a central office line and protective facilities and procedures to determine compliance with criteria set forth by the Company.

DATA/KEY TRUNK

A central office access line which terminates in the common equipment cabinet of a key telephone system or a data set or data access arrangement.

DATA SET

A device designed to accept from and/or impart to customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment, material in the form produced and/or accepted by the customer-provided equipment into a form acceptable for transmission over Company facilities.

DIRECT BURIAL

The installation of cables or conductors directly in the earth and not in conduit or duct.

DESIGN SERVICE

A service that is not immediately available for provisioning and requires treatment, equipment or engineering design (e.g. ISDN-PRI, DS1, Private Line, Foreign Exchange Service).

(N)

(N)




DEFINITION OF TERMS

DIRECT CURRENT SUPPLY

Electrical energy for talking and signaling purposes other than ringing except in the case of intercommunicating systems when direct current may be used for ringing the station bells.

DIRECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

A physical connection of the electrical conductors in the communications path.

DIRECT INWARD DIAL

Provides capability in a PBX or Centrex System for dialing to a station from the switching network, without attendant assistance.

DIRECT OUTWARD DIAL

Provides capability in a PBX or Centrex for direct outward dialing to an outside station without attendant assistance.

DIRECTORY

A book which alphabetically lists each telephone customer with his address and telephone number.

DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE

Directory Assistance Service is furnished to supplement the information available in published directories, and to furnish telephone numbers to users who are not able to find the listing in their directory.

DIRECTORY LISTING

Publication in the Company's directory of information relative to the customer's telephone numbers.

DISCONNECTION OF SERVICE

An arrangement made at the request of the customer or initiated by the Company for violation of tariff regulations by the customer, for a permanent interruption of telephone service. Once effected, telephone equipment would be removed from the customer's premise and a "final" bill would be rendered showing monies owed to the Company as of the date the service was disconnected.

DISTRIBUTION CENTER

Amplifying and bridging equipment required to connect the various local sections of a network or to connect local sections to an interexchange section of the network.

DORMITORY STATION

A station furnished to a college or university and located in the living quarters of students, faculty members or employees.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

DROP WIRE

Wires used to connect the circuits of open wire, aerial or underground distribution facilities to the point where connection is made with the inside wiring.

DROP SERVICE

The connection of a station, other than those two designated as "terminals," to a private line service or channel.

DUPLEX SERVICE

Service which provides for simultaneous transmission in both directions.

EQUALIZATION

The procedure applied to a program channel so that the component frequencies of the program material transmitted have about the same relationship at the two ends of the channel.

EXCESS MILEAGE

The mileage applied in establishing the rate for service to a customer outside the base rate area and which represents the distance from the limits of the base rate area to the customer's station.

EXCHANGE

A central office or group of central offices, connected with the customer’s stations and lines forming a local system furnishing means of telephone intercommunication without toll charges between customer's within a specified area, usually a single city, town or village.

EXCHANGE ACCESS LINE

A central office line which provides access to the exchange telephone network for local and long distance telephone service.

EXCHANGE AREA

The area within which the Company furnishes complete telephone service from one specific exchange at the exchange rates applicable within that area. (L)

EXCHANGE GROUP

Classification of exchanges to identify the proper rates for the same type of service for different exchange areas as a result of the merger of Central Telephone Company of Texas and Central Telephone Company - Midstate on December 31, 1985. Exchange Groups A, B, C and D are identified in Section 3.1.3.B of this tariff.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 1 dba Embarq First Revised Sheet 11


DEFINITION OF TERMS

EXCHANGE SERVICE

Exchange service is a general term describing as a whole the facilities provided for local intercommunication together with the right to originate and receive a specified or an unlimited number of local messages at charges in accordance with the provisions of the General Customer Services Tariff.

The grades of exchange service ordinarily provided are one-party, two-party and multi-party service.

EXCHANGE SERVICE AREA

The territory served by an exchange within which local telephone service is furnished at the exchange rates applicable within that area.

EXPANDED LOCAL CALLING SERVICE (ELC)

A non-optional service arrangement whereby communities can expand their local calling scope to include surrounding exchanges pursuant to P.U.C. SUBST. R. §26.219(c).

EXTENDED AREA SERVICE

A type of telephone service furnished under tariff provisions whereby customers of a given exchange may complete calls to and receive messages from one or more exchanges without the application, where provided by the tariff, of long distance message telecommunications charges.

EXTENDED CALLING SURCHARGE (ECS)

Non-optional incremental charge (residence only) for Extended Area Service and/or Expanded Local Calling Service to permit interconnection of local exchange customer’s lines in another exchange. This charge does not apply to business exchange service lines.

EXTENSION LINE

A circuit connecting instruments provided by a customer.

EXTENSION LINE MILEAGE

The measurement applying to that portion of an extension line in excess of the length provided by the Company without additional charge.

EXTRA LISTING

Any listing of a name or information in connection with a customer's access line number beyond that to which he is entitled in connection with his regular service.

FACILITIES

Central office equipment, poles, cables and other materials and mechanisms necessary to or furnished in connection with telephone service furnished by the Company.

(N)

(N)

ISSUED: November 24, 2008 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2009



DEFINITION OF TERMS

FAMILY

A group of two or more persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption and residing together. A primary family consists of the head of a household and all (one or more) other persons in the household related to the head. A secondary family comprises two or more persons such as guests, lodgers, or resident employees and their relatives, living in a household or quasi-household (other than the negligible number of such groups among inmates or institutions) and related to each other.

FCC DESIGNATED N11 SERVICES

Abbreviated three (3)-digit dialing codes which allow the caller to connect to a location in the local telephone network that otherwise would be accessible only through a seven (7)-or ten (10)-digit telephone number. The local telephone network must be preprogrammed to translate the three-digit code into the appropriate seven- or ten-digit telephone number and route the call accordingly. Among abbreviated dialing arrangements, “N11” codes are three-digit codes of which the first digit can be any digit other than 0 or 1, and the last two digits are both 1. 0 and 1 are unavailable because those digits are used for switching and routing. The following N11 codes have been designated by the FCC or by the telephone industry for the purpose listed below:

FCC Designated N11 Code Purpose

211 Allows access to community information and referral services. Designated by the FCC.

311 Allows access to non-emergency police and government services. Designated by the FCC.

411 Traditionally allows access to local directory assistance services of local telephone companies. Not designated by the FCC.

511 Allows access to traveler information services. Designated by the FCC. 611/811 Traditionally allows access to local telephone company repair and business

offices. Not designated by the FCC. 711 Allows access to Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) for individuals with

hearing or speech disabilities. Designated by the FCC. 911 Federally mandated as the National Emergency Number and allows access to

emergency services. Designated by the FCC and ordered by the United States Congress.

011/111 Not available. “0” and “1” are used for switching and routing purposes.

FLAT RATE SERVICE

A classification of exchange service furnished a customer under tariff provisions for which a stipulated charge is made regardless of the amount of use.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

FOREIGN BASE STATION

Any base station other than the base station of registry.

FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE

Exchange service furnished under tariff provisions by means of a circuit connecting a customer's main station, Key, or PBX system with a central office other than that regularly serving customers within the same central office service area.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE LISTING

The listing of a customer in an exchange other than the exchange from which the customer is served.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE MILEAGE

The mileage applied in establishing the rate for a customer receiving "Foreign Exchange Service".

FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE

Exchange Service furnished under tariff provisions by means of a circuit connecting a customer's main station key or PBX system with a central office of an exchange other than that which regularly serves the exchange area in which the customer is located.

FOUR-PARTY LINE SERVICE

The same access line serving no more than four main stations.

GENERATOR (Ringing)

A mechanical device for producing electrical current for ringing.

GRADE OF SERVICE

Description of exchange service with respect to the number of main telephones which may be connected to an access line.

GUEST OR ADMINISTRATIVE STATION

Any PBX station located in a hotel, motel, dormitory, apartment, or rooming house room used exclusively for guests. Administrative PBX stations used for owners or employees of the hotel, motel, dormitory, apartment, or rooming house are not considered as guest stations.

HALF DUPLEX SERVICE

See single channel service.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

HOUSEHOLD

A household comprises all persons who occupy a dwelling unit, that is, a house, an apartment, or other group of rooms, or a room that constitutes separate living quarters. A household includes the related persons (the head of the household and others in the dwelling unit who are related to the head) and also the lodgers and employees, if any, who regularly live in the house. A person living alone or a group of unrelated persons sharing the same dwelling unit as partners is counted as a household.

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

An identifying number assigned by AT&T to a particular model of "Conforming Device" attested by a manufacturer or supplier to comply with the standards and procedures set forth in the latest edition of AT&T specifications. This number may be revoked if it is established that the associated "Conforming Device" no longer complies with the latest issue of AT&T specifications.

IMPROVED MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE

A communication service furnished through a dial mobile telephone base station between a dial mobile telephone unit and a wire line telephone or between two dial mobile telephone units.

"Improved Mobile Telephone Service" is defined by the FCC as two-way dial mobile telephone service that conforms to the specifications established by the Bell System, including the emission of idle marker tone by the base station when a channel is idle.

INCUMBENT LOCAL EXCHANGE COMPANY

A local exchange company that has a certificate of convenience and necessity on September 1, 1995.

INDENTED LISTING

A directory listing indented under a captioned or sub captioned listing.

INDIVIDUAL LINE SERVICE

A classification of exchange service furnished under tariff provisions which provides that only one main station shall be served by the circuit connecting such station with the central office or other switching unit.

INDUCTIVE CONNECTION

A connection made by using the electro-magnetic field generated by telephone equipment.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

INITIAL CHARGE

See "Initial Nonrecurring Charge".

INITIAL NONRECURRING CHARGE

A nonrecurring charge made for the placing or furnishing of telephone service, which may apply in addition to service connection and other applicable charges for service.

INITIAL RATE

A schedule rate for any class of exchange service available within the initial rate area.

INITIAL RATE AREA

That portion of the exchange area in which exchange service is furnished at schedule rates for each class of service without mileage or construction charges.

INITIAL SERVICE PERIOD

The minimum period of time for which service, facilities or equipment are provided.

INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK - BASIC RATE INTERFACE (ISDN-BRI)

ISDN-BRI is a local exchange telecommunications service that provides integrated voice and data communications capability. ISDN-BRI supports the simultaneous transmission of voice and data over a single exchange access line. ISDN-BRI Service provides a customer two B-channels with transmission speeds up to 64 Kbps each and one 16 Kbps D-channel.

INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK – PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (ISDN-PRI)

ISDN-PRI provides a method of access to the telephone network called Primary Rate Access. Primary Rate Access is an ISDN based, DS1 access link to the telecommunications network and provides integration of multiple voice and data transmissions channels on the same line. ISDN-PRI Service consists of twenty-three 64 Kbps B-channels and one 64 Kbps D-channel.

INTERCOMMUNICATING SYSTEM

See "Key or Private Branch Exchange Systems".

INTEREXCHANGE CHANNEL

That portion of a through channel which interconnects exchanges, or locations outside of exchanges, in which stations or channel terminations in Company offices are located.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

INTEREXCHANGE LOCAL CHANNEL

That portion of a through channel between "Primary Terminations" in different exchanges which is provided to connect a "Primary Termination" with an interexchange channel.

INTEREXCHANGE SERVICE

Service with points in two or more exchanges.

INTERFACE

Denotes that point on the premise of the customer, authorized user or joint user, at which provision is made for connection of other than Company provided facilities to facilities provided by the Company.

INTERMEDIATE CENTRAL OFFICE

A central office from which a service point on a private line is served and through which the private line is routed.

INTRAEXCHANGE CHANNEL SERVICE

Channel connecting two or more "Primary Terminations" in the same exchange.

JOINT USER SERVICE

An arrangement whereby an additional person or firm (whose telephone needs, in the judgment of the Company, are not such as to require the provision of separate customer service) is permitted to use the service of an existing customer. A person who is designated by the customer as a user of the exchange service of the customer and to whom a portion of the charge for the service will be billed under a "Joint User" arrangement in accordance with Company provisions.

KEY/DATA TRUNK

A central office access line which terminates in the customer-provided common equipment cabinet of a Key Telephone System or a Data Set or Data Access Arrangement.

KEY SYSTEM TRUNK

A circuit which connects a key system telephone line with the central office for the purpose of telephone communications.

LIFELINE ASSISTANCE

A program sponsored by the FCC which provides discounted basic local residential service to qualifying low-income subscribers.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 1 dba CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 17 (T)


DEFINITION OF TERMS

LINE

See "Access Line".

LISTING

See "Directory Listing".

LOCAL CALLING AREA

See "Local Service".

LOCAL CHANNEL

Applies to that portion of a channel which connects a station to the interexchange channel or to a channel connecting two or more stations within an exchange area.

LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Provides for telephone communication within local service areas in accordance with the provisions of the General Customer Services Tariff, including the use of exchange facilities required to establish connection between an exchange station and toll board or between an exchange station and toll trunks when such trunks are employed to effect connection with the toll board.

LOCAL MESSAGE

A communication between a calling telephone and any other telephone within the local service area of the calling telephone.

LOCAL MESSAGE UNIT

The unit of measurement upon which the charges for telephone communications are based when the calling station and the station with which connection is established are both within the same local service area. A local message, unless furnished as an unlimited local message, may carry a charge of one or more local message units depending upon destination and length of conversation.

(D)

(D)

ISSUED: April 6, 2012 EFFECTIVE: May 6, 2012




DEFINITION OF TERMS

LOCAL SERVICE

The intercommunication (by means of facilities connected with a Company central office or offices and under the provisions of the Company) between telephone stations located in the same exchange or in different exchanges between which no toll rates apply.

LOCAL SERVICE AREA

The area within the boundaries of which local service is furnished.

LOCALITY RATE AREA

That portion of an exchange located beyond the base rate area, and either contiguous or non-contiguous thereto, within which specified urban grades of exchange service are offered at rates which do not vary with the distance from the base rate area.

LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

Facilities furnished by means of wire, radio or a combination thereof for telecommunications between stations in different local service areas in accordance with the regulations and system of charges specified by the Company. The toll service charges specified are in payment for all service furnished between the calling and called telephones.

LONG DISTANCE TRUNK

A line used exclusively for toll service and directly connected with a toll center.

MAIN STATION

A station or line directly connected with a central office.

MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE CHARGE (a.k.a. TROUBLE ISOLATION CHARGE)

The charge made for each repair visit to a customer's premises when service difficulty or trouble results from the use of customer-provided equipment or facilities.

MESSAGE

A communication between two telephone stations. Messages may be classified as local or toll.

MESSAGE RATE SERVICE

A class of exchange service furnished to a customer at a rate which includes the privilege of sending a specified number of local messages (termed a message allowance) to other stations within the local service area in which the customer is located, and of sending additional local messages at a stipulated rate per message.

(T)




DEFINITION OF TERMS

MESSAGE UNIT

The measurement upon which the charges for telephone connections are based when the calling station and the station with which connection is established are both within a specific area in which the unit plan of charging is operative.

METROPOLITAN AREA

An area comprising several exchanges served by a number of central offices. Every exchange in the area has unlimited, toll-free calling to all other exchanges in the area.

MILEAGE

The measurement (airline, route, etc.,) upon which a charge for the use of part or all of a circuit furnished by the Company is based.

MILEAGE SERVICE AREA

A geographical area defined by the Company for the purpose of administering its mileage service rates.

MILEAGE SERVICE AREA CENTER

A specified geographical location within a mileage service area from which mileage measurements are determined for the application of mileage rates between the mileage service areas.

MILEAGE SERVICE AREA LOCAL CHANNEL

That portion of a through channel between "Primary Terminations" in different mileage service areas of the same exchange which is provided to connect a "Primary Termination" to an inter-mileage service area channel.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMON CARRIERS

Communications common carriers which are not engaged in the business of providing either a public landline message telephone service or a public message telegraph service.

MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE

A communication service through a land-radiotelephone base station and between a wire telephone and a mobile unit or between two mobile units.

MOVE

A change in the location of the customer's equipment which may be on the same premise or may be a relocation of the service to another premise.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

MULTI-PARTY LINE SERVICE

A classification of exchange service furnished under tariff provisions which provides that more than four main stations may be served by the same access line outside the base rate area or zone rate area.

NATIONAL DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE

A service provided to customers of the Telephone Company for the purpose of requesting telephone numbers of individuals or businesses who are located outside the customer's local Directory Assistance service area.

NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING

Transmission of signals used in the telecommunications system which perform functions such as supervision (control, status, and charging signals), address signaling (e.g., dialing), calling and called number identification and audible tone signals (call progress signals indicating reorder or busy conditions, alerting coin denominations, coin collect and coin return tones) to control the operation of switching machines in the telecommunications system.

NETWORK FOR PROGRAM TRANSMISSION CHANNELS

The channel facilities connecting two or more stations of a customer when at all times or at certain times the stations form a distinct operating group.

NONPOWERED CONFERENCING EQUIPMENT

A portable plug ended device, without active elements, consisting of a multiwinding transformer and manual line switches designed to bridge two or more, but not to exceed five, of the lines appearing on six button telephone stations equipped with both hold and illumination features.

NON-LISTED TELEPHONE NUMBER

Non-Listed telephone numbers are not listed in the alphabetical section of the Company’s directory, but are maintained on directory assistance records and will be furnished upon the request of the calling party.

NONPUBLISHED TELEPHONE NUMBER

A telephone number associated with an exchange station which at the request of the customer is not listed in the telephone directory and is not made available to the general public by the Company.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

ONE PARTY SERVICE

Any exchange access line designed for the provision of exchange service to one customer.

OTHER COMMON CARRIER (OCC)

This term denotes Specialized Common Carriers, Domestic and International Record Carriers and Domestic Satellite Carriers engaged in providing private line services as such carriers may be authorized by the Federal Communications Commission to provide.

OTHER COMMON CARRIER TERMINAL LOCATION

A discrete operational and equipment location of the OCC from which the OCC furnishes and administers common carrier communications services to its patrons, to which the OCC and its agents have unrestricted access, over which the OCC has control and provides security and at which the OCC has the capability of testing the facilities operated or terminated at the location.

OVERTIME HOURS (WORK)

Designates hours worked in excess of regularly scheduled work day (normally 8 hours or work week normally 40 hours).

PARTY LINE

An exchange access line designed to provide exchange service to more than one customer.

PARTY LINE SERVICE

A classification of exchange service furnished under tariff provisions, which provides that two or more customers may be served by the same access line.

PAY TELEPHONE SERVICE

Pay Telephone Service is a class of service furnished to individuals, firms or corporations which permits connection of a customer-provided instrument that is activated by the deposit of coins, cards, tokens or the entry of a customer account number, to the lines of the Company

PERSON

Includes individuals, partnerships, corporations, governmental bodies, associations and any other such entity.

PERSON-TO-PERSON CALL

A service whereby the person originating the call specifies to the Company operator a particular person to be reached, a particular mobile station to be reached through a "Miscellaneous Common Carrier" attendant, or a particular station, department, or office to be reached through a PBX or Centrex attendant.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

POCKET PAGING

One way communications service between a wire telephone and a pocket paging device through a radio telephone base station.

PORTABLE TELEPHONE

A telephone instrument equipped with a plug-ended cord for use with a jack terminated circuit.

PREMISES (Same)

Except in connection with inside moves, the same premises consists of:

(a) the building or buildings, together with the surrounding land occupied as, or used in the conduct of one establishment, business, residence, or a combination thereof, and not intersected by a public road or by property occupied by others.

(b) the portion of the building occupied by the customer, either in the conduct of his business or residence, or a combination thereof, and not intersected by a public corridor or by space occupied by others.

(c) the continuous property operated as a single farm whether or not intersected by a public road. In connection with inside moves, the same premises consists of the building or portion of a building occupied as a unit by the customer in the conduct of his business or as a residence or a combination thereof, and not intersected by a public thoroughfare, a corridor, or space occupied by others.

PREMISES VISIT

A visit to a customer's continuous property at which time certain work ordered by the customer is to be performed.

PRIMARY CLASS OF SERVICE

A class of service which the company undertakes to furnish at any point within the exchange area at a rate common to all applicants for the same class. Primary classes of service may be furnished at points outside a base rate area at base rates plus extra exchange line mileage charges.

PRIMARY TERMINATION

Applies to channels which extend beyond the continuous property of a customer or the confines of a single building housing the premises of more than one customer. Also, denotes the first termination of such a channel at a station or PBX on the continuous property of a customer. When more than one customer's premise is located within the same building, the first termination of such a channel at that building constitutes a "Primary Termination". For purposes of this definition, the location of a "Primary Termination" for channel services associated with "Switching System Services" is considered to be at the "Switching System Services" serving central office. When the "Switching System Services" serving central office is not in the same exchange as the main location, the "Mileage Service Area" center for the main location will be used in lieu of the "Switching System Services" serving central office.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PRINCIPAL CENTRAL OFFICE (Rate Center C.O.)

Refers to the central office in a single office exchange or to that office (usually the toll office) of a multi-office exchange which is designated as such for the purpose of measuring local and interexchange channel mileages.

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

An arrangement of equipment, provided by a customer and situated on a customer's premises, consisting of a switching apparatus with an attendant's telephone, telephones connected with the switchboard, and trunks connecting it with a central office. The PBX provides for intercommunication between these telephones (except that intercommunication is not provided between secretarial lines terminated on secretarial switchboards) for communication with the general exchange system and for long distance message telecommunications service.

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TRUNK OR ACCESS LINE

A circuit which connects a PBX, call distribution system, or equipment of similar types with the central office for the purpose of telephone communication.

PRIVATE LINE

A circuit provided to furnish communication only between two or more telephones directly connected to it and not having connection with either central office, PBX or "Switching System Service" switching apparatus.

PRIVATE LINE NETWORK

Two or more private line units of the same type contracted for by one customer and reaching one or more common service points. The lines may be operated separately or they may be connected or connectable by means of a switching arrangement.

PRIVATE LINE SERVICE

The channels and equipment furnished to a customer for communication between specified locations.

PROTECTIVE CONNECTING ARRANGEMENT

Equipment provided by the Company for electrical protection when facilities provided by other than the Company are connected with facilities provided by the Company.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

PUBLIC TELEPHONE

An exchange station installed at the Company's initiative, or at the Company's option, at a location chosen or accepted as suitable and necessary for furnishing service to the general public.

PUBLISHED TELEPHONE NUMBER

A number which appears in the current telephone directory, or is scheduled to appear in a forthcoming telephone directory, and which also appears in the information records for general public information.

RATE AREA

See "Base Rate Area".

RATE CENTER

A specified geographical location within an exchange area from which mileage measurements are determined for the application of rates between exchange areas.

REFERENCE LISTING

The listing of a generally accepted name of a firm or corporation followed by a reference to another listing.

REGISTRATION NUMBER

A number assigned by the Federal Communications Commission to telephone terminal equipment approved for direct connection to the telephone network.

REMOTE CONSOLE

A regular Centrex attendant's or supervisor's console connected to the Centrex common equipment, but located at a location other than the principal location. Remote consoles are not connected to switching equipment at secondary locations.

RESIDENCE EXCHANGE ACCESS LINE

An exchange access line used to provide exchange telephone service to residence customers.

RINGING

An alternating or pulsating current intended to produce an audible or visible alerting signal at a station or switchboard.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

RINGING CIRCUIT

A circuit supplying current to enable the PBX operator to signal the PBX stations or connecting PBX systems without the use of a hand generator.

RINGING CURRENT

Current furnished by means of a circuit from a central office or other source of supply to signal stations without the use of a hand generator.

ROUTE MEASUREMENT

The physical length of a circuit between two points.

RURAL LINE

A company-owned access line serving customers outside the base rate area.

RURAL LINE SERVICE

Service provided to customers outside the designated urban limits of a city/town by means of rural lines.

SAME BUILDING

A structure built as a unit. Abutting buildings are treated as the "Same Building" when there is free internal access between the buildings.

SAME CUSTOMER

In order for different services to be considered as furnished to the "Same Customer," such services must be billed in the same name.

SATELLITE LOCATION

Secondary location service provided to the same customer at a different premise through the use of auxiliary dial switching equipment connected by tie lines to the dial switching equipment at the primary location on the customer's premises.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

SECRETARIAL LINES

Extension or main station lines of the patrons of a telephone answering bureau which terminate in telephone answering facilities on the premise of the bureau so as to permit the bureau attendant to answer incoming calls on such lines.

SELECTIVE RINGING

The method of signaling stations on a party line circuit which permits a particular station to be signaled without ringing the bells of the other stations on the circuit.

SEMI-SELECTIVE RINGING

The method of signaling stations on a party or multi-party line circuit whereby the bells of only a portion of the stations on a circuit are rung when one of the stations is signaled. Signals of the respective stations are distinguished by a code made up of various combinations of short and long rings.

SERVICE CHARGE

A nonrecurring charge applying to the provision of telephone service.

SERVICE POINT

A rate center (usually an exchange) in which a customer's station is located, or an interexchange channel terminated in a Company office at the request of the customer. Where a station is not located in an exchange, the location of the station is considered to be an exchange for the purpose of this definition.

The point on the customer's premises where channels provided by or furnished to the customer terminate in transmitting and receiving terminal equipment or in switching equipment used, at least in part, for communications with stations or customer-provided terminal equipment located on the premises.

SERVING CENTRAL OFFICE

The central office from which a customer's telephone service is normally provided.

SHORT TERM RATE

A rate quoted for service for a period less than the regular service term and quoted specifically for such period of service.




Cancels Original Sheet 27 DEFINITION OF TERMS

SIGNAL CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

That equipment connected to a channel to condition signals generated by data terminal equipment.

SIGNAL SOURCE

A location at which video and audio baseband signals are supplied to a local distribution system or an interexchange system.

SINGLE AND DUPLEX SERVICE

Types of arrangements of an interexchange channel providing for private line morse or private line teletypewriter services. See "Single Service" and "Duplex Service".

SINGLE CHANNEL (Half Duplex)

A channel with the capability of transmission alternately in either direction, or for transmission in one direction only.

SINGLE SERVICE

Provides for communications one at a time in either direction, but not in both directions simultaneously nor in one direction only.

SPEED CALLING A feature which permits the station dialer to reach other stations by abbreviated dialing.

SPECIAL DESIGN SERVICE

See “Design Service”

STATION

The equipment furnished by the customer and located on the customer's premises at which the line facilities terminate to provide exchange, long distance and other communications services.

In connection with private line services, a station consists of the transmitting or receiving equipment or combination transmitting and receiving equipment at any location on a premise which is connected for private line service; or, where the service involves only channels, a station is any point on a premise at which a channel is terminated.

In connection with private line channels, a station is any point on the premise of a customer, authorized user or joint user at which a private line channel is terminated.

STATION LINE

See "Exchange Access Line".

STATION TERMINATION

The connection of the station to the exchange access line at the protector or its equivalent.

(N)

(N)




DEFINITION OF TERMS

STATION-TO-STATION CALL

A service whereby the person originating the call either dials the telephone number desired, or gives it to the operator without specifying a particular person or station to be reached.

SUBSCRIBER ACTIVATED CALL BLOCKING

A service that provides selected call blocking (toll restriction) whereby the subscriber dials a preassigned Personal Identification Number (PIN) code to activate/deactivate the blocking of outgoing toll calls.

SUPERSEDURE OF SERVICE

An applicant who otherwise qualifies for the immediate establishment of service may supersede the service of a customer discontinuing that service when the applicant is to take service on the premise where that is being rendered if a notice to that effect from both the customer and the applicant is presented to the Company and if an arrangement, acceptable to the Company, is made to pay outstanding charges against the service. The Company may require such notice to be in writing.

SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACT

A contract for service or facilities in addition to that provided for under the original contract.

SUSPENSION OF SERVICE

An arrangement initiated by the Company, for temporarily interrupting service.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

The various services offered by the Company as specified in this General Customer Services Tariff.

TELEPHONE NUMBER

A numerical designation assigned to an access line for convenience in operation and identification.

TERMINATION OF SERVICE

The discontinuance of service or facilities (including channels) provided by the Company, either at the request of the customer or by the Company under its regulations concerning cancellation for cause.

TERMINATION CHARGE

A charge applying when a customer discontinues an item of service or equipment prior to the expiration of the initial service period designated for such item.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

THREEWAY CALLING

Permits adding a third party to an established connection without operator or attendant assistance.

TIE LINE

A circuit connecting two switching systems (PBX and/or Automatic Call Distributor Systems) for the purpose of intercommunicating between the stations connected.

TIE LINE MILEAGE

The measurement upon which the rate for tie lines is based in accordance with the provisions of this tariff.

TIE TRUNK

A tie trunk is a voice grade communication channel between PBX systems. The circuit is not intended to provide for general exchange service through either of the systems with which it connects.

TIME AND MATERIALS

A method of compensation whereby the customer is charged the labor rate for installation personnel plus the cost of the actual materials required to complete the requested installation. Both the labor and material costs will contain amounts for appropriate overheads and objective return. Installer time is charged from time of dispatch until job completion.

TOLL MESSAGE

A communication between two telephone stations, the called station being outside of the local or metropolitan service area of the station from which the message originates.

TOLL SERVICE

That part of the total telephone service rendered by the Company which is furnished between different local service areas in accordance with the rates and regulations specified in this tariff.

TOLL TERMINAL

A line to which only toll service is furnished.

TOUCH CALLING SERVICE

A classification of exchange service furnished from certain central office, whereby calls are originated through the use of pushbuttons in lieu of a rotary dial.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

TRANSIENT MOBILE UNIT

A mobile unit communicating through a foreign base station.

TRIP

A visit to a customer's premise at which time certain work ordered by the customer is to be performed.

TRUNK

A central office access line that provides communications service to key systems, PABX systems, and data equipment; or any combination of these systems and equipment.

TRUNK JACKS

The jacks on a PBX switchboard for the connection of PBX trunk lines.

TWO-PARTY LINE SERVICE

A central office access line providing exchange service to two customers.

TWO-PARTY INTRAEXCHANGE CHANNEL SERVICE

A channel connecting two "Primary Terminations" in the same exchange.

TWO-POINT PROGRAM CHANNEL

A channel between a studio and a station served directly there from.

UNIFORM SERVICE ORDER CODE (USOC)

A Company assigned code used on internal records for service identification purposes. Used by telephone companies on Intercity and Intercompany orders.

UNLIMITED SERVICE

See "Flat Rate Service".

VOICE GRADE FACILITY

A communications path typically used in the telecommunications industry for the transmission of voice and associated telephone signals within the frequency bandwidth of approximately 300 to 3000 Hertz between two points comprised of any form or configuration of physical plant capable of transmitting and receiving of these frequencies.




DEFINITION OF TERMS

WATS

See "Wide Area Telecommunications Service."

WEATHER ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE

An announcement service providing the means for telephone access by the general public to a brief announcement of current and forecasted weather conditions. The service is furnished by an electronic or electro-mechanical device and may be publicly advertised. The announcements may contain advertising messages.

WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE

A service designed to meet the needs of customers who make or receive substantial volumes of long distance telephone calls. This service is only provided on an inward or outward basis.

WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE ACCESS LINE

A central office facility provided for the purpose of completing WATS calls. Each such line will be arranged at the customer's option for either outward or inward service subject to the provision of this tariff.

ZONE CHARGES

A separate charge made in addition to the base rate for use of that portion of an individual line, party line or private branch exchange trunk line located outside the base rate area, but within the exchange area.

ZONE RATE AREA

See "Locality Rate Area".





GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.1 GENERAL

The regulations set forth in this section are applicable to all communication services offered in this tariff by Central Telephone Company of Texas, hereinafter referred to as the Company, and are supplementary to the regulations contained in other sections of this tariff. Rates paid to the Company for service will be the rates legally in effect and on file with the Public Utility Commission of Texas. Complete tariffs containing all rates for exchange service will be kept at all times in the Company's local business office where they will be available for public inspection during regular business hours.

The Company will provide upon request a copy of the tariff. These copies of a tariff or portion of a tariff will be provided at a reasonable cost to the requesting party.

2.2 EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

(C) - Changed regulations (D) - Discontinued rate or regulation (I) - Increase in rate (M) - Relocate material with no changes (N) - New rate or regulation (R) - Reduction in rate (T) - Text change only (Z) - Correction of an error

Each proposed tariff sheet shall contain notations in the right-hand margin indicating each change made on these sheets. Notations to be used are: (C) to denote a change in regulations; (D) to denote a discontinued rate or regulation; (I) to denote a rate increase; (L) to denote a relocation of material with no changes; (N) to denote a new rate or regulation; (R) to denote a reduction in rate; (T) to denote a change in text, but no change in rate or regulation; (E) to denote the correction of an error made during a revision (the revision which resulted in the error must be one connected to some material contained in the tariff prior to the revision).

In addition to symbols for changes, each changed provision in the tariff shall contain a vertical line in the right-hand margin of the page which clearly shows the exact number of lines being changed.

(T)

(T)

ISSUED: July 16, 2008 EFFECTIVE: August 15, 2008



GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.3 LIMITATIONS AND USE OF SERVICE

2.3.1 Use of Customer's Service

A. Telephone facilities are furnished for the sole use of the customer, employees, agents or representatives of customer, or members of his domestic establishment, except in connection with pay telephone service. Use of the service may be extended to joint users, patrons of hotels subscribing to flat rate service, patients of hospitals, members of clubs, students living in quarters furnished by schools, colleges or universities, and persons temporarily subleasing a customer's residential premise if the additional service is separately ordered.

If it is found that the customer is sharing the service with an individual other than an employee, agent or representative, customer or a member of the customer's domestic establishment, the Company will thereafter require the customer to take Joint User Service unless he terminates the joint use of the service.

B. In view of the fact that the customer has exclusive control of communications over the facilities furnished by the Company and of the uses for which such facilities may be furnished, and because of unavoidableness of errors incident to the services and to the use of such facilities, the service and facilities furnished by the Company are subject to the terms, conditions and limitations herein specified.

2.3.2 Establishment of Identity

The calling party shall establish his identity in the course of any communication as often as may be necessary, and shall be solely responsible for establishing the identity of the person or station with whom connection is made at the called location.

2.3.3 Customer-Provided Equipment and Facilities

Customer-provided equipment and facilities may be connected with the facilities furnished by the Company for telecommunications services as provided in Section 15 of this tariff.

2.3.4 Accessories Provided by the Customer

Accessories which aid a customer's convenience in the use of Company facilities in the service for which they are furnished under this tariff are permissible provided any such accessory meets the following conditions:

A. The safety of Company employees or the public cannot be endangered.

B. It must not damage or require alteration of Company equipment or facilities.

C. Direct electrical connection to Company equipment or facilities cannot be made.




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.3 LIMITATIONS AND USE OF SERVICE (Continued)

2.3.4 Accessories Provided by the Customer (Continued)

D. The accessory must not impair the operation of the telecommunications system or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company's services.

2.3.5 Broadcast of Recordings of Telephone Conversations

The broadcasting of a recording of a telephone conversation or an incoming message during the period of recording is permissible provided that, in the interest of protecting the privacy of telephone service, the recording is made in accordance with the regulations governing connection with customer provided voice recording, reproducing and automatic answering and recording equipment as specified in Section 15 of this tariff.

2.3.6 Recorded Public Announcements

Use of Company facilities or service in connection with automatic announcement service, automatic answering and recording service, recorder coupler service or miscellaneous devices for recorded public announcements are subject to the following conditions:

A. For purposes of identification, telephone service customers who transmit recorded public announcements over facilities provided by the Company must include in the recorded message the name of the organization or individual responsible for the service and the address at which the service is provided. Customers transmitting factual public announcements such as time, stock market quotations, airline schedules, and similar information are excluded from this condition.

B. Nonpublished telephone numbers will not be furnished for use with recorded public announcements.

C. Failure to comply with these provisions shall be cause for termination of the service.

2.3.7 Limited Communication

The Company reserves the right to limit the length of communication when necessary due to a shortage of facilities caused by emergency conditions.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.3.8 Transmitting Messages

The Company offers the use of its facilities when available for transmission of messages, but the Company will not transmit messages and will not be liable for errors in transmission or for failure to establish connections. Employees of the Company are forbidden to accept either oral or written messages to be transmitted over the facilities of the Company.

2.3.9 Unlawful Use of Service

The service is furnished subject to the condition that it will not be used for any unlawful purpose. Service will be discontinued if any law enforcement agency, acting within its apparent jurisdiction, advises in writing that such service is being used in violation of law. The Company will refuse to furnish service when it has reasonable grounds to believe that such service will be used in violation of law. The Company shall in no event be liable for any damage resulting from any action taken or threatened pursuant to this rule.

2.3.10 Cancellation of Service for Cause

A. The Company may, without incurring any liability, either suspend service or terminate the customer's service without suspension for any of the following reasons:

1. Abandonment of service. A customer will be held responsible for all service rendered until service is discontinued upon the request of the customer, or until abandoned service is discontinued as a result of the customer vacating the premises without advising the Company.

2. Failure of a customer to make the suitable deposit as required by this tariff.

a. A customer who subscribes to Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) is not required to pay a deposit.

3. Impersonation of another with fraudulent intent.

4. Listening in on party line conversations.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.3.10 Cancellation of Service for Cause (Continued)

A. The Company may, without incurring ... (Continued)

5. Nonpayment of any sum due for basic local services provided in this tariff.

a. Residential subscribers will not be disconnected for nonpayment of toll charges.

b. Non-residential subscribers may be disconnected for nonpayment of toll charges.

c. Subscribers may be disconnected for nonpayment of toll charges incurred after toll blocking was imposed.

d. Lifeline subscribers will not be disconnected for nonpayment of toll charges incurred after toll blocking was imposed.

6. Unlawful use of the service.

7. Permitting public use of the service.

8. Failure to comply with the "Recorded Public Announcements" provisions of this tariff.

9. Use of service in such a way as to impair or interfere with the service of other customers including, but not limited to, the use of telephone service by a customer or with his permission in connection with a plan or contrivance to secure a large volume of telephone calls to such customer at or about the same time, which may result in preventing, obstructing or delaying the telephone service of others.

10. Provision of false or misleading information in obtaining telephone service or credit from the Company.

11. Violation on the part of the customer of any of the regulations contained in this tariff.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.3.10 Cancellation of Service for Cause (Continued)

A. The Company may, without incurring ... (Continued)

12. Abusive or fraudulent use of service as follows:

a. The use of service or facilities of the Company to transmit a message, to locate a person, or to give or obtain information, without payment of the charge applicable for the service.

b. The obtaining, the attempting to obtain, or the assisting of another to obtain or to attempt to obtain local or long distance message telecommunications service; by rearranging, tampering with, or making connection with any facilities of the Company; by any trick, scheme, false representation, or false credit device; or by or through any other fraudulent means or device whatsoever, with intent to avoid the payment in whole or in part, of the regular charge for such service.

c. The use of service or facilities of the Company for a call or calls anonymous or otherwise, if in a manner reasonably to be expected to frighten, abuse, torment or harass another.

d. The use of profane, obscene, or abusive language over or by means of the Company's facilities.

e. The use of service in such a manner as to interfere unreasonably with the use of the service by one or more customers.

f. The use of the service for any purpose other than as a means of communication.

B. Following a suspension of service for any of the above reasons, the Company may disconnect the service.




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.4 ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE

2.4.1 Availability of Facilities

A. The Company's obligation to furnish service is dependent upon its ability to secure and retain, without unreasonable expense, suitable facilities and rights for the provision of such service.

B. The rates and charges quoted in this tariff provide for the furnishing of service and facilities where suitable facilities are available or when the construction of the necessary facilities does not involve excessive costs.

C. When excessive costs are involved for the construction of facilities, charges for such construction will be determined in accordance with the regulations as set forth in Section 5 of this tariff, except as otherwise specified.

2.4.2 Party Line Service

In consideration of the rate at which party line service is furnished, the Company may establish and furnish service to one other customer in the case of two-party line service, and other customers in the case of multi-party (more than two-party) line service. Upon thirty days notice, the Company reserves the right to cancel any party line service whenever, in the judgment of the Company, a customer to such service interferes with the reasonable use of others connected with the same line due to excessive use or other cause.




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.4 ESTABLISHMENT AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (Continued)

2.4.3 Application for Service

A. Any applicant for service may be required to sign an application form requesting the Company to furnish the service in accordance with rates, charges, rules and regulations from time to time in force and effect. If the applicant refuses to comply with the requirements set forth in the Company's tariffs prior to the establishment of service, the Company may cancel the application and any amounts collected from the applicant will be refunded. The application is merely a request for service and does not in itself bind the Company to furnish the service, (except under reasonable conditions as set forth in the tariffs), nor does it bind the applicant to take service.

B. The Company reserves the right to refuse service to any applicant who is found to be indebted to the Company for service previously furnished until satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of all such indebtedness. The Company may also refuse to furnish service to any applicant desiring to establish service for former customers of the Company who are indebted for previous service, regardless of the listing requested for such service, until satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of such indebtedness. Exceptions to this rule may be found in Sections 2.5.3C and 3.14 of this tariff.

C. If telephone service is established and it is subsequently determined that either condition in B. above exists, the Company may suspend or disconnect such service until satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of the prior indebtedness.

D. When an application for service and facilities is canceled in whole or in part prior to completion of the work involved, the applicant is required to reimburse the Company for all expense incurred in handling the request before notice of cancellation is received. Such charge is not to exceed all charges which would apply if the work involved in complying with the request had been completed.

E. When a customer requests a change in location of all or a part of the facilities covered by the application for service, or additions, rearrangements, or modifications of existing service prior to completion of work involved, the customer is required to pay the difference between the total costs and expenses incurred by the Company in completing the work involved and that which would have been incurred had the final location of the facilities been specified initially.

F. Any change in rates or regulations prescribed by public authority having jurisdiction modifies all terms and regulations of applications or contracts to the extent of such changes.





GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.4 Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service

A. Although in general, business rates apply at business locations and residence rates apply at residence locations, the determination as to whether customer service should be classified as business or residence is based on the character of use to be made of the service.

B. Business rates apply whenever the use of the service is primarily or substantially of a business, professional, institutional or otherwise occupational nature, or where the listing required is such as to indicate business use.

Business rates apply for:

1. Offices, stores, factories, mines, tool houses, construction offices and all other places of strictly business nature. Offices of apartment houses are business locations and the apartment of the owner or manager of an apartment house is considered as the office of the apartment house, unless it is clearly evident that the service is to be used primarily for the domestic purpose of the customer.

2. Boarding houses except as modified under Section 2.4.4.C.2, offices of hotels and apartment houses, colleges, quarters occupied by clubs and fraternal societies, except as modified under 2.4.4.C.5, public, private or parochial schools, hospitals, nursing homes, libraries, churches and other institutions.

3. Residence locations where the residence is connected to a place of business if it is not evident that the service located in the residence is to be employed primarily for domestic use.

4. In the case where the customer's residence is located in a business establishment and service is to be located such as to be readily accessible to the business establishment directly or through minor modifications of the building such as making a window in a partition.

5. Any location where a business designation is provided or when any title indicating a trade or profession is listed, except as modified under Section 2.4.4.C.3.

6. All other locations where the customer's primary use of the service is for business purposes.

7. Service terminating on the answering service facilities of a telephone answering firm or answering bureau.

8. Residence locations where the customer subscribes to Rotary Hunting Line Service for more than five (5) residential lines at the same or different locations.

(N)

(N)

ISSUED: January 30, 2009 EFFECTIVE: March 1, 2009




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.4 Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service (Continued)

C. Residence rates apply when the use of the service is of a domestic nature, provided that service is not used substantially for occupational purposes.

Residence rates apply for:

1. Private residences if business listings are not employed.

2. Private apartments in hotels, clubs and boarding houses where service is confined to the domestic use of the customer and business listings are not employed.

3. The residence of a clergyman, physician, registered or practical nurse, dentist, veterinary surgeon, or other medical practitioner or Christian Science practitioner provided no business designation is employed and the service is not installed in that portion of the customer's residence which is used as an office, but is located in the customer's domestic establishment. Titles such as "Dr.", "Rev.", "Judge", and "Professor" are not considered business designations.

4. Carports or garages when strictly a part of the customer's domestic establishment.

5. College fraternity houses where members of the fraternity lodge within the house.

6. Pastor's office in a church without a paid administrative employee.

7. Secretarial line terminations of residence main service terminating as extension lines on the premises of a telephone answering bureau.

8. Customers at private residences who subscribe to Call Forward Busy in lieu of Rotary Hunting Line Service for up to and including five (5) residential lines, at the same or different residential locations, as long as the service is used primarily for domestic purposes.

D. Changes from business service to residence service are made only in the event of a change in the customer's arrangements which would entitle him to a residence classification of his service, as specified in Paragraph C above. The business telephone number may be continued for the residence service only if all the facts indicate that the service is no longer to be used substantially for business purposes. Service connection charges applicable for such changes are quoted in Section 4 of this tariff.

E. Changes from residence to business service may be made without change in telephone number if the customer so desires. Service connection charges applicable for such changes are quoted in Section 4 of this tariff.

(N)

(N)




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.5 Supersedure of Service

A. Service previously furnished to one customer may be assumed by a new customer upon due notice of cancellation or in the case of abandonment, provided there is no lapse in the rendition of service. Such supersedures are subject to service connection charge regulations and may be arranged for in either of two ways:

1. If the new customer fully understanding the regulations governing the service and the status of the account, willingly assumes all obligations thereunder, then future bills are rendered without an adjustment to or from any particular date, with the Company arranging for the requested change in billing and directory listing.

2 If the new customer does not wish to assume payment of the old account, a new service application is taken and an adjustment in billing is made to and from the date the supersedure is effective.

B. Under either method of supersedure, the reassignment of the old telephone number to the service of the new party is arranged for only after the former customer has given consent to its use, and then only when there exists no relationship, business or otherwise, between the old and new customers, and a change in the telephone number is not required.

C When a relationship does exist, business or otherwise, between the old and new customers, the reassignment of the old telephone number will not be permitted unless all charges due under the current account have been paid and then only if a change in the telephone number is not required.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.6 Minimum Service Periods

A. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum service period for all services offered in this tariff is one month commencing with the installation date of the service except as follows:

1. The minimum service period for Enterprise Service (Special Reversed Charge Toll) is two months.

2. The minimum service period for directory listings is the directory period. The directory period is from the day on which the directory is first distributed to the customers to the day the succeeding directory is first distributed to customers.

3. For all other services furnished with minimum service periods exceeding one month, the applicable minimum service period is the number of months indicated in that section of this tariff containing the service offered.

B. The minimum service period relates to each applicable unit of service, either on the initial or subsequent installations.

C. For the purpose of administering the regulation and all other applicable regulations and rates of the Company's tariffs, every month is considered to have thirty days.

D. Minimum service periods begin on and include the day following the establishment of service.

2.4.7 Floor Space, Electric Power and Operation of Company Facilities at the Customer's Premises

A. All suitable space and floor arrangements including adequate lighting, temperature control, power outlets, commercial power and any other arrangements which may be required on the premises for communication facilities provided by the Company will be provided by and at the expense of the customer. All responsibility for the safe condition of wiring, outlets and power remains with the customer.

B. The operation of communication facilities provided by the Company at the customer's premises will be performed at the expense of the customer and must conform with the operating practices and procedures of the Company.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.8 Provision and Ownership of Facilities

A. Facilities furnished by the Company on the premises of a customer or authorized user are the property of the Company and are provided upon the condition that such facilities, except as expressly provided in this tariff, must be installed, relocated and maintained by the Company. Company employees and agents may enter said premises at any reasonable hour to make collections from coin boxes, to install, inspect or repair any part of the Company's facilities on the customer's premises, or to remove such facilities which are no longer necessary for the provision of service.

B. Upon termination of service from any cause whatsoever, facilities furnished by the Company shall be in good condition, reasonable wear and tear thereof expected.

2.4.9 Provision and Ownership of Directories

A. Telephone directories shall be issued approximately every twelve months. The Company reserves the right to make a charge for replacement directories. Copyright interest in the directory listings shall be retained by the Company.

B. Directories are furnished to customers as part of the telephone service. No binder, holder, insert, or auxiliary cover or attachment of any kind not furnished by the Company hall be attached to the telephone directory, except that this prohibition shall not apply to a customer-provided binder, holder, insert, or auxiliary cover which is attached so that it does not obstruct vital and essential information such as the identity of the exchanges covered by the directory, the effective date of the directory, emergency numbers, federal and state laws, and Rules and Regulations of the Commission pertaining to telecommunication services. Any person, firm or corporation violating this rule, or permitting it to be violated is made subject to having telephone service suspended.

C. One copy of local directories shall be distributed per main station, key system trunk, or PBX trunk, with additional copy up to one per station available at no charge on request. Other directories will be furnished at the discretion of the Company at a reasonable rate.

All non-telephony utility advertising shall be confined to the yellow pages only.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.10 Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers

Telephone numbers are the property of the Company and are assigned to the service furnished the customer. The customer has no property right to the telephone number or any other call number designation associated with services furnished by the Company, nor to the continuance of service through any particular central office. The Company reserves the right to change such numbers and/or the central office designation associated with such numbers assigned to the customer, whenever the Company deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of its business.

2.4.11 Installation, Maintenance and Repairs

A. All ordinary expense of installation, unless otherwise specified in this tariff is borne by the Company. Where special conditions or requirements of the customer involve unusual construction or installation costs, the customer may be required to pay a reasonable proportion of such costs. In case of damage, loss, theft or destruction of any of the Company's facilities due to the negligence or willful act of the customer or other persons authorized to use the service and not due to ordinary wear and tear, the customer shall be required to pay the expense incurred by the Company in connection with replacement of the facilities or the expense incurred in restoring it to its original condition.

B. The customer shall not install, disconnect, rearrange, remove, or attempt to repair facilities furnished by the Company or permit others to do so, except upon the written consent of the Company or as otherwise specified in the Company's applicable tariffs.

2.4.12 Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations

A. Where service is to be established at a location that would involve undue hazards or where accessibility is impracticable to employees of the Company, the customer may be required to install and maintain the Company's facilities in a manner satisfactory to the Company. Remuneration is to be based on the costs involved.

B. The customer shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits, other actions or any liability whatsoever, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the customer or by any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, and for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the customer or others, caused or claimed to have been caused directly or indirectly by the installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance, removal, presence, condition, location or use of such facilities.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.13 Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours

The rates and charges specified in this tariff contemplate that all work in connection with furnishing or rearranging service be performed during regular working hours. Whenever a customer requests that work necessarily required in the furnishing or rearranging of his service be performed outside the Company's regular working hours or that work once begun be interrupted, the customer may be required to pay, in addition to the other rates and charges specified in this tariff, the amount of additional costs the Company incurs as a result of the customer's special requirements.

2.4.14 Termination of Service

A. Termination of Service by the Company

1. When the service is terminated on the initiative of the Company because of violation of its regulations by the customer, the regulations stipulated in the paragraphs below for termination of service by the customer apply.

2. Should service be terminated for nonpayment of charges, restoration of service will be made only as prescribed in sections 2.3.10, 2.4.3 and 3.1.4 of this tariff.

B. Termination of Service by the Customer

Service may be terminated at any time upon reasonable notice from the customer to the Company. Upon such termination, the customer shall be responsible for the payment of all charges due. This includes all charges due for the period service has been rendered plus any unexpired portion of a minimum service period or applicable termination charges, or both.

2.4.15 Distance Learning and Information Sharing Program Discounts▲

2.4.16 Special Service Arrangements

The rates and charges quoted in the Company tariffs contemplate the use of service arrangements and facilities in quantities and types regularly furnished by the Company. Where facilities or service arrangements, including nonstandard finishes not provided for in the Company's applicable tariffs are requested, rates and charges will apply based on the circumstances in each case whenever it is practicable to provide the service requested. In such cases, the Company reserves the right to require a minimum contract period longer than one month at the same location.





GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.17 Construction

The rates and charges quoted in the tariffs of the Company provide for the furnishing of service and facilities where suitable plant facilities are available or when the construction of the necessary facilities does not involve excessive costs. When excessive costs are involved for the construction of facilities, charges for such construction will be determined in accordance with the regulations as set forth in Section 5.1 of this tariff.

2.4.18 Priority of Establishment of Service

Applications for service will be completed in the order of their receipt insofar as practical and economical, except that deviations may be made in the following order in accordance with the facilities available:

A. Application for service for a use directly connected with national defense or where war conditions are involved.

B. Application for service for a use directly connected with public safety, health or welfare.

C. Application for service needed because of serious illness or where unreasonable hardship would otherwise result.

D. Application for business service which has been held for two months or more.

E. Application for residence service which has been held for two months or more.

F. Application for business service for a person who has been a customer of the Company within one month prior to the date of application.

G. Application for residence service for a person who has been a customer of the Company within one month prior to the date of application.

H. Application for business service not otherwise qualifying under this rule and regulation.

I. Application for residence service not otherwise qualifying under this rule and regulation.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 2 dba CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 17 (C)


GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.19 Educational Percentage Discount Rates (E-Rates) ▲

Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

2.4.20 Reserved for Future Use

(C) (C)

(T)

(D)

(D)

ISSUED: November 10, 2009 EFFECTIVE: November 20, 2009




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.4.21 RESIDENCE SERVICE FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES ▲


(D)

(D)




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.5 CUSTOMER RELATIONS

2.5.1 General

The Company will:

A. Maintain a current set of maps showing the physical locations of its facilities and telephone exchange locations. These maps, or such other maps as may be required by the Commission, will be kept by the Company and will be available for Commission inspection during normal working hours. Each business office will have available up-to-date maps, or records of its immediate area, with such other information as may be necessary to enable the Company to advise applicants, and others entitled to the information, as to the facilities available for serving that locality.

B. Assist the customer or applicant in selecting the most economical service.

C. In compliance with the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, notify customers affected by a change in rates or schedule of classification.

D. Post a notice in a conspicuous place in each business office of the Company where applications for service are received, informing the public that copies of the rate schedules and rules relating to the services of the Company, as filed with the Commission, are available for inspection.

E. Furnish such additional information on rates and services as the customer may reasonably request.

2.5.2 Customer Complaints

A. Complaints made Directly to the Company

Upon complaint to the Company by a customer either at it's business office, by letter or by telephone, the Company will promptly make a suitable investigation and advise the complainant of the results thereof. The Company will keep a record of all complaints which shall show the name and address of the complainant, the date and nature of the complaint and the adjustment or disposition thereof for a Period of two years subsequent to the final settlement of the complaint. Complaints with reference to rates or charges which require no further action by the Company need not be recorded.

B. Complaints made to the Public Utility Commission

Upon receipt of a complaint, either by letter or by telephone, from the Commission on behalf of a customer, the Company will make a suitable investigation and advise the Commission of the results thereof. Initial response to the Commission must be made within thirty (30) days. The Commission encourages all customer complaints to be made in writing to assist the Commission in maintaining records on the quality of service of each Company.




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.5 CUSTOMER RELATIONS (Continued)

2.5.3 Refusal of Service

A. Compliance by Applicant

1. The Company may refuse to serve an applicant until such applicant has complied with the state and municipal regulations and the rules and regulations outlined in the Company's Tariff on file with the Public Utility Commission governing the service applied for or for the following reasons:

a. Applicant's facilities inadequate: If the applicant's installation or equipment is known to be hazardous or of such character that satisfactory service cannot be given.

b. For indebtedness: If the applicant is indebted to any Telephone Company for the same kind of service as that applied for; provided however, that in the event the indebtedness of the applicant for service is in dispute, the applicant shall be served upon complying with the deposit requirement in Paragraph 2.5.5 of this section of the Company's tariff.

c. Refusal to make deposit: For refusal to make a deposit if the applicant is required to make a deposit under the requirements outlined in the Company's tariff.

B. Applicant's Recourse

In the event the Company refuses to serve an applicant, the Company will inform the applicant of the reasons for its refusal and that the applicant may file a complaint with the Public Utility Commission.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.3 Refusal of Service (Continued)

C. Insufficient Grounds for Refusal of Service

The following shall not constitute sufficient cause for refusal of service to a present customer or applicant:

1. Delinquency in payment for service by a previous occupant of the premises to be served.

2. Failure to pay for merchandise, or charges for nonutility service purchased from the utility.

3. Failure to pay a bill to correct previous underbilling due to misapplication of rates more than six months prior to the date of application.

4. Failure to pay a bill of another customer as guarantor thereof, unless the guarantee was made in writing to the Telephone Company as a condition precedent to services.

5. Failure to pay the bill of another customer at the same address except where the change of customer identity is made is to avoid or evade payment of a telephone bill. A customer may request a supervisory review if the utility determines that evasion has occurred and refuses to provide service.

6. Lifeline subscribers will not be denied re-establishment of service on the basis that the subscriber was previously disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.4 Discontinuance of Service

A. The due date of the bill for telephone service shall not be less than sixteen (16) days after issuance. A bill for telephone service is delinquent if unpaid by the due date.

Late Payment Charge ▲

B. A customer's telephone service may be disconnected if the bill has not been paid or a deferred payment agreement entered into within twenty-six (26) days from the date of issuance and if proper notice has been given. Proper notice shall consist of a mailing or hand delivery at least ten (10) days prior to a stated date of disconnection, with the words termination notice" or similar language prominently displayed on the notice. The information included in the notice shall be provided in English and Spanish as necessary to adequately inform the customer. If mailed, the cut-off day may not fall on a holiday or weekend, but shall fall on the next working day after the tenth day. Payment at a Company's authorized payment agency is considered payment to the Company. The Company shall not issue late notices or disconnect notices to the customer earlier than the first day the bill becomes delinquent so that a reasonable length of time is allowed to ascertain receipt of payment by mail or at a Company's authorized payment agency.

C. Telephone services may be disconnected for any of the following reasons:

1. Failure to pay a delinquent account for the basic local services provided in this tariff or failure to comply with the terms of a deferred payment agreement.

2. Violation of the Company's rules pertaining to the use of service in a manner which interferes with the service of others or the operation of nonstandard equipment, if a reasonable attempt has been made to notify the customer and customer is provided with a reasonable opportunity to remedy the situation.

3. Failure to comply with deposit or guarantee arrangements where required.

4. Without notice where a known dangerous condition exists for as long as the condition exists.





GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.4 Discontinuance of Service (Continued)

C. Telephone services may be disconnected for ... (Continued)

5. Specific discontinuance of service regulations apply to customers who subscribe to Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) as described in section 3.12 of this tariff.

6. Failure to pay toll charges incurred after toll blocking was imposed.

D. Telephone service may not be disconnected for any of the following reasons:

1. Delinquency in payment for service by a previous occupant of the premises.

2. Failure to pay for merchandise.

3. Failure to pay for a different type or class of telephone service unless charges for such service is included on the same bill.

4. Failure to pay the account of another customer as guarantor thereof, unless the Company has in writing the guarantee as a condition precedent to services.

5. Failure to pay charges arising from an underbilling occurring due to any misapplication of rates more than six months prior to the current billing.

6. Failure of a residential subscriber to pay toll charges.

7. Failure of a residential subscriber to pay for any charges other than the basic local services provided in this tariff.

E. Unless a dangerous condition exists, or unless the customer requests disconnection, service shall not be disconnected on a day, or on a day immediately preceding a day, when personnel of the Company are not available to the public for the purpose of making collections and reconnecting service.

F. The Company may not abandon a customer or a certified service area without written notice to its customers therein and all similar neighboring companies and approval from the Public Utility Commission.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.5 Applicant Deposit (Continued)

A. Establishment of Credit for Permanent Residential Applicants (Continued)

1. The Company may require a residential applicant for service to satisfactorily establish credit, but such establishment of credit shall not relieve the customer from prompt payment of bills. Subject to the requirements outlined in the Company's tariff, a residential applicant will not be required to pay a deposit.

a. If the residential applicant has been a customer of any telephone company for the same kind of service within the last two years and is not delinquent in payment of any such telephone service account and during the last twelve (12) consecutive months of service did not have more than one occasion in which a bill for such telephone service was paid after becoming delinquent and never had service disconnected for nonpayment.

b. If the residential applicant furnishes in writing a satisfactory guarantee to secure payment of bills for the service required.

c. If the residential applicant demonstrates a satisfactory credit rating by appropriate means including, but not limited to, the production of generally acceptable credit cards, letters of credit reference, the names of credit references which may be quickly and inexpensively contacted by the Company or by ownership of substantial Property.

d. A Lifeline subscriber who voluntarily elects to receive Toll Restriction does not have to pay a deposit.

e. If the residential applicant is applying for Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS).

B. Reestablishment of Credit

Every applicant who previously has been a customer of the Company and whose service has been discontinued for nonpayment of bills shall be required before service is rendered to pay all amounts due the Company or execute a deferred payment agreement, if offered, and reestablish credit as provided in paragraph A above.

C. Commercial and Industrial Telephone Service

In the case of commercial or industrial telephone service, if the credit of an applicant for service has not been established satisfactorily to the Company the applicant may be required to make a deposit.




GENERAL REGULATIONS



D. Amount of Deposit and Interest for Permanent Residential, Commercial and Industrial Service and Exemption from Deposit

1. The required deposit shall not exceed an amount equivalent to one-sixth of the estimated annual billings.

a. During the first 12 months of service, if actual usage is three times estimated usage (or three times average usage of most recent three bills) and current exceeds $150 and 150% of the security held, a new deposit requirement may be calculated and an additional deposit may be required, to be made within 10 days after issuance of written notice of termination and requested additional deposit, or, in lieu of additional deposit, the customer may elect to pay the current usage within l0 days after issuance of written notice of termination and requested additional deposit.

b. If actual billings of a commercial customer are at least twice the amount of the estimated billings and a suspension notice has been issued on a bill within the previous 12-month period, a new deposit may be required to be made within 15 days after issuance of written notice of termination and requested additional deposit. If actual billings of a residential customer are at least twice the amount of the estimated billings after two billing periods and a suspension notice has been issued on a bill within the previous 12-month period, a new deposit may be required to be made within 15 days after issuance of written notice of termination and requested additional deposit. In lieu of additional deposit, the customer may elect to pay the current bill by the due date of the bill, provided the customer has not exercised this option in the previous 12 months.

2. All applicants for permanent residential service who are sixty-five (65) years of age or older will be considered as having established credit if such applicant does not have an outstanding account balance with the Company or with another Telephone Company for the same service which accrued within the last two years. No cash deposit shall be required of such applicant under these conditions.

3. The rates of interest to be paid on customer deposits in accordance with Tex. Rev. Civ. Stat. Ann. Art. 1440a (Vernon 1989) are established annually on December 1 for the subsequent calendar year by the Commission as reflected in the Order Setting Interest Rates included this tariff.

a. Payment of the interest to the customer shall be annually, or at the time the deposit is returned or credited to the customer's account.

b. The deposit shall cease to draw interest on the date it is returned or credited to the customer's account.




GENERAL REGULATIONS



D. Amount of Deposit and Interest for Permanent Residential, Commercial and Industrial Service and Exemption from Deposit (Continued)

4. The fact that a deposit is held by the Company shall in no way relieve the applicant or customer from compliance with Company regulations as to advance payments and payment for service, nor shall it constitute a waiver or modification of the regulation pertaining to the discontinuance of service for nonpayment of any sums due to the Company for service rendered.

E. Deposits for Temporary or Seasonal Services

The Company may require a deposit sufficient to reasonably protect it against the assumed risk of temporary, seasonable, weekend or other unusual risks in providing temporary service.

F. Records of Deposits

1. The Company will keep records to show:

a. The name and address of each depositor.

b. The amount and date of the deposit.

c. Each transaction concerning the deposit.

2. The Company will issue a receipt of deposit to each applicant from whom a deposit is received, and will provide means whereby a depositor may establish claim if the receipt is lost.

3. A record of each unclaimed deposit will be maintained for four years, during which time the Company will make a reasonable effort to return the deposit.

G. Refund of Deposit:

1. If service is not connected or after disconnection of service, the Company will promptly and automatically refund the customer's deposit plus accrued interest or the balance, if any, in excess of the unpaid bills for service furnished. A transfer of service from one premises to another within the service area of the Company shall not be deemed a disconnection.

2. When the customer has paid bills for service for twelve (12) consecutive residential billings or for twenty-four (24) consecutive commercial or industrial billings without having more than two occasions in which a bill was delinquent, and when the customer is not delinquent in the payment of the current bills, the Company will refund the deposit plus accrued interest by crediting the entire amount to the customer's bill.




GENERAL REGULATIONS



H. Upon Sale or Transfer of the Telephone Company

Upon sale or transfer of Central Telephone Company of Texas, the Company will file with the Commission under oath, in addition to other information, a list showing the names and addresses of all customers served by such company who have to their credit a deposit, the date such deposit was made, the amount thereof and the unpaid interest thereon.

I. Advance Payments

An applicant for service or facilities may be required to pay in advance of installation an amount not to exceed applicable service connection, installation or other nonrecurring charges plus charges for one month of service. Where construction charges are applicable the payment thereof may be required in advance.

J. Complaint by Applicant or Customer

The Company directs its employees engaged in initial contact with an applicant or customer for service, seeking to establish or reestablish credit, to inform the customer, if dissatisfaction is expressed with the Company's decision, of the customer's right to file a complaint with the Public Utility Commission thereon.




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.6 Payment for Service

A customer shall be responsible for the payment of all exchange, toll, and other charges, including charges for services originated or charges accepted at the customer's station, made in accordance with the Company's schedule of rates, rules and regulations. Bills for telephone service become delinquent if unpaid 15 days after issuance. All charges due by the customer are payable at the Company's business office or at any agency duly authorized to receive such payments. If objection in writing is not received by the Company within thirty (30) days after the bill is rendered, the account shall be deemed correct and binding upon the customer.

A. Billing Period

1. Bills for exchange and toll service will normally be rendered at regular intervals. The normal billing period is one month except where a different period is specified in a particular tariff. Bills may be rendered more frequently, however, when it is considered necessary or advisable by the Company. Payment of charges for moves and changes and other nonrecurring charges may be required prior to completion.

2. Bills are rendered at various billing dates for specified periods and include charges for service as follows:

a. Flat Rate Exchange Service - Charges shall be billed monthly in advance or on demand beginning with the date of the bill.

Partial payments received from Lifeline Assistance subscribers will be applied first to local service charges and then to toll charges.

b. Local Measured Service - Charges for the access line for measured service includes a specified number of calling units and is payable in advance. Units used in excess of the monthly allowance will be billed in arrears.

c. Private Pay Telephone Service - The basic access line rate that includes an allowance for 200 units of calling shall be billed monthly in advance. Units used in excess of the monthly allowance will be billed in arrears.

d. Toll Service - Charges for toll services are billed in arrears and generally with bills for exchange service but may be billed at such other intervals as may be considered necessary or advisable by the Company.





GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.6 Payment for Service (Continued)

A. Billing Period (Continued)

2. Bills are rendered at various billing dates… (Continued)

e. Special Charges Fees and Taxes - There shall be added to the customer's bill for service, an additional charge equal to the pro rata share of any occupation, franchise, business, license, excise, privilege or other similar charge or tax, now or hereafter imposed upon the gross receipts or revenue of the Company by any municipal taxing body or municipal authority whether by statute, ordinance, law or otherwise, and whether presently due or to hereafter become due.

The charge applicable to each customer will appear separately on the customer's regular monthly bill and shall be determined on a basis equal to the tax levied by each municipal taxing body or municipal authority.

Residential, non-residential and point-to-point access lines provided pursuant to this tariff are subject to a municipal franchise fee as established for the city in which the end user of the access lines is located. Effective with the charges billed on or after July 1, 2000, the monthly recurring municipal charge will be equal to a monthly amount developed using criteria as recommended by the local municipality with information supplied by the Company. The fee should be assessed as a per-line-charge on the end user bill. This municipal charge results from implementation of House Bill 1777- Telecommunications Franchise Law which allows all municipalities to be compensated by certificated telecommunications providers (CTPs) for right-of-way usage. The fee has been developed and/or allocated across rate classifications according to local municipal guidelines.

f. Texas Infrastructure Fund (TIF) Reimbursement Surcharge▲


(D)

(T)

ISSUED: August 22, 2008 EFFECTIVE: September 1, 2008



GENERAL REGULATIONS



A. Billing Period (Continued)

3. When service normally furnished on a monthly basis is taken for a period less than one (1) month, the total fixed charges will not be less than the minimum fixed charges for the particular service involved.

4. The Company will provide the customer with a breakdown of local service charges upon written request.

5. Customer bills sent through the United States mail will be in an envelope.

6. If billings for Telephone Company services are found to differ from the Company's lawful rates for the services being purchased by the customer, a billing adjustment shall be calculated by the Company. If the customer is due a refund, an adjustment shall be made for the entire period of overcharge.

The rates of interest to be paid on overbillings, in accordance with P.U.C. SUBST. R. §26.27(d) are established annually on December 1 for the subsequent calendar year by the Commission as reflected in the Order Setting Interest Rates included in this tariff.

7. If the customer was undercharged, the Company may back bill the customer for a period not to exceed six (6) months from the date the Company initially notifies the customer of the amount of the undercharge and the total additional amount that will be due.

The rates of interest to be paid on underbillings, in accordance with P.U.C. SUBST. R. §26.27(e), are established annually on December 1 for the subsequent calendar year by the Commission as reflected in the Order Setting Interest Rates included in this tariff.

8. The Telephone Company may back bill for a period exceeding six (6) months on interstate charges, but may not disconnect for failure to pay interstate charges incurred six (6) months prior to the current billing. Said amount shall be added to the next regular billing. If the underbilling is twenty-five dollars or more, the Company shall offer to such customer a deferred payment plan option, for the same length of time as that of the underbilling.

B. Pro Rating of Charges

Charges for service normally furnished on a monthly basis (except those involving a minimum billing period) billed for periods in excess of, or less than, a billing month will be pro rated by the ratio of the number of days in the period in question to the number of calendar days in the billing month.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 2 dba CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 31


GENERAL REGULATIONS



C. Suspended or Disconnected Service

1. Should service be suspended for nonpayment of charges, it will be restored only as provided in Sections 3.14 and 4.5 of this tariff.

2. When service has been disconnected for nonpayment, the service agreement is considered to have been terminated. Reestablishment of service may be made only upon the execution of a new service agreement which is subject to the provisions of this tariff.

3. At its discretion, the Company may restore or reestablish service which has been suspended or disconnected for nonpayment of charges prior to payment of all charges due. Such restoration or reestablishment shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights to suspend or disconnect service for nonpayment of charges due and unpaid, or for the violation of the provisions of this tariff; nor shall the failure to suspend or disconnect service for nonpayment of any past due account or accounts operate as a waiver or estoppel to suspend or disconnect service for nonpayment of such account or of any other Past due account.

D. Payment Allocation Following Suspension or Disconnection

1. Payments shall first be allocated to charges for basic local service provided in this tariff.

2. If services are bundled, the rate of basic local service shall be the charge for stand-alone basic local service.

3. After the outstanding charges for basic local service have been met, payment can be applied to other, outstanding, non-basic charges.

E. Recovery of Collection Costs - Business

Any customer subscribing to Business services under this tariff (a “Business Customer”) is responsible for all collections costs, including but not limited to attorneys fees, incurred by the Company in recovering any amounts due and owing to the Company by the Business Customer. In the event of the Business Customer's bankruptcy, the Company may assert its claim for collections costs and attorneys' fees under this tariff as a claim against the Business Customer's bankruptcy estate.

(D)

(D) ISSUED: November 23, 2015 EFFECTIVE: December 3, 2015 TX 15-13




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.7 Service Guarantees

A. When the use of service or facilities furnished by the Company is interrupted due to any cause other than the negligence or willful act of the customer or the failure of facilities provided by the customer, appropriate adjustments or refunds shall be made to the customer.

B. Out of Service

If an out-of-service trouble report is cleared within 24 hours, there will be no credit to the customer.

If an out-of-service trouble report is not cleared within 24 hours, the customer will receive a credit equal to one-half month’s worth of charges for local service(1).

If an out-of-service trouble report is not cleared until after 72 hours, the customer will receive a credit equal to one (1) month’s worth of charges for local service(1).

C. Trouble Reports

In any exchange which exceeds six customer trouble reports per 100 access lines for any two months in any twelve-month calendar year, the company shall provide all customers within the exchange a credit of four ($4.00) dollars per access line.

D. Repeat Trouble Reports

Any customer who experiences three (3) or more trouble reports in a calendar quarter will receive a credit of one (1) month’s worth of charges for local service(1).

E. Installation of Service

Failure of any exchange to meet the installation standards set by the Commission for any two quarters in a twelve-month calendar year will result in a two ($2.00) dollar credit per access line for each customer in the exchange.

F. Exceptions

Exceptions to the intervals set forth in this section as described for service guarantees are allowed for situations where access to the customer's premises is required but not available, non-work days for technicians, and where interruptions are caused by unavoidable casualties, and acts of God affecting large groups of customers. The service guarantees do not apply to customers and exchanges regulated under Texas Utilities Code, Chapter 65.

(1) Charges for local service means charges for all regulated service monthly recurring charges, including basic local service, custom calling features, CLASS, and ECS fees.

(C)

(C) (T)

(C) (T)

(T)

(N)

(N)

(T) (Z)

ISSUED: December 18, 2014 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2015 TX 14-05




GENERAL REGULATIONS


2.5.8 Hold and Trace

A. At its option or upon receipt of a proper request from a law enforcement agency, the Telephone Company will set up a temporary tracing arrangement using manual Hold and Trace procedures at no charge to the customer, when in the judgment of the Telephone Company or law enforcement agency, the unwanted call(s) presents a serious threat of bodily harm or destruction of property and the ExpressTouch Call Trace feature is not available in the exchange or is not a suitable solution. The customer is not provided the traced number, and must contact the law enforcement agency for further action. The law enforcement agency will have the call trace information released to them upon request.

2.6 LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY

2.6.1 Service Irregularities

A. The liability of the Company for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in facilities furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of negligence of the customer or of the Company in failing to exercise reasonable supervision or to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the customer for the period of service during which such service irregularities occur.

B. When facilities of others are used in establishing connections to points not reached by the Company's facilities, the Company is not liable for any act or omission of others furnishing such facilities.

C. When a service or channel is temporarily surrendered by a customer, at the request of the Company, credit determined as in paragraph A. above will be allowed for the entire period surrendered.

D. Unauthorized Access and Hacking - Except for physical damage to Customer’s transmission facilities or Customer premise equipment directly caused by the Company’s negligence or willful misconduct, the Company is not responsible for unauthorized access to, or alteration, theft, or destruction of, Customer’s equipment, data, programs or other information through accident, wrongful means or any other cause while such information is stored on or transmitted across Company-provided network facilities or Customer premise equipment. Customer is responsible for any Company service or usage charges resulting from any such unauthorized access, unless a tariff, schedule or other written agreement expressly states otherwise.

2.6.2 Use of Facilities of Other Connecting Carriers

When suitable arrangements can be made, facilities of other connecting carriers may be used in conjunction with the Company's facilities in establishing connections to points not reached by those facilities. Neither this Company nor any connecting carrier participating in a service shall be liable for any act or omission of any other company or companies furnishing a portion of such service.

(N)

(N)




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.6 LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY (Continued)

2.6.3 Indemnifying Agreement

The Company shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Customer against: claims for libel, slander, or the infringement of copyright arising directly or indirectly from the material transmitted over Company facilities or the use thereof, claims for infringement of patents arising from combining facilities furnished by the Company with, or using the facilities in connection with, apparatus and systems of the customer and all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer in connection with the facilities provided by the Company.

The Company will not be liable for any consequential, incidental or indirect damages for any cause of action, whether in contract or tort. Consequential, incidental, and indirect damages include, but are not limited to, lost projects, lost revenues, and loss of business opportunity, whether or not the Telephone Company was aware or should have been aware of the possibility of these damages.

2.6.4 Defacement of Premises

The Company is not liable for any defacement or damage to the premises of a customer resulting from the furnishing of service or the installation, attachment or removal of the instruments, apparatus and associated wiring furnished by the Company on such premises, when such defacement or damage is not the result of the sole negligence of the Company or its employees.

2.6.5 Year 2000 (Y2K)

The Company will make reasonable efforts to cure any material failure to provide service caused solely by year 2000 defects in the Company hardware, software or systems. Due to the interdependence among telecommunications providers and the interrelationship with non-Company processes, equipment and systems, the Company is not responsible for failures caused by circumstances beyond its control including, but not limited to, failures caused by: (1) the Customer; (2) other telecommunications providers; or (3) customer premises equipment. In addition, the Company does not ensure compatibility between the Company and non-Company services used by the Customer.




GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.6 LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY (Continued)

2.6.6 Liability for Directory Service

A. The Company shall not be liable for any error, omission or other failure in connection with directory listings furnished without additional charge. The customer agrees to hold the company free and harmless of and from any claims, loss, damage or liability which may result from such errors, omissions, or other failures.

B. The liability, if any, of the Company for any error, omission or other failure in connection with directory listings furnished at an additional charge shall in no event exceed the charge for that listing during the effective life of the directory in which the error or omission is made.

C. In accepting listings as prescribed by applicants or customers, the Company will not assume liability for the result of their Publication in its directories nor will the Company be a party to controversies arising between customers or others as a result of listings published in its directories.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 2 dba CenturyLink

Original Sheet 36

GENERAL REGULATIONS

2.7 SPECIAL DISASTER RELIEF RATES INITIATED BY THE COMPANY ▲

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

ISSUED: June 6, 2011 EFFECTIVE: June 16, 2011


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba Embarq Second Revised Sheet 1


BASIC LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Applicability

Applicable to business and residence access line service.

3.1.2 Territory

In the exchange areas, base rate areas, and locality rate areas of all exchanges listed below.

(D)

(D)

(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 2 (T)



3.1 GENERAL

3.1.3 Exchange Group Classification

Exchanges listed alphabetically with Exchange Group classification (includes Residence and Business). Other services within this tariff may be classified by Exchange Group for both Residence and Business.

Exchange Exchange Exchange Group Exchange Group

Alvord D Krum D Berclair D Laguna Park D Boonsville D Little River D Boyd D Lometa D Buckholts D Milano D Charco D Moffat D Chico D Nolanville A Clifton D Oenaville D Copperas Cove A Pawnee D Cranfills Gap D Pettus D Decatur D Ponder D Florence D Porter B Fort Hood A Porter Heights B Glen Flora D Rhome C Heidenheimer D Salado D Holland D Sanger D Humble [1] B Slidell D Hutto D Saint Jo D Kempner A Stockdale D Killeen A Sunset D

Turnersville D West Columbia D Zabcikville D

[1] The Humble exchange includes the wire centers of Atascocita and Kingwood.

(T)

(T)






3.1 GENERAL (Continued)

This Page is Reserved for Future Use (T)

(D)

(D)







This Page is Reserved for Future Use (T)

(D)

(D)

(D)







3.1.4 Application of Rates and Charges

A. Local Flat-Rate Service

1. Local exchange service rates and charges as specified in Section 3 of this tariff are for basic local exchange service and facilities only. The rates for other ancillary services not specifically shown in Section 3 of this tariff are presented in other Sections of this tariff.

2. Local exchange service rates and charges detailed in Section 3.3 of this tariff are payable in advance and entitle the Customer to unlimited, flat-rate calling within the available calling scope. See Section 3.2.1.E for EAS, EMS and ELC calling areas.

B. Local Measured Service (1)

1. Local Measured Service is available in the following Exchanges: Decatur, Killeen (excluding Harker Heights area 680, 690, 699, 953), Copperas Cove, Humble and Porter.

2. The access line rate for measured service includes a specified number of calling units and is payable in advance. Units used in excess of the monthly allowance will be billed in arrears.

3. The measured service charges for initial and overtime units will be applied as shown in paragraph 3.3.2.A.

4. Unused portions of the monthly calling allowance will not be carried over or in any way be applied to another month's billing.

5. Initial units for each measured call consist of four minutes of conversation time, or fraction thereof. When a call exceeds four minutes of conversation time the overtime will be charged in one-minute increments at the rates specified in paragraph 3.3.2.A. of this tariff.

6. The LMS plan will apply to residential and existing business customers (1). Combination of flat-rate or measured service options are not permitted on the same premises or the same communications system.

(1) LMS is available to existing business customers at existing locations. New business customers will be offered service at the appropriate flat rate.

(N) (N)






3.2 EAS, EMS AND ELC CALLING AREAS (C)

3.2.1 Non-Optional Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS), Extended Area Service (EAS) and Extended Local Calling Service (ELCS) Calling Areas

(C) (C)

(N)

(N)

(M) (T)

(T) (M) (T)

(T)

(N)

(N)

(T) (T)

(M)

(M)

A. EMS and EAS are non-optional arrangements under which customers of a given exchange may complete calls to and receive messages from one or more exchanges without the application, where provided by the tariff, of long distance message telecommunications charges.

B. ELCS is a non-optional arrangement under which communities that have met geographic proximity and community of interest requirements and have passed the balloting process set forth in P.U.C. SUBST. R. §26.219(f), have expanded their basic local calling scopes to include surrounding exchanges.

C. EAS, EMS and ELC cannot be used in conjunction with Call Forwarding, Call Forwarding-Busy, Call Forwarding-No Answer, Remote Call Forwarding, or Customer Transfer Service features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

D. The Extended Calling Surcharge (ECS) in Section 3.3.1B. applies in addition to the access line rate for each residence access line in service.

E. The non-optional EAS/EMS and ELC calling areas for all exchanges are as follows:

Home Exchange EAS/EMS Exchanges ELC Service Exchanges

Alvord Decatur Bridgeport, Chico, Forestburg, Paradise, Sunset

Berclair NONE Beeville, Charco, Goliad, Pettus, Refugio, Skidmore

Boonsville Bridgeport, Paradise Boyd, Decatur, Runaway Bay, Springtown, Weatherford

Boyd(1) Decatur, Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange

Boonsville, Bridgeport, Paradise, Rhome

Buckholts NONE Bartlett, Burlington, Cameron, Heidenheimer, Holland, Jarrell, Little River, Oenaville, Rogers, Rosebud, Temple, Zabcikville

Charco NONE Beeville, Berclair, Goliad, Karnes City/Falls City, Kennedy, Nordheim, Pettus, Runge, Victoria, Yorktown

(1) Provisions for Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) for Boyd to Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchanges are provided in Section 3.2.3.

(M) Material now appearing on this page was previously found on First Revised Sheets 29 and 32.







3.2.1 Non-Optional Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS), Extended Area Service (EAS) and Extended Local Calling Service (ELCS) Calling Areas (Continued)

(C) (C)

E. The non-optional EAS/EMS and ELC calling areas … (Continued) (N)


(T) (T)

(M)

(M)

(M) (M)

Chico Decatur Alvord, Bowie, Bridgeport, Joplin, Paradise, Runaway Bay, Sunset

Clifton Cransfill Gap, Laguna Park, Turnersville

Hamilton, Iredell, Kopperl, Lakeside Village, Meridian, Morgan, Mosheim, Walnut Springs

Copperas Cove Flat-Rate and Local Measured Service

Florence, Fort Hood, Killeen, Harker Heights, Nolanville

Adamsville, Gatesville, Jarrell, Kempner

Cranfills Gap Clifton, Laguna Park, Turnersville Hamilton, Hico, Iredell, Meridian, Stephenville

Decatur(1)

Flat-Rate and Local Measured Service

Alvord, Boyd, Chico, Slidell, Sunset, Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange

Bellevue, Boonsville, Bowie, Bridgeport, Forestburg, Paradise, Ponder, Rhome, Rosston, Runaway Bay

Florence Copperas Cove, Fort Hood, Harker Heights, Killeen, Nolanville

Georgetown, Jarrell

Fort Hood Copperas Cove, Florence, Harker Heights, Killeen, Nolanville

Flat, Gatesville, Jarrell, Kempner

Glen Flora NONE Boling-New Gulf, Eagle Lake, East Bernard, El Campo, Garwood, Louise, Wharton

Heidenheimer Temple Belton, Buckholts, Holland, Jarrell, Little River, Moffat, Oenaville, Rogers, Salado, Troy, Zabcikville

(1) Provisions for Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) for Decatur to Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchanges are provided in Section 3.2.3.

(M) Material now appearing on this page was previously found on Original Sheet 6 and First Revised Sheets 29, 30 and 32.








(C) (C)

E. The non-optional EAS/EMS and ELC calling areas … (Continued) (N)


(T) (T)

(M)

(M)

Holland NONE Bartlett, Belton, Buckholts, Heidenheimer, Jarrell, Little River, Rogers, Salado, Temple

Humble Alvin, Apollo Zone, Arcola, Atascocita, Bacliff EMS, Bammel Zone, Barker Zone, Beach City EMS, Channelview Zone, Crosby, Cypress EMS, Deer Park Zone, Dickinson EMS, Friendswood Zone, Hitchcock-Santa Fe EMS, Houston, Houston Suburb, Huffman, Katy EMS, Kemah, Kingwood, Langham Creek Zone, LaPorte Zone, League City EMS, Liverpool EMS, Manvel Zone, Nassau Bay, Pinehurst EMS, Porter, Porter Heights, Richmond-Rosenberg EMS, Rosharon EMS, Satsuma Zone, Seabrook Zone, Sheldon Zone, Smithers Lake EMS, Splendora, Spring, Stafford, Sugarland, Tomball EMS, Valley Lodge EMS, Westfield Zone

NONE

Hutto (846) Taylor Jarrell

Hutto (759)(1) Taylor, Austin Jarrell

Kempner Lampasas Adamsville, Copperas Cove, Fort Hood, Killeen

Killeen (526/628/634)

Flat-Rate and Local Measured Service

Copperas Cove, Florence, Fort Hood, Harker Heights, Nolanville

Adamsville, Flat, Gatesville, Jarrell, Kempner, Moffat, Salado

(1) Provisions for Optional Extended Metropolitan Service for Hutto to Austin are provided in Section 3.2.2 and Section 3.9 of this tariff.

(M) Material now appearing on this page was previously found on Original Sheets 6 and 7 and First Revised Sheets 30 and 32.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba Embarq

Original Sheet 8.1


3.2 EAS, EMS AND ELC CALLING AREAS


E. The non-optional EAS/EMS and ELC calling areas … (Continued)


(M)

(M)

Killeen (690/699) Flat-Rate

Copperas Cove, Florence, Fort Hood, Harker Heights, Nolanville

Adamsville, Flat, Gatesville, Jarrell, Kempner, Moffat, Salado

Krum Sanger Aubrey, Denton, Pilot Point, Ponder, Slidell

Laguna Park Clifton, Cranfills Gap, Turnersville Hillsboro, Lakeside Village, Kopperl, Meridian, Valley Mills, Whitney

Little River Temple Bartlett, Belton, Buckholts, Heidenheimer, Holland, Jarrell, Rogers

Lometa Lampasas NONE

Milano NONE Bryan/College Station, Caldwell, Cameron, Rockdale, Temple

Moffat Temple Belton, Flat, Gatesville, Heidenheimer, Killeen

Nolanville Copperas Cove, Florence, Fort Hood, Harker Heights, Killeen

Belton, Temple

Oenaville Temple Belton, Buckholts, Burlington, Heidenheimer, Lott, Marlin, Rogers, Rosebud, Troy, Zabcikville

Pawnee NONE Beeville, George-West, Karnes City/Falls City, Kennedy, Pettus, Three Rivers

Pettus NONE Beeville, Berclair, Charco, Goliad, Karnes City/Falls City, Kenedy, Pawnee, Three Rivers

(M) Material now appearing on this page was previously found on Original Sheets 7 and 8 and First Revised Sheets 30 and 32.




Original Sheet 8.2






(M)

(T)

(T)

(T) (M)

Ponder NONE Argyle, Aubrey, Bartonville, Decatur, Denton, Justin, Krum, Pilot Point, Sanger, Slidell

Porter Apollo Zone, Arcola, Atascocita, Bammel Zone, Barker Zone, Channelview Zone, Crosby, Deer Park Zone, Friendswood Zone, Houston, Houston Suburb, Huffman, Humble, Kingwood, Langham Creek Zone, LaPorte Zone, Manvel Zone, Porter Heights, Satsuma Zone, Seabrook Zone, Sheldon Zone, Splendora, Spring, Stafford, Sugarland, Westfield Zone

NONE

Porter Heights (1) Atascocita, Humble, Kingwood, Porter, Splendora

Conroe, Cut N Shoot, Grangerland, Lake Conroe, Riverbrook

Rhome (636) (2) Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange

Azle, Boyd, Decatur, Justin

Rhome (638) (2) (3) Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange, Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange

Azle, Boyd, Decatur, Justin

Saint Jo NONE Bonita, Bowie, Forestburg, Gainesville, Montague, Muenster, Nocona, Rosston, Spanish Fort

(1) Provisions for Optional Extended Metropolitan Service for Porter Heights are provided in Section 3.9 of this tariff.

(2) Provisions for Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) for Rhome to Dallas/Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange are provided in Section 3.2.3.

(3) Provisions for Optional Extended Metropolitan Service for Rhome to Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange are provided in Section 3.2.2 and 3.9 of this tariff.

(M) Material now appearing on this page was previously found on Original Sheet 8 and First Revised Sheet 31.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba Embarq First Revised Sheet 8.3

Cancels Original Sheet 8.3






(Z) Salado Belton Bartlett, Heidenheimer, Holland, Jarrell, Killeen, Rogers, Temple

Sanger Krum, Slidell Aubrey, Denton, Gainesville, Gunter, Pilot Point, Ponder, Rosston, Valley View, Valley View East

Slidell Decatur, Sanger Denton, Gainesville, Krum, Pilot Point, Ponder

Stockdale NONE Floresville, Gillette, Kosciusko, Nixon, Poth, Seguin, Smiley, Sutherland Springs

Sunset Decatur Alvord, Bowie, Bridgeport, Chico, Montague

Turnersville Clifton, Cranfills Gap, Laguna Park

Gatesville, Jonesboro

West Columbia Columbia Lakes, East Columbia Angleton, Boling-New Gulf, Brazoria, Churchill, Clute-Lake Jackson, Damon, Freeport, Needville, Sweeny-Old Ocean

Zabcikville Temple Buckholts, Burlington, Heidenheimer, Lott, Oenaville, Roger, Rosebud






3.2 EAS, EMS AND ELC CALLING AREAS (Continued)

3.2.2 Optional Extended Metropolitan Service

The local calling areas provided within this optional service are shown below and are in addition to the local calling exchanges listed in 3.2.1.

For a description and rates, see Optional Extended Metropolitan Service, Section 3.9.

Following implementation of this service, installation charges will be waived for a period not to exceed 60 days. Upon expiration of the 60 day waiver period secondary service order charges and line connection charges will apply. See Section 4 of this tariff for applicable rates.

Optional Extended Metropolitan Service cannot be used in conjunction with Call Forwarding, Call Forwarding-Busy, Call Forwarding-No Answer, Remote Call Forwarding, or Customer Transfer Service features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

CALLING AREA CITY, LOCALITY OR ZONE

HUTTO Austin, Bee Caves, Bee Creek, Cedar Valley, Creedmoor, Garfield, Jollyville, Lake Travis, Leander, Manchaca, Manor, Marshall Ford, Pflugerville, Round Rock, Webberville.

PORTER HEIGHTS Apollo Zone, Arcola, Atascocita, Bammel Zone, Barker Zone, Channelview Zone, Deer Park Zone, Friendswood Zone, Grangerland, Houston, Houston Suburb, Humble, Kingwood, Langham Creek Zone, LaPorte Zone, Manvel Zone, Porter, Satsuma Zone, Seabrook Zone, Sheldon Zone, Splendora, Spring, Stafford, Sugarland, Westfield Zone.

RHOME (638) Fort Worth Metropolitan Exchange which includes: Fort Worth, Arlington Zone, Euless Zone, Kennedale Zone, North Richland Hills Zone, Mansfield Zone, Roanoke Zone.

(C)







3.2.3 Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS)

A. General

1. Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) is an arrangement whereby customers subscribing to the service in one exchange can make calls to customers in other exchanges for one monthly charge. This service offering is available only to customers in specific exchanges listed in Section 3.2.3 of this tariff.

2. Where Optional EACS is provided, the monthly Optional Extended Area Service rate includes all charges and provides unlimited calling within the local exchange and all other exchanges as specified in the Optional EACS calling scope in Section 3.2.1.

3. Applicable Service Connection Charges found in Section 4 of this tariff will pertain to the provision of this service.

4. This optional service shall be available to single-party residence and business service customers located in the specified exchange. This service is not, however, offered in connection with Customer-Owned Private Pay Telephone Service and Public or Semi-Public Telephone Service provided by the Telephone Company.

5. This optional service shall not be shared or jointly used except as specified in Section 13 (Joint User Service) of this tariff.

6. This service is not eligible for any discounts under the Lifeline Program found in Section 3.8 of this tariff. This service will not be offered in conjunction with Local Measured Service.

7. Mixing of EACS and non-EACS lines within a service arrangement such as Multi-Line Hunting, PBX Trunk or Integrated Business Service (Centrex) is allowed only as long as the local lines hunt to EACS lines.

8. Optional EACS cannot be used in conjunction with Call Forwarding, Call Forwarding-Busy, Call Forwarding-No Answer, Remote Call Forwarding, or Customer Transfer Service features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

(C)







3.2.3 Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) (Continued)

B. Boyd, Decatur, and Rhome Optional EACS, one-way, toll free local calling between Boyd, Decatur, and Rhome, and Dallas/Fort Worth (DFW) Metropolitan exchanges listed as follows:

(C)

Allen Alvarado Anna Argyle Aubrey Avalon Azle Bardwell Bartonville Blue Ridge Boyd Bristol Caddo Mills Carrollton Cash Celina Cleburne Combine Crandall Dallas Decatur Denton DFW Airport Ennis

Farmersville Ferris Forney Fort Worth Frisco Garland Glen Rose Granbury Grapevine Greenville Irving Italy Josephine Justin Kaufman Keller Lake Dallas Lewisville Maypearl McKinney Merit Midlothian Milford Nevada

Palmer Pilot Point Plano Princeton Prosper Quinlan Red Oak Reno Rhome Rockwall Rowlett Royse City Springtown Tawakoni Terrell Venus Waxahachie Weatherford Wills Point Wilmer Wylie



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Ninth Revised Sheet 12

Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 12



3.2.3 Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) (Continued)

C. Rates and Charges

Boyd Optional

Class of Service Access EACS Monthly Rate + Rate + ECS(1) = Rate NRC(2)

Business One Party Flat Rate $29.00 (I) $60.00 N/A $89.00 (I) $13.50 Business Key Trunk 32.00 60.00 N/A 92.00 13.50 Private Branch Exchange Trunk 37.00 60.00 N/A 97.00 13.50 Residence One Party Flat Rate 21.22 (I) 30.00 $0.00 51.22 (I) 8.00

Decatur

Business One Party Flat Rate $29.00 (I) $60.00 N/A $89.00 (I) $13.50 Business Key Trunk 32.00 60.00 N/A 92.00 13.50 Private Branch Exchange Trunk 37.50 60.00 N/A 97.50 13.50 Residence One Party Flat Rate 21.22 (I) 30.00 $0.00 51.22 (I) 8.00

Rhome (636) - Subscribers with basic local service

Bus One Party $35.00 (I) $60.00 N/A $95.00 (I) $13.50 Bus Key Trunk 38.50 60.00 N/A 98.50 13.50 PBX Trunk 43.50 60.00 N/A 103.50 13.50 Res One Party 21.22 (I) 30.00 $0.00 51.22 (I) 8.00

Rhome (638) - Subscribers Optional EMS

Optional Optional Class of Service Access EMS EACS Monthly

Rate + Rate + Rate + ECS(1) = Rate NRC(2)

Bus One Party $35.00 (I) $55.60 $30.00 N/A $120.60 $13.50 Bus Key Trunk 38.50 59.55 30.00 N/A 128.05 13.50 PBX Trunk 43.50 85.75 30.00 N/A 159.25 13.50 Res One Party 21.22 (I) 22.95 15.00 $0.00 59.17 (I) 8.00

(1) The Extended Calling Surcharge (ECS) will appear as a separate line item on the customer’s bill.

(2) The non-recurring charge will not apply when new customers establish service or when existing customers request changes to their service that require service connection charges found in Section 4 of this tariff. The non-recurring charge (NRC), when applicable, will be waived for a period of 90 days following approval of this tariff.

ISSUED: November 23, 2015 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2016 TX 15-14





3.3 MONTHLY LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES

3.3.1 Local Service Rates

A. Description of Classes of Service

Class of Service - Residence

R1 - Residence one party service MR1 30 - Measured Residence one party 30 unit MR1 100 - Measured Residence one party 100 unit MR1 200 - Measured Residence one party 200 unit RTY (2) - Residence Rotary one party service CDB - Customer Detailed Billing (Customers in

measured Exchanges may request a detailed billing statement.)

Class of Service - Business

B1 - Business one party MB1 200 (1) - Measured Business one party service 200 unit MB1 500 (1) - Measured Business one party service 500 unit BK RTY TKFR - Business Key Rotary Trunk Flat Rate MBK 200 (1) - Measured Business Key 200 unit MBK 500 (1) - Measured Business Key 500 unit BPBX DID TKFR - Business Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Flat Rate MPBX 200 (1) - Measured PBX 200 unit MPBX 500 (1) - Measured PBX 500 unit

(1) Business LMS is available to existing business customers at existing locations. New business customers will be offered service at the appropriate flat rate.

(2) Residence Rotary one party service is limited to existing customers in existing locations as of March 1, 2009.

(C)

(N) (N)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Eighth Revised Sheet 14



3.3 MONTHLY LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES (Continued)

3.3.1 Local Service Rates (Continued)

B. Residence Rates by Exchange and Access Line Class

The rates specified herein entitle subscribers access to all stations bearing the designation of central offices within the Home Exchange, EAS, EMS and ELC Exchanges as specified in Section 3.2 of this Tariff. The Extended Calling Surcharge (ECS) will appear as a separate line item on the customer’s bill for each access line.

EXCHANGE CLASS OF SERVICE ACCESS + ECS = TOTAL

Alvord R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Berclair R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Boonsville R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Sixth Revised Sheet 14.01

Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 14.01




B. Residence Rates by Exchange and Access Line Class (Continued)


Boyd R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Buckholts R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Charco R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Chico R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8/WR4 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Clifton R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --










Copperas Cove R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 19.00 (I) 0.00 19.00 (I) MR1 200 19.50 (I) 0.00 19.50 (I)

CDB -- -- 1.00

Cranfills Gap R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Decatur R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 18.55 (I) 0.00 18.55 (I) MR1 200 19.50 (I) 0.00 19.50 (I)

CDB -- -- 1.00

Florence R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Fort Hood R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 20.00 (I) 0.00 20.00 (I) MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 19.00 (I) 0.00 19.00 (I) MR1 200 19.50 (I) 0.00 19.50 (I)

CDB -- -- 1.00










Glen Flora R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Heidenheimer R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Holland R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.00 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Humble R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 20.55 (I) 0.00 20.55 (I) MR1 200 21.00 0.00 21.00

CDB -- -- 1.00

Hutto R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --










Kempner R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Killeen R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 20.00 (I) 0.00 20.00 (I) MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 19.00 (I) 0.00 19.00 (I) MR1 200 19.50 (I) 0.00 19.50 (I)

CDB -- -- 1.00

Krum R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Laguna Park R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Little River R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --










Lometa R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.220 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Milano R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Moffat R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Nolanville R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Oenaville R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Seventh Revised Sheet 14.06

Cancels Sixth Revised Sheet 14.06






Pawnee R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Pettus R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Ponder R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Porter R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 17.50 (I) 0.00 17.50 (I)

MR1 100 20.55 (I) 0.00 20.55 (I) MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- 1.00

Porter Heights R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --










Rhome R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Saint Jo R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Salado R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Sanger R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Slidell R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --










Stockdale R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Sunset R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Turnersville R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 21.22 (I) 0.00 21.22 (I) MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

West Columbia R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.22 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --

Zabickville R1 $21.22 (I) $0.00 $21.00 (I) RTY 23.22 (I) 0.00 23.22 (I)

R2/R4/RR4/RR8 -- -- -- MR1 30 -- -- --

MR1 100 -- -- -- MR1 200 -- -- --

CDB -- -- --



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CentruryLink Third Revised Sheet 14.1

Cancels Second Revised Sheet 14.1




C. Business Rates by Exchange

SERVICE - BUSINESS

Alvord Berclair Boonsville Boyd B1 $29.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $29.00 (I) MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 34.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 34.00 (I) MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 37.00 44.50 43.50 37.00 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -

Buckholts Charco Chico Clifton B1 $35.00 (I) $35.00 (R) $35.00 (I) $29.00 (I) MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 (I) 40.00 (R) 40.00 (I) 34.00 (I) MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 43.50 49.50 43.50 37.00 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 14.2

Cancels Third Revised Sheet 14.2





SERVICE - BUSINESS

Copperas Cranfills Cove Gap Decatur Florence

B1 $29.00 $35.00 $29.00 $35.00 MB1 200 (1) 19.00 - 19.00 - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 34.00 40.00 34.00 40.00 MBK 200 (1) 19.00 - 19.00 - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 39.00 43.50 37.50 44.50 MPBX 200 (1) 21.00 (I) - 21.00 (I) - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -

Fort Glen Hood Flora Heidenheimer Holland

B1 $29.00 $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 34.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 37.00 44.50 43.50 43.50 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -


ISSUED: March 31, 2016 EFFECTIVE: June 1, 2016 TX 16-01








SERVICE - BUSINESS

Humble Hutto Kempner Killeen B1 $40.00 $29.00 $35.00 $29.00 MB1 200 (1) 29.50 - - 20.50 MB1 500 (1) 36.50 (I) - - - BK RTY TKFR 56.00 34.00 40.00 34.00 MBK 200 (1) 29.50 (I) - - 20.50 (I) MBK 500 (1) 36.50 (I) - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 65.00 37.00 43.50 37.00 MPBX 200 (1) 30.00 (I) - - 21.00 (I) MPBX 500 (1) 39.00 (I) - - -

Laguna Little Krum Park River Lometa

B1 $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 $29.00 MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 40.00 40.00 34.00 MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 43.50 43.50 43.50 37.00 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -










SERVICE - BUSINESS

Milano Moffat Nolanville Oenaville B1 $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 44.50 43.50 42.50 43.50 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -

Pawnee Pettus Ponder Porter B1 $35.00 $35.00 $35.00 $40.00 MB1 200 (1) - - - 29.50 MB1 500 (1) - - - 36.50 BK RTY TKFR 40.00 40.00 40.00 45.00 MBK 200 (1) - - - 29.50 MBK 500 (1) - - - 36.50 (I) BPBX / DID TKFR 44.50 44.50 43.50 65.00 MPBX 200 (1) - - - 30.00 (I) MPBX 500 (1) - - - 39.00 (I)




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 14.5






SERVICE - BUSINESS

Porter Heights Rhome Saint Jo Salado

B1 $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 (R) 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 44.50 43.50 44.50 43.50 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -

Sanger Slidell Stockdale Sunset B1 $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) MB1 200 (1) - - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) MBK 200 (1) - - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 43.50 43.50 44.50 43.50 MPBX 200 (1) - - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - - -










SERVICE - BUSINESS

West Turnersville Columbia Zabcikville

B1 $35.00 (I) $35.00 (I) $29.00 (I) MB1 200 (1) - - - MB1 500 (1) - - - BK RTY TKFR 40.00 (I) 40.00 (I) 34.00 (I) MBK 200 (1) - - - MBK 500 (1) - - - BPBX / DID TKFR 43.50 43.50 37.00 MPBX 200 (1) - - - MPBX 500 (1) - - -









D. The following classes of service are grandfathered or obsolete and are not available to new customers.

Class of Service - Residence

R2 - Residence two party service R4 - Residence four party service RR4 - Rural Residence four party service RR8 - Rural Residence multi party service WR4 - Widow Rate four party service

The applicable rates for these services are found in Section 3.3.1.B. (N)







This Page is Reserved for Future Use

(M) Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Second Revised Sheet 14 and Original Sheets 14.01 through 14.08.

(T)

(D) (D)

(M)

(M)





3.3 MONTHLY LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE RATES - (Continued)

3.3.2 Local Measured Service

A. Application of Unit Charges

1. There are three factors used to measure local calls -- frequency, length of call and distance.

2. Humble and Porter

a. Home Calling Areas:

Exchange Home Calling Area

Humble Humble

Porter Porter, Splendora and Porter Heights

For calls placed wholly within the home calling area, the first four minutes equal one calling unit. Each additional minute equals 0.2 unit (two-tenths).

b. The EMS calling area for the Humble and Porter customers is as described in paragraph 3.2.1. For calls outside the home calling area, units applied are based on the frequency, length of call and distance.






3.3.2 Local Measured Service - (Continued)

A. Application of Unit Charges - (Continued)

2. Humble and Porter (Continued)

c. The following schedule of charges applies to customer-initiated local calls:

Initial Each Overtime 4 Minutes Minute

Home Calling Area (Humble and Porter) $0.05 (1 unit) $0.01 (0.2 unit)

Outside Home Calling Area (Humble and Porter)

Up to and including 13 miles $0.10 (2 units) $0.02 (0.4 unit) Over 13 to 22 miles 0.15 (3 units) 0.03 (0.6 unit) Over 22 to 35 miles 0.20 (4 units) 0.04 (0.8 unit) Over 35 to 50 miles 0.25 (5 units) 0.05 (1.0 unit)

All distances above are airline distances between the central offices originating and terminating the local call.








3. Killeen (519, 520, 526, 539, 554, 616, 618, 628, and 634) and Copperas Cove (518, 542 and 547).

a. The Home Calling Area for Killeen will be all territory encompassed by the 519, 520, 526, 539, 554, 616, 618, 628, 634 and 681 prefixes; plus the 680, 690, 699 and 953 prefixes. The Copperas Cove Home Calling Area will be the 518, 542 and 547 prefixes. For calls placed wholly within the Home Calling Area the first four minutes equal one calling unit. Each additional minute equals 0.2 units (two-tenths). For calls outside the Home Calling Area, units applied are based on the frequency, length of call and distance.

b. The EAS calling scopes for Killeen and the Copperas Cove are described in paragraph 3.2.1.

c. The following schedule of charges applies to customer-initiated local calls:


Killeen Home Calling Area (See Killeen prefixes in 3.3.2 A.3.a.) $0.05 (1 unit) $0.01 (0.2 unit) Up to and including 13 miles (518, 542, 547, 287, 288, 532, 698) 0.10 (2 units) 0.02 (0.4 unit) Over 13 to 22 miles (793) 0.15 (3 units) 0.03 (0.6 unit)









3. Killeen and Copperas Cove …(Continued)

c. (Continued)


Copperas Cove (518, 542, 547) Home Calling Area (518, 542, 547) (1) $0.05 (1 unit) $0.01 (0.2 unit) Up to and including 13 miles (287, 288, 519, 520, 526, 532, 539, 554, 616, 618, 628, 634, 680, 681, 690, 699, 953) 0.10 (2 units) 0.02 (0.4 unit) Over 13 to 22 miles (793, 698) 0.15 (3 units) 0.03 (0.6 unit)

(1) Calls placed to the American Education Complex Campus and Metroplex Hospital will be rated as if in the Copperas Cove Home Calling Area.


4. Decatur (393, 627)

a. The Home Calling Area for the Decatur Measured Service customer will include all telephones in the Decatur 393 and 627 exchanges. For calls placed wholly within the home calling area, the first four minutes equal one calling unit. Each additional minute equals 0.2 unit (two-tenths).








4. Decatur - (Continued)

b. The EAS calling area for the Decatur customers is as described in paragraph 3.2.1. For calls outside the home calling area, units applied are based on the frequency, length of call and distance.

c. Local Measured Service will not be provided for Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS).

d. The following schedule of charges applies to customer-initiated local calls:


Home Calling Area Decatur 627, 393 $0.05 (1 unit) $0.01 (0.2 unit)

Outside Home Calling Area Up to and including 13 miles (427, 433, 644) $0.10 (2 units) $0.02 (0.4 unit)

Over 13 to 22 miles (466, 845) $0.15 (3 units) $0.03 (0.6 unit)







3.3.3 Operator Assistance

In offices where Local Measured Service is in effect, when the assistance of an operator is required to bill or collect for a local message, a charge of $1.00 applies.

3.4 EXCHANGE AREA BOUNDARY MAPS

3.4.1 General

Exchange Area Boundary Maps are shown on the official maps of the Texas Public Utility Commission.

3.5 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE







3.6 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE

(M) Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 103, Original Sheet 1.

(T) (M)

(M)

ISSUED: June 19, 2009 EFFECTIVE: July 1, 2009





3.6 TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION

3.6.1 General

In the 532 Fort Hood Central Office, Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction is only available on a limited basis.

This service provides a means of restricting access to the Long Distance Message Telecommunications Network by direct dial or operator handled, which includes 1+, 0+ 0-, 00-, and 01/011+ to numbers outside of the North American Numbering Plan. Access to 900, 976, 500 & 700 numbers will be restricted in addition to the casual dialing of toll calls (by preceding the telephone number with 101XXXX+).

Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction will be available to a customer only if the customer's serving central office and NNX code have a Universal Emergency Service (911) in operation.

Restriction of access to operator services prevents the customer from dialing an operator for all purposes including emergencies, assistance and the placing of toll calls. Directory Assistance will not be accessible from a line with this restriction (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, or 1-npa-555-1212). The customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Telephone Company from any and all claims, losses, or damages caused by restriction of access to operator services.

All local calls, calls to Telephone Company numbers such as repair service will be permitted. Local Measured Charges will not be prevented and, where facilities allow, N11 will only be blocked if it terminates outside the local calling area or to a non-toll-free number.

The service may be provided to individual line customers in exchanges equipped to program the service without alteration of the central office equipment. Toll Restriction is not provided on access lines in connection with PBX services.

(M) Material previously found on this sheet now appears in Section 3, Original Sheet 24.1.

(T)

(T)

(T)

(T)

(T)

(D) (D)

(M)

(M)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba Embarq Original Sheet 24.1


3.6 TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION (Continued)

3.6.2 Rates and Charges

Residence Business Monthly Monthly

SAE Code I.N.C. Rate Rate

Option #1 - per telephone number FTL1BLK(ALL) $15.00 $4.50 $5.001+ DDD 0-, 0+, 00- 01/011+DDD to numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212) 101XXXX access to toll numbers Toll Free Code numbers (1 + 800, 1 + 888, etc.) N11*, 500, 700, 900, 976 (Allows 1+710 and 911 calls)

Option #2 - per telephone number FTL1BLK(ATF) 15.00 4.50 5.001+ DDD 0-, 0+, 00- 01/011+DDD to numbers outside the North American Numbering Plan Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212) 101XXXX access to toll numbers N11*, 500, 700, 900, 976 (Allows toll free, 1+710 and 911 calls)

Lifeline subscribers who receive Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction are exempt from paying a monthly rate or a non-recurring charge.

* Where facilities allow, N11 (except 411) will only be restricted if the call terminates outside the local calling area or to a non-toll-free number.

(M) Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 3, First Revised Sheet 24.

(T)

(Z)

(Z) (T)

(T)

(M)

(M)

(Z) (Z)


22


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink 11th Revised Sheet 25




3.8 LIFELINE ASSISTANCE ▲

A. General

▲Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink LocalExchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service except as otherwise specified below:

(5) The Texas High Cost Universal Service Plan (THCUSP) Incumbent Local Exchange Company (ILEC) area discount is $3.12.

(T)

ISSUED: February 17, 2017 EFFECTIVE: March 21, 2017 TX17-03





3.9 OPTIONAL EXTENDED METROPOLITAN SERVICE

3.9.1 General

A. Optional Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS) is an arrangement whereby customers subscribing to the service in one exchange can make calls to and receive calls from customers in other exchanges for one monthly charge. This service offering is available only to customers in specific exchanges listed in Section 3.2.2 of this tariff.

B. Where Optional Extended Metropolitan Service is provided, the monthly Optional Extended Metropolitan Service rate includes all charges and provides unlimited calling within the local exchange and all other exchanges as specified in the Optional Extended Metropolitan Service calling scope in Section 3.2.2.

C. Applicable Service Connection Charges found in Section 4 of this tariff will pertain to the provision of this service.

D. This optional service shall be available to single-party residence and business service customers located in the specified exchange. This service is not, however, offered in connection with Pay Telephone Service.

E. This optional service shall not be shared or jointly used except as specified in Section 13 (Joint User Service) of this tariff.

F. This service is not eligible for any discounts under the Lifeline Program found in Section 3.8 of this tariff.

G. Mixing of EMS and non-EMS lines within a service arrangement such as Multi-Line Hunting, PBX Trunk or Integrated Business Service (Centrex) is allowed only as long as the local lines hunt to EMS lines.

H. Optional EMS cannot be used in conjunction with Call Forwarding, Call Forwarding-Busy, Call Forwarding-No Answer, Remote Call Forwarding, or Customer Transfer Service features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

I. This service is subject to all other rules and regulations found in other sections of this tariff.

J. This service is not provided in conjunction with Foreign Exchange or with Feature Group A service.

(M) Material now appearing on this page previously appeared on First Revised Sheet 27.

(M)

(M)






3.9 OPTIONAL EXTENDED METROPOLITAN SERVICE (Continued)


The following rates entitle the customer to unlimited calling to the exchanges listed in Section 3.2.2 of this tariff.

CLASS OF EXCHANGE SERVICE ACCESS + ECS (1) = TOTAL

Hutto BUSINESS SERVICE

1-PTY (BUS1) $ 74.85 N/A $ 74.85ROTARY (BUS1RTY) 83.20 N/A 83.20

KEY/DATA TRUNKS ROTARY (K/DTKRTRY) 83.20 N/A 83.20 NON ROTARY (K/DTKNTRY) 72.35 N/A 72.35 PBX TRUNK (TRK) 113.50 N/A 113.50

RESIDENCE SERVICE 1-PTY (RES1) 26.00 (I) $0.00 (R) 26.00 (I)

Porter Heights BUSINESS SERVICE

1-PTY (BUS1) $ 82.60 N/A $ 82.60 ROTARY (BUS1RTY) 93.25 N/A 93.25


RESIDENCE SERVICE 1-PTY (RES1) 49.15 (I) 0.00 (R) 49.15 (I)

Rhome BUSINESS SERVICE

1-PTY (BUS1) $ 74.85 N/A $ 74.85 ROTARY (BUS1RTY) 83.20 N/A 83.20


RESIDENCE SERVICE 1-PTY (RES1) 43.95 (I) 0.00 (R) 43.95 (I)

(1) The Extended Calling Surcharge (ECS) will appear as a separate line item on the customer’s bill.

(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)





3.9 OPTIONAL EXTENDED METROPOLITAN SERVICE- (Continued)

This page is reserved for future use. (N)

(M)

(M)

(M) Material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on First Revised Sheet 27.







(M) Certain material previously found on this page now appears on First Revised Sheets 6 and 7

(C)

(M)

(D)

(M)

(D)







(M) Certain material previously found on this page now appears on First Revised Sheets 7 and 8 and Original Sheet 8.1.

(C)

(M)

(D)

(M)

(D)







(M) Certain material previously found on this page now appears on Original Sheets 8.2 and 8.3.

(C)

(M)

(D)

(M)

(D)







(M) Certain material previously found on this page now appears on First Revised Sheets 6, 7 and 8 and Original Sheet 8.3.

(C)

(M)

(D)

(M)

(D)







3.12 PREPAID LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE (PLTS)

3.12.1 General

A. Pursuant to the Public Utilities Commission Subst. Rule 23.40, Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) is being provided to residential customers who are indebted to an Incumbent Local Exchange Company (ILEC) or other eligible telecommunications carriers for telecommunication services, including the carriage charges of interexchange carriers.

B. An applicant who subscribes to PLTS may be required to enter into a deferred payment plan for outstanding debt previously incurred under basic local telecommunications service and now subscribes to under PLTS. The customer is responsible to make the initial deferred payment, if applicable, in the third billing cycle and every month thereafter, for up to twelve months.

C. No deposit is required from any residential applicant who is applying for PLTS.

D. An applicant who subscribes to PLTS must have mandatory toll blocking and usage sensitive blocking placed on the customer's telephone lines. A customer may not place or receive calls, including intraLATA and interLATA long distance or other usage-sensitive services, for which additional charges are billed to the customer’s telephone number by the Company.

(1) Effective August 28, 2008, Expanded Local Calling Service Surcharge does not apply to business exchange service.

(C)

(D)

(D)





3.12 PREPAID LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE (PLTS) (Continued)

3.12.1 General (Continued)

E. The Company may disconnect a customer from PLTS for failure to comply with the terms and conditions as set forth under Section 3.12.4 of this tariff. A customer previously disconnected from PLTS by the Company does not have the right to receive PLTS from the Company again.

F. A customer subscribing to PLTS may return to basic local telecommunications service provided the customer has paid all outstanding debt to the Company in full, including indebtedness for the carriage charges of interexchange carriers, if applicable.

3.12.2 Definition of PLTS

Prepaid Telephone Service (PLTS) includes:

- Voice grade dial tone residential service consisting of flat service or local measured service if chosen by the customer and offered in the customer's local calling area;

- If applicable, mandatory services, including extended area service or expanded local calling service;

- Tone dialing service; - Access to 911 service; - Access to dual party relay service; - The ability to report service problems seven days a week; - Access to business office; - Primary directory listing; - Toll Blocking service; and - Non-published service at the customer's option

3.12.3 Eligible Customers

A. Former residential customers of telephone service who are indebted to an ILEC or other eligible telecommunications carrier, may qualify to receive PLTS.

B. Current customers who have not been disconnected from the network but who have received a notice following suspension of service for non-payment for services are eligible to receive PLTS.

C. An applicant previously disconnected from PLTS by the Company does not have the right to receive PLTS from the Company again.

D. Business customers will not be eligible for PLTS.






3.12.4 Disconnection of PLTS

A. The Company may disconnect PLTS after notice for any of the following reasons:

1. Failure to comply with the terms of a deferred payment plan for PLTS;

2. Upon conclusion of all periods for which an advance payment has been applied to the PLTS account and when the customer's PLTS account has a zero balance; or

3. Violation of the Company's rules pertaining to the use of PLTS in a manner which interferes with the service of others or the operation of nonstandard equipment, if a reasonable attempt has been made to notify the customer and the customer is provided with a reasonable opportunity to remedy the situation.

B. The Company may immediately disconnect PLTS without notice for any of the following reasons:

1. If the customer accrues new billable charges for toll or other usage-sensitive services on their telephone bill;

2. Where a known dangerous condition exists; or

3. Where service is connected without authority by a person who has not applied for the service or who has reconnected service without authority following termination of service.







A. The following charges are for the Prepaid Local Telephone Service (PLTS) and are in addition to applicable taxes, surcharges and fees established or authorized by a government entity that are billed by the Company.

Monthly Installation Rate Charge

Prepaid Local Telephone Applicable See Section 3 Service (PLTS) R-1 Rate(1)

of this tariff

Toll Restriction See Section 3 of this tariff

Service Connection Charge, See Section 4 if applicable of this tariff of this tariff

Non-published Service See Section 6 of this tariff

B. The deferred payment plan for past due charges may not require the applicant to make monthly payments which exceed the greater of $10 per month or one-twelfth of the outstanding debt.

C. The Company may require a residential customer subscribing to PLTS to make an initial payment of two months in order to establish service. Subsequent monthly payments for PLTS may not exceed the monthly rate as outlined in the preceding paragraph (A).

(1) If a customer qualifies for Lifeline Assistance, the applicable monthly rate will apply as defined in Section 3.8 of this tariff.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 3 dba CenturyLink Original Sheet 37


3.13 CENTURYLINK LINE VOLUME PLAN (CLVP) ▲

3.13.1 General ▲ 3.13.2 Regulations ▲ 3.13.3 Early Termination Liability ▲ 3.13.4 Application of Rates ▲

3.13.5 Rates

A. Flat Rate Business Service, per Individual Line, Key Line, and/or Key Trunk, per month [1]

Two, Three, Four and Five Year Term Rates

Exchange

Tier/Minimum Line Requirement

10 – 49 Lines

50 – 499 Lines

500 – 999 Lines

1000 – 3000 Lines

Alvord, Boyd, Clifton, Decatur, Hutto, Lometa, Zabcikville

$27.05 $27.05 $27.05 $27.05

Fort Hood, Killeen 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05

Copperas Cove 29.05 29.05 29.05 29.05

Boonsville, Buckholts, Chico, Cranfills Gap, Heidenheimer, Holland, Kempner, Krum, Laguna Park, Little River, Moffat, Nolanville, Oenaville, Ponder, Rhome, Salado, Sanger, Slidell, Sunset, Turnersville, West Columbia

33.55 33.55 33.55 33.55

Berclair, Florence, Glen Flora, Milano, Pawnee, Pettus, Porter Heights, Saint Jo, Stockdale

34.55 34.55 34.55 34.55

Charco 36.55 36.55 36.55 36.55

Humble, Porter 40.55 40.55 40.55 40.55

[1] Touch-Tone service, Trunk Hunting, Extended Area Service, and Expanded Local Calling Service, where applicable, are included in these rates.

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink Local Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.





3.13 CENTURYLINK LINE VOLUME PLAN (CLVP) ▲ (Continued)

3.13.5 Rates (Continued)

B. Optional Services

CLVP Feature Package, per line/ trunk, per month

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink Local Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

Number of Lines

(Tier)/Minimum Line

Requirement

Two Year Term

Three - Five Year

Terms

10 - 49 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 50 - 499 5.00 5.00 500 - 999 5.00 5.00

1000 - 3000 5.00 5.00




SERVICE CHARGES

4.1 DEFINITIONS

4.1.1 Service Charge

A service charge consists of one or more of the following nonrecurring charges for work required due to customer request. The charges below are separately established in order to provide a reasonable basis for an equitable recovery of the costs incurred in the required operations.

A. Service Order Charge - Applicable for receiving information and taking action in connection with a subscriber's or applicant's request. Service order charges are classified as either Primary or secondary.

B. Premises Visit Charge - Applicable for a trip to subscriber's premises in connection with establishment of service or rearrangement of service.

C. Line Connection Work Charge - Applicable for testing and connecting functions required within the central office and/or for work done in providing or rearranging the drop wire or outdoor circuit on the subscriber's premises.

D. Complex Charges - A group of service charges associated with the installation of apparatus requiring a cable that exceeds 2 pairs (4 conductors). Generally, the complex charges apply to multi-button telephone installations associated with Key, P.B.X., Centrex, Automatic Call Distributors and Group Alerting and Dispatching Systems.

E. Initial Nonrecurring Charge (I.N.C.) - A charge applicable to the provision of certain facilities. It is distinguishable from service charges in that it is listed within the specific tariff description with which it is associated. This charge is in addition to the applicable service charges.

F. Restoration Charge - Applicable for restoration of service following a suspension of service.

G. Termination Charge - Applicable for a customer's request for discontinuance of an item of service prior to the expiration of the initial service period designated for such item.

H. Maintenance of Service Charge – See Section 15.3 of this tariff.




SERVICE CHARGES

4.1 DEFINITIONS (Continued)

4.1.2 Inside Move

A transfer of telephone service from one location to another on the same premises where there is no interruption of the service other than interruptions incident to the work involved. Transfers of telephone service from one premises to another, or from one location to another on the same premises involving a break in the continuity of service and resulting in a cessation of local service charges, are not considered as inside moves, but as new service connections and are provided for subject to the regular termination charges, if any, and service charges or installation charges, or both, that may be applicable.

4.1.3 Change

Customer request for a change of the customer's telephone number.

4.2 APPLICATION

4.2.1 General

A. Service charges are applicable for all services furnished to the customer as indicated throughout this tariff except as provided hereinafter.

B. Service charges will not apply for service reestablished, within the same exchange, after the destruction or partial destruction of the customer's premises by means beyond the control of the customer whether at the same or another location. However, if service is established at a new location and the customer later moves back to the old location, the service charges are applied in connection with the reestablishment of service at the old location.

C. Service charges may be required to be paid at the time of application for service.

D. No service charges other than termination charges apply for the disconnection or discontinuance of service. Termination charges apply only as specified in Section 4.8 of this tariff.

E. Charges specified in this section do not apply to services furnished under the IntraLATA Services Tariff provisions. These services include enterprise service, WATS access lines and access line - extensions, and all interexchange private line, Digital Link, and Dataphone Digital services and channels. No additional service charges apply for these services except those specified in the above mentioned tariffs.





SERVICE CHARGES

4.2 APPLICATION (Continued)


F. Changes in the locations of existing service to points outside the customer's premises are considered new installations at the new location.

G. The nonrecurring charge applicable for the establishment of foreign exchange service is the total of those nonrecurring charges applicable within the local and the foreign exchanges.

H. In no case shall the combination of charges applicable for a move or change of service exceed the charges applicable for a new installation of that service.

I. Service charges are not applicable for:

1. Service Order Charge

a. Normal maintenance and repair of the Company's service.

b. Change or correction in name or billing address when there is not a change in responsibility and no connection, disconnection, move or change in the service except as provided for dual name listing requests.

c. An upgrade of service.

d. Customer-provided telephone sets or other terminal equipment connected by the customer when no line connection work is required.

2. Premise Visit Charge

a. Removal of service

b. Number change (on a local exchange or a Centrex CO line number)

c. Restoration of service.

(D)

(D)

(T)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 4 dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 4


SERVICE CHARGES

4.2 APPLICATION (Continued)


I.. Service charges are not applicable for:

3. Line Connection Charge

a. When two or more segments of a local private line, tie line or off-premises extension line are bridged in the central office, only one line connection charge will apply for each line.

b. The line connection charge does not apply for transfer or supersedure of service when there is no lapse in service.

J. For active duty members of the United States military and their dependents with valid military ID cards, all service charges typically applicable to central office reconnects will be waived when establishing local exchange access line service or transferring existing local exchange access line service from one location to another. Central office reconnects are defined as customer requests for service that do not require any physical work beyond the Company’s central office.

(T)

(T)




SERVICE CHARGES

4.3 SCHEDULE OF CHARGES

Residence Business Complex 4.3.1 Service Order(1)

A. Primary (for initial SO Abbr RSOP BSOP CSOP connection of service Tariff Code 0470 0402 0431 and connection of $15.40 $16.30 $30.10 additional local exchange lines, private lines, tie lines, and off-premises extensions to an established service and transfer of service involving change of name and responsibility whether or not there is a lapse in service.

B. Secondary (modifica- SO Abbr RSOS BSOS CSOS tion to an existing Tariff Code 0471 0403 0432 service applicable to $7.20 $ 9.75 $23.75 each order for an inside move, change or addition).

4.3.2 Premise Visit, each... SO Abbr RPVC BPVC CPVC Applicable if work on Tariff Code 0472 0404 0433 the customer’s premise $5.90 $5.90 $5.90 is required

4.3.3 Line Connection, each SO Abbr RLCC BLCC CLCC C.O. Applicable for each Tariff Code 0453 0454 0434 line connected or restored $7.25 $9.90 $9.90 or each telephone number changed and work done in providing or rearranging the dropwire or outdoor circuit

(1) The Primary service order charge and secondary service order charge cannot be applied on the same order.




SERVICES CHARGES

4.3 SCHEDULE OF CHARGES (Continued)

Complex

4.3.4 Complex Inside Wiring, each COM IN WC termination. Applicable for the 0570 installation of intrasystem wiring (1)

to connect station components to each other or common equipment to a PBX or key system and for installation of apparatus requiring cable that exceeds 2 pairs (4 conductors)

(1) Charges will be based on the installation time and materials necessary to complete the installation.





SERVICE CHARGES

4.4 BILLING OPTION

The Company shall offer an option to applicants or customers to allow payment for service charges (installation, moves, changes, etc.), when the total exceeds $25.00, in three (3) equal payments over the first three (3) billing periods after such service work is completed, unless the applicant or customer is a known credit risk to the Company. A known credit risk is an applicant who cannot demonstrate a satisfactory credit rating by appropriate means, including, but not limited to, the production or generally acceptable credit cards, letters of credit reference, and the names of credit references which can be quickly and inexpensively checked. Charges for the non-retrieval of instruments are excluded from this provision.

4.5 RESTORATION CHARGE

4.5.1 General

A. In the event service is temporarily suspended for non-payment of charges, such service will be restored upon payment of charges due, or at the discretion of the Company a substantial portion thereof, and in addition, a restoration charge of:


See section 4.3, Schedule of Charges, for all applicable service connection charges.

4.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE CHARGES

See Section 15.3.

4.7 INSUFFICIENT FUNDS CHARGE

Nonrecurring Charge

Charge per check or other payment instrument returned $30.00 (I)

ISSUED: January 17, 2019 EFFECTIVE: February 1, 2019 TX 19-01


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 4 dba CenturyLink 2nd Revised Sheet 8

Cancels 1st Revised Sheet 8

SERVICE CHARGES

4.8 TERMINATION CHARGE

4.8.1 General

A. The termination charge is determined by multiplying the monthly termination amount by the number of months remaining in the service contract.

B. The basic termination charge and the initial service period are indicated in the section of this tariff covering the service items to which they apply. The initial service period is shown in brackets following the amount of the basic termination charge.

C. When a customer cancels an order for service, which is subject to a termination charge, prior to the establishment of that service, a charge applies equal to the costs incurred by the Company in engineering. In no event will the customer be liable for charges that exceed the termination charges associated with the canceled service.


4.10 LATE PAYMENT CHARGE

See Section 2, 2.5.4

4.11 SERVICE DATE CHANGE CHARGE

The customer may request a change of service date on a pending Private Line Service or Design Service order prior to the service date. A change of service date is a change of the scheduled service date by the customer to either an earlier date or a later date which does not exceed 60 calendar days from the original service.

If the Company determines that the customer's request can be accommodated without delaying the service dates for orders of other customers, the service date will be changed and appropriate service charges will apply.

If the service date is changed to an earlier date, the customer will be notified by the Company that Expedited Order Charges may apply as set forth Section 5.1.4 for Special Types of Construction. Such charges will apply in addition to service charges that apply for a change order.

(N)

(N)

(D)

(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 4 dba CenturyLink Original Sheet 8.1

SERVICE CHARGES

4.11 SERVICE DATE CHANGE CHARGE (Cont’d)

If the requested service date exceeds 60 calendar days following the original service date, and the Company determines that the customer's request can be accommodated, the Company will cancel the original order and apply Cancellation Charges set forth in 4.12 following, and a new order with a new service date will be issued. In this instance, no service charge will apply for the service date change; however, normally applicable service ordering charges will apply to the new order. Failure by the Customer to notify the Company prior to the latest agreed upon service date to request a different service date may result in the application of a premises visit charge.

If a customer is unable to accept service within 30 days after the latest agreed upon service date, the order will either be cancelled or billing will commence as specified in 4.12 following.

4.12 CANCELLATION OF ORDER CHARGE (CANCELLATION OF APPLICATION FOR SERVICE)

A customer may cancel an order for the installation of a Private Line service or Design Service at any time prior to notification by the Company that service is available for the customer’s use. The cancellation date is the date the Company receives written or verbal notice from the customer that the order is to be canceled. Verbal notice to the Company must be followed by written confirmation within 10 days. If a customer is unable to accept service within 30 calendar days of the latest agreed upon service date and the order has not been cancelled by the customer, the following will apply:

- The order will be cancelled and applicable cancellation charges will apply, if the service has not been fully provisioned, or

- The order will be completed and billing will commence once the service has been fully provisioned.

A service is fully provisioned when all physical CenturyLink work has been completed (i.e. design, installation, and testing), and service is immediately available for use upon customer acceptance or activation.

When a customer cancels an order for the installation of a Private Line service or Design Service, a Cancellation Charge will apply as set forth in Section 2.4.3.D., unless specified otherwise for a specific service:

4.13 EXPEDITED ORDER CHARGE

An Expedited Order Charge applies when a customer requests a service date for a Private Line service or Design Service that is earlier than the standard interval. If the Company agrees to provide the service on an expedited basis, an expedited order charge may apply as specified in Section 5.1.4, Special Types of Construction, or as otherwise stated elsewhere in this tariff for a specific service.




CHARGES APPLICABLE UNDER SPECIAL CONDITIONS

5.1 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES

5.1.1 General

A. Construction charges are applicable under the conditions set forth in this section, and are in addition to other charges specified in this tariff.

B. Construction charges are payable upon application for service or when billing is rendered by the Company.

C. Construction performed by the applicant is subject to approval by the Company.

D. The word "cost", when used in this section, means the in-plant cost consisting of labor, materials, supervision and other overhead expenses associated with the construction. Estimated cost will be used; however, if the customer requests, actual cost will be used where practicable.

E. Except as otherwise provided in this tariff, the type of construction required to provide service will be determined by the Company. The applicant may be required to pay the additional costs involved where a different type of construction than that proposed by the Company is desired.

F. When attachments are made to poles of other companies in lieu of providing new pole line construction, the attachment rental charges to the Company may be assessed to the applicant(s) in whole or in part as the particular circumstances may warrant.

G. When an applicant is so located that it is necessary to use a private right-of-way to furnish service, the applicant may be required to pay the costs incurred in securing, clearing and retaining such right-of-way.

H. Facilities constructed by the Company shall be the property of the Company or of another company with whom the Company has a joint use agreement. Poles on private property owned by customer(s) and used in furnishing main service may be replaced by the Company at its expense when required for maintenance reasons. Poles replaced by the Company shall be owned and maintained by the Company.

5.1.2 Construction on Public Highways or other Easements

A. Line Extensions

1. Except for temporary service, construction charges do not apply for the provision of new line extensions on public highways or other easements within the base rate area. A Basic Termination Agreement and/or Termination Charge, however, may be required in those instances requiring the construction of an unusual and/or abnormal number of cable pairs and/or additional Central Office equipment for applicants, such as Answering Services, Announcement Systems and similar services.





5.1 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES (Continued)

5.1.2 Construction on Public Highways or other Easements (Continued)

A. Line Extensions (Continued)

2. When an applicant for service is located outside the base rate area and new construction is required by the Company for the extension of distribution facilities, the customer(s) to be served are subject to the following:

a. An allowance of 5/10 mile, route measurement, per applicant will be made for new line extensions.

b. For construction in excess of the allowance stated in paragraph a above the applicant(s) for service will be required to pay a construction charge of $200.00 per 1/10 mile or fraction thereof route measurement.

c. Where natural or other barriers are encountered which require undue circuitous routing or abnormal construction costs, construction charges may reflect the abnormal costs incurred by the Company.

d. Applicants may, at the option of the Company, be required to execute a Basic Termination Agreement.

3. Extensions of distribution facilities for real estate subdivisions.

a. Construction charges may apply for line extensions to prospective residences within real estate subdivisions if the financial risk involved in the construction warrants.

b. These charges will be paid by the real estate developer and will cover the cost of providing line extensions to serve an agreed upon ultimate number of customers in the addition, less the estimated net salvage obtainable if the facilities should be removed in three years.

c. Refunds of the construction charges will be made at the end of each six-months (6) for a three (3) year period. The refund will be based on the total main stations gained over the largest six-month (6) total for which a refund was previously made. The amount of the refund will be determined by dividing the total amount of the deposit by the agreed upon ultimate number of customers, and multiplying this by the main stations gained. The total refund cannot exceed the total amount of the deposit.







A. Line Extensions (Continued)

4. Service Provided to Moveable Premises

a. When telephone service is provided to moveable premises (including mobile home parks) by means of aerial lines or cables, a clearance pole complying with Company specifications shall be provided if deemed necessary by the Company. The customer or the Company at the customer's request may place, own, and maintain the clearance pole. The customer will be billed for the cost if the Company places the pole.

b. Where underground telephone wires are required, the customer shall open and close all trenches at his expense. A separation of at least 12" between telephone lines and other utility lines shall be maintained if placed in the same trench. The feasibility of using the same trench as another utility's service or services will rest at all times with the Company.

B. Reinforcement of Existing Plant

When an applicant for a better grade of service (regrade) is located outside the base rate area and reinforcement of existing distribution facilities is required the customer(s) requesting the regrades are subject to the following:

1. No construction charge applies if the customer(s) can be served upon completion of a scheduled rural line construction project.

2. If no rural line project is scheduled or if the customer(s) insist upon their service being regraded in advance of the completion of a scheduled rural line construction project, then the construction allowance and charges apply as provided in paragraph 5.1.2.A.2 above.

C. Buried Construction

1. Where buried construction is requested by the customer instead of locations where pole line construction is normally provided, the following charges apply:

a. Business or Residence Service Trenching

(1) The customer may open and close the trench at his expense. A separation of at least 12" between telephone lines and other utility lines shall be maintained if placed in the same trench. The feasibility of using the same trench as another utility's service or services will rest at all times with the Company. The telephone line or lines will be laid in an acceptable trench at no charge to the customer.







C. Buried Construction (Continued)

1. (Continued)

a. Business or Residence Service Trenching (Continued)

(2) Trenching done by the Company will be based on costs.

(3) Buried construction in a subdivision or multi-lot development.

Nonrecurring Charges

Based on Cost

2. Facilities constructed to serve new real estate subdivisions may be placed underground according to the following:

a. Jointly with other utilities if it appears to the Company that the real estate development will justify the cost of construction.

b. The real estate developer may open and close trenches at his expense. A separation of at least 12" between telephone lines and other utility lines shall be maintained if placed in the same trench. The feasibility of using the same trench as another utility's service or services will rest at all times with the Company. All costs for trenching done by the Company will be billed to the real estate developer.

c. Construction charges for under-ground facilities involving financial risk shall be calculated as outlined in paragraph 5.1.2.A.3.






5.1.3 Construction on Private Property

A. Line Extensions

1. Construction charges do not apply to new line extensions on private property within the base rate area providing that a suitable right-of-way can be obtained except as outlined in paragraph 5.1.2.

2. When an applicant for service is located outside the base rate area and new construction on private property is required by the Company for the extension of distribution facilities, the customer(s) to be served are subject to the following conditions:

a. Construction charges as outlined in 5.1.2 will apply for such construction.

b. Telephone lines located on private property and used only in providing PBX station, extension or tie line service are normally furnished and maintained at the customer's expense, and must conform with the Company's standard specifications. Poles for these lines may be furnished, maintained and owned by another company. Any cost assessed against the Company for occupancy of another company's poles must be borne by the customer.

c. Telephone lines located on private property and used in providing main station or PBX trunk service may also be used for PBX station, extension or tie line service. These lines will be provided, owned, maintained and replaced by the Company.

d. Distribution facilities on poles owned by the customer or another company will be owned and maintained by the Company.

B. Buried Construction

Rates and charges are as shown in paragraph 5.1.2.C.1.

5.1.4 Special Types of Construction

If a customer desires construction other than that covered in the preceding paragraphs or if the requirements of a particular situation make the construction unusually expensive, the customer is required to bear the excess cost over that estimated for standard construction. Maintenance expense associated with special construction other than buried service wire will be borne by the customer.

5.1.5 Rearrangements of Existing Plant

Rearrangements of existing plant distribution facilities will be made by the Company upon reasonable advance notice. Parties requesting rearrangements of facilities shall be required to make an advance payment to cover the costs incurred by the Company.






5.1.6 Construction Required for Temporary Service

The Company may require the customer to pay the cost of construction plus the cost of removal less salvage for temporary construction performed in advance of permanent construction or to provide temporary service.

5.2 SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

5.2.1 General

If the requirements of customers cannot be met with the regularly offered service arrangements, special service arrangements will be furnished where practical. Special service arrangements will be furnished when practical, by the Company, at charges equivalent to the estimated cost of furnishing such arrangements if in connection with and not detrimental to any of the services furnished under the Company's Tariffs.


Computation

A. Rates for special service arrangements are equivalent to the estimated costs of furnishing the special service arrangement.

B. Estimated cost consists of an estimate of the total cost to the Company in providing the special service arrangement including:

1. Cost of maintenance

2. Cost of operation

3. Depreciation on the estimated cost installed of any facilities used to provide the special service arrangement based on the anticipated useful service life of the facilities with an appropriate allowance for the estimated net salvage.

4. General Administration expenses, including taxes on the basis of average charges for these items.

5. Any other item of expenses associated with the particular special service arrangement.

6. An amount, computed on the estimated cost installed of the facilities used to provide the special service arrangement, for return on investment.





5.2 SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)

5.2.2 Rates and Charges (Continued)

Computation (Continued)

C. Estimated cost installed mentioned above includes materials provided or used plus the estimated cost of installing, including engineering, labor, supervision, transportation, right-of-way, and other items which are chargeable to the capital accounts.

D. Special service arrangement rates are subject to review and revision conditioned upon changing costs.

E. At such time as a special service arrangement becomes a tariff offering, the tariff rate or rates will apply.

F. The following rate treatments may be used in connection with charges for special service arrangements.

1. Monthly rental and termination agreement with or without an installation charge.

2. Monthly rental with or without an installation charge.

3. Installation charge only.





5.2 SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)

5.2.3 Rates Applicable for Hearing or Speech Impaired Persons

A. Application

Persons who have been certified in writing by a licensed physician, audiologist, speech pathologist, or appropriate State or Federal agency as having a hearing or speech impairment which precludes oral communications and who have and use a telecommunications device for visual communications, will receive a day and evening adjustment on Directly Dialed Station-to-Station calls which do not require the intervention of an operator. The adjustment will be applied as follows:

1. Calls placed during the day rate period will be charged at the evening rate.

2. Calls placed during the evening rate period will be charged at the night rate.

B. Certification

The written certification of the speech or hearing impairment must be presented to the Telephone Company Business Office which serves the residence of the certified person.

The Telephone Company Business Office, upon request, will provide a certification form for use by the applicant.

C. Limitations

The adjustment is provided for use by the speech or hearing impaired Customer. It is only applicable to LDMTS charges for calls originated from and billed to the telephone exchange service of the residence of the certified speech or hearing impaired person. The adjustment is applicable to only one telephone exchange service for a person or at a residence.





5.4 TEMPORARY WAIVER OF NON-RECURRING CHARGES FOR TOUCH CALLING AND CUSTOM CALLING PROMOTIONS

5.4.1 General

A. Following each central office conversion or modification which makes Touch Calling or Custom Calling service available to the customer, the Company will schedule a 60-day sales promotion in the area served by the converted office.

B. During the promotion the non-recurring charges and service charges which are specified elsewhere in this tariff and which are normally applied to the establishment of these services, will be waived.

C. The Company will be required to notify all eligible Customers, advising them of the promotional activity and the waiver provisions of paragraph B.

D. While the provisions of this tariff must be uniformly applied in each exchange where central office conversions occur, the Company will schedule the promotional activities at its own discretion.




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.1 GENERAL

6.1.1 Provision of Directory Listings

A. Directory listings are provided to aid in the use of telephone service through the identification of customers' telephone numbers. Listings found to be in violation of the Company's rules and regulations or listings which tend to delay or impede the use of telephone service will be rejected by the Company upon notification to the customer.

B. Listings are not provided in connection with public telephone service except when the listing will facilitate the operations of the Company. No additional listings are permitted.

C. Each listing shall set forth the name of the person or firm to which service is rendered. However, when the name of any firm seeking a listing is the same as or is deceptively similar to the name of any firm previously listed in the directory, the Company may ascertain the business nature of the firm seeking such listing and add language in the directory to distinguish the identity of that firm. A firm name may be deemed deceptively similar when it may cause misidentification and misdirection of directory users.

6.1.2 Auxiliary Listings▲

6.2 BUSINESS LISTINGS

Business listings consist of a name, a designation descriptive of the customer's business, the address of the premises at which service is rendered or customer's post office box number at the customer's option, and the telephone number. The additional listing charge will be imposed upon customers who desire both addresses.

6.2.1 Primary Listing

The primary listing is ordinarily the name of the individual, firm or corporation which contracts for the service or the name under which a business is regularly conducted. Where the service is contracted for by one party for the use of a second party, the primary listing may be the name of the second party.





Cancels 3rd Revised l Sheet 2

DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.2 BUSINESS LISTINGS (Continued)

6.2.2 Additional Listings

A. Additional listings may be furnished for the following rates: Tariff Monthly

Code Rate 1. Business listing other than joint

user...X LST BUS 7101 $5.00

2. Joint User listing...X LST JUL Exchange Groups A & B, each 7103 5.00Exchange Group D, each 7103 5.00

These charges begin on the date the information records are posted and are payable monthly in advance.

B. The minimum chargeable period for additional directory listings is the life of the directory issue in which the listings first appear. This is not to exceed one year from the effective date of the listing. If the additional listing does not appear in the directory, the minimum chargeable period is one month.

C. Listing charges are automatically discontinued upon termination of the main or joint user service.

6.2.3 Business Designations

Business designations (e.g., ofc, atty, MD, etc.) may be used when appropriate.

6.3 RESIDENCE LISTINGS

Residence listings consist of a name or dual names, the address of the premises at which service is rendered or customer's post office box, at the customer's option and the telephone number. The additional listing charge will be imposed upon customers who desire both addresses.

6.3.1 Primary Listing

The primary listing is ordinarily the name or dual names of the customers who apply for the service, but the listing may be in the name of a second party designated by the customer.

(I)

(I) (I)




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.3 RESIDENCE LISTINGS

6.3.2 Dual-Name Listings

A. Dual-name listings are defined as a combination of names and/or initials of two individuals with the same or different surname(s), residing at the same address or of one person known by two sets of first and/or middle names and/or initials.

B. The following examples illustrate the format options for dual-name listings:

1. PRIMARY LISTING

Jones, John & Mary 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or

Jones, John T & Mary F 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or

Jones, Mary F 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or

Jones, John T Mrs 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or

Jones, John & Mary Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 or

Jones, John & Tom Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890

2. PRIMARY WITH ADDITIONAL LISTING(s)

Jones, John T 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, Mary F & John T 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Jones, John T Tex 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890

Jones, John & Mary Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Smith, Mary 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890

Jones, John & Tom Smith 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890 Smith, Tom 123 Main St Anytown 12345 123 456-7890

C. Dual-name listings are available only for residence subscribers.

D. Dual-name listings may be provided as the primary listing at no monthly recurring charge for the addition of the second name to the listing.





DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.3 RESIDENCE LISTINGS (Continued)

6.3.2 Dual-Name Listings (Continued)

E. Dual-name listings may be provided as an additional listing at the customer's option at the regular additional listing rate.

F. A service charge as specified in Section 4 applies for:

1. Changing a primary single-name directory listing to a primary dual-name directory listing.

2. Changing the primary or additional dual-name directory listing once established.

3. Changing an additional dual-name directory listing to a primary dual-name directory listing.

G. No non-recurring charge applies when the dual-name listing is established with the initial establishment of service or when a change in an existing listing is requested on an order for which service charges are otherwise applicable.

6.3.3 Additional Listings Monthly Rate

A. Additional listings ...XLST RES $6.00

B. The minimum chargeable period for additional directory listings is the life of the directory issue in which the listings first appear. This is not to exceed one year from the effective date of the listing. If the additional listing does not appear in the directory, the minimum chargeable period is one month.

C. Listing charges are automatically discontinued upon termination of the main service.

6.3.4 Residence Designations

Residence designations (i.e., "Res" indented under customer's business listing) are only used if the Company determines they are necessary for directory purposes.

6.4 MISCELLANEOUS LISTINGS

6.4.1 Reference Listings

Cross reference listings may be furnished at the regular rate for additional listings.

(I)





DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.4 MISCELLANEOUS LISTINGS (Continued)

6.4.2 Foreign Listings

Monthly Rate Residence Business

An additional listing in a directory other than the one serving the customer's exchange, each ...FRGN LIST $6.00 $6.00

6.4.3 Additional Listings for Names Spelled more than One Way

Customers, whose names may commonly be spelled in more than one way, may arrange for additional listings under the alternate spellings at the regular rate for additional listings.

6.4.4 Alternate Call Number Listing Monthly Rate Residence Business

A listing referring calling parties to an alternate telephone number for nights, Sundays and holidays or if no answer is received, each ALRNTCLNO $6.00 $6.00

6.4.5 Enterprise Service (Special Reversed Charge Toll) Listings

Listings for Enterprise Service, per directory and listing ENTP SERV

Exchange Groups A & B 6.00 6.00Exchange Group D 6.00 6.00

6.4.6 Vanity Listings ▲

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone of Texas dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(I)

(I)

(I) (I)





DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.5 NONPUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE

6.5.1 General

A Customer may request that the telephone number of his service not be published in the Company's directories. The Company may require such a request to be in writing. Upon implementation of the Customer's request, the Company will exercise reasonable care in taking the following precautions:

A. Not to publish the non-published number in any of its publicly distributed directories.

B. Except when required by law, not to disclose the non-published number, regardless of any claim of emergency, to any person other than: to representatives of a law enforcement agency, to its own employees for use in connection with service records, to persons involved in the Company's billing and collection activities, to telecommunications common carriers for use in making their telecommunications services available to Customer, or to other telephone customers billed for calls placed from the non-published number.

When a call is placed from a telephone number associated with a non-published listing, the number may be disclosed if the called party has equipment to display the calling number. Customers may prevent the display of the calling number by activating Caller ID blocking. Caller ID blocking is available, at no charge, in areas where Caller ID disclosure is possible.

A customer requesting non-published service due to personal safety concerns (stalking, domestic violence, sexual assault, etc.). Customer may be required to provide documentation of eligibility. Examples of acceptable documentation are participation in a state-administered address confidentiality program or a court-ordered protective order.

6.5.2 Responsibility of Company

In the event that the non-published number is published or disclosed other than as permitted under these tariff provisions, the liability of the Company to Customer for such publication or disclosure shall be limited to and satisfied by refund of all amounts collected and cancellation of any charges which the Company may have made for non-published number service for the preceding 12 monthly billing periods plus waiver of the service charge for a change of telephone number. This provision does not limit the Company's liability for willful misconduct. The Customer releases, indemnifies and holds the Company harmless from any loss, claim, demand, suit, or liability of any person arising directly or indirectly from compliance with these tariff provisions, the publication of such non-published number, or the disclosure of said number to any person.

(N)

(N)

ISSUED: June 21, 2016 EFFECTIVE: July 22, 2016 TX 16-05




DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.5 NONPUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE (Continued)

6.5.3 Service Availability

A. Non-published number service will not be furnished in connection with certain automatic announcement, automatic answering and recording, or recorder coupler services as outlined in the General Regulations, Section 2.3.6, of this tariff.

B. Non-published number service is not available to a Customer living in a hotel, apartment house, boarding house, hospital, retirement home, club, or like complex which is listed under the number of the PBX, PABX or pay telephone service furnished to such premises.

6.5.4 Utilization of Call Trace

Parties with non-published numbers forfeit the privacy afforded by the service to the extent that the telephone number is identified through activation of Call Trace and/or Call Line Identifier procedures whereby the name and address of the subscriber will be provided to the authorized law enforcement agency upon request of the agency.

6.5.5 Rates and Charges Monthly Rate

I.N.C. Residence Business

Nonpublished number service, per number

Exchange Group A & B $15.00 $8.00 (I) $8.00 (I) Exchange Group C - 8.00 (I) 8.00 (I) Exchange Group D 15.00 8.00 (I) 8.00 (I)

The foregoing rate does not apply to:

A. Special Reversed Charge Toll Service;

B. Foreign Exchange Service where the Customer is also furnished other exchange service and such service is listed in the directory;

C. Additional service furnished to the same Customer who has service listed in the telephone directory at the same address;

D. Temporary service furnished for short periods, such as for elections, special events (e.g. fairs, exhibits, parades, etc.), construction sites, and other like situations;

E. Service to data terminals, or assemblies with no voice use; or

F. Service to apartment house security systems.





DIRECTORY LISTINGS

6.6 NON-LISTED TELEPHONE NUMBER

6.6.1 General

Non-Listed telephone numbers are not listed in the alphabetical section of the Company’s directory, but are maintained on directory assistance records and will be furnished upon the request of the calling party. The acceptance by the Company of the subscriber’s request to furnish a Non-Listed telephone number does not create any relationship or obligation, direct or indirect, to any person other than the subscriber.

The telephone number, name and address of the calling party may be displayed at a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) located on the premises of a customer subscribing to 911 Service on a call-by-call basis only for the purpose of responding to emergency calls from a Non-Listed number.

Further, when a call is placed from a Non-Listed telephone number, the calling name and number may be disclosed, subject to technical limitations, if the called party has the necessary equipment for receiving and/or disclosing names and numbers associated with incoming calls. The calling number will not be disclosed if the calling party blocks delivery of the name and number via per-call blocking or if the calling line is equipped with per-line blocking.

In the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, no liability for damages arising from publishing a Non-Listed telephone number in the directory shall attach to the Company. The subscriber indemnifies and saves the Company harmless against any and all claims for damages caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the publication of a Non-Listed telephone number.

A customer requesting non-listed service due to personal safety concerns (stalking, domestic violence, sexual assault, etc.) will be provided non-listed service free of charge. Customer may be required to provide documentation of eligibility. Examples of acceptable documentation are participation in a state-administered address confidentiality program or a court-ordered protective order.


Monthly Rate Residence Business

Non-Listed Number, per number $8.00 $8.00 (I)





7.1 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE ▲

Central Telephone Company of Texas dba Embarq concurs in United Telephone of Texas dba Embarq General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

7.2 NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE

7.2.1 General

Non-Emergency 311 Service (NE 311) is a local telephone exchange communications service which allows telephone end users to reach non-emergency local government services by dialing an abbreviated telephone number, three-one-one (3-1-1). NE 311 traffic is routed over the public switched network to a call center/answering point designated by the NE 311 customer.

The FCC reserved the abbreviated telephone number 3-1-1 for non-emergency access to public services. NE 311 Service is an optional service which may be purchased by a local municipality, a council of governments, a communication district, or other state or local governmental units to whom authority has been lawfully delegated. The customer must be authorized by the Public Utility Commission of Texas to provide the service.

NE 311 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities.

7.2.2 Rules and Regulations

A. A minimum service period of one month applies to this service.

B. Only calls originating within a NE 311 customer's area of jurisdiction (the "NE 311 Service Area") will be routed to a call center/answering point. A telephone end user outside the NE 311 Service Area will receive a recorded message that the call cannot be completed as dialed.

C. There can be only one NE 311 customer in each geographic area. NE 311 service areas may not overlap. This assures that NE 311 calls from a telephone line within a NE 311 Service Area can be routed to a unique NE 311 call center/answering point.

D. NE 311 is a local service. Each NE 311 call must route to a local telephone number. NE 311 calls are not permitted where local calling is restricted.

E. The Telephone Company will route Telephone Text (TTY) calls to the appropriate NE 311 Call center/answering point. The NE 311 customer is responsible for operating the appropriate customer premises equipment to handle TTY calls.

F. The Telephone Company will route NE 311 calls originating from both end users on the Telephone Company's local exchange network whether they purchase service directly from the Telephone Company or from another LEC reselling Telephone Company service. Otherwise, the Telephone Company is not responsible for establishing NE 311 Service for calls originating from other telecommunications providers.





7.2 NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)

7.2.2 Rules and Regulations (Continued)

G. The Telephone Company will make every effort to route NE 311 calls to the appropriate calling center/answering point, however, the Telephone Company will not be held responsible for routing mistakes or errors.

H. Liability and Indemnification

1. NE 311 Service is furnished subject to all operating failures and interruptions, including, but not limited to, equipment breakdowns, errors, defects, malfunctions and interruptions of service experienced in the regular telephone exchange system. The rates provided for this service are subject to the limitations which appear in this section and in other applicable sections of this and other tariffs. The Telephone Company does not undertake to provide a higher level of service reliability and quality than the telephone exchange service being provided in the exchange that NE 311 Service is offered.

2. NE 311 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the 311 customer; and the provision of such service shall not be interpreted, construed or regarded as being for the benefit of, or creating any Telephone Company obligation toward or any right of action on behalf of, any third person or other legal entity.

3. The Telephone Company accepts no responsibility for obtaining subscriber record information from telephone end users.

4. The 311 end user agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and save harmless the Telephone Company from claims, suits, actions, damages, costs, judgments, actions of every name and description arising out of or due to acts or omissions of the 311 customer, its agents and its employees while answering and dispatching 311 calls.

5. The 311 end user agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Telephone Company for any infringement or invasion of the right of privacy of person or persons, caused or claimed to be caused by the acts or omissions of the 311 customer and their operations or use of NE 311 Service.

6. In the event that an end user misdials and reports an emergency by dialing 311, the 311 customer agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and save harmless the Telephone Company from claims, suits, actions, damages, costs, judgments, actions of every name and description arising out of or due to acts or omissions of the 311 customer, its agents and its employees while answering and dispatching 311 calls.

I. NE 311 Service will not complete calls dialed using the 0-3-1-1 or 1-3-1-1 dialing pattern.

J. Provision and use of any 311 Service shall be consistent with PUC Substantive Rule 26.127.





7.2 NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)

7.2.3 Optional Features

A. Call Summary Report. Customers may choose to receive a monthly call summary report that provides customers with a summary of their NE 311 traffic. The data is delivered using electronic mail distribution to the 311 customer and is reported as the number of calls by central office by month.

7.2.4 Application of Rates

A. The nonrecurring charges, associated with initial NE 311 Service establishment, are specified in Section 7.2.5.A.1. following. These are one-time charges which apply only when a customer establishes or modifies NE 311 Service.

B. The charges associated with ongoing basic service offering are monthly charges.


SAE Code Rate A. Basic Service

1. Nonrecurring Charges

(a) NE 311 Service (per system) $4,000.00

(b) NE 311 Central Office (per central office equipped) $ 245.00

(c) NE 311 Table Changes (per customer-requested change) $ 610.00

2. Recurring Charges

(a) NE 311 Service System (per system, per month) AEME311 $ 550.00

(b) NE 311 Central Office (per central office equipped) ASBMNTC 311 $ 165.00

B. Optional Features

1. NE 311 Call Summary Report (per month) AEMDATA 311 $ 10.00





7.3 ENHANCED UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (E911)

7.3.1 General

Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service, also referred to as Enhanced 911 Service or E911 service, is a telephone exchange communications service whereby a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) designated by the customer may receive and answer telephone calls placed by dialing the number 911; it includes the services provided by the lines and equipment associated with the service arrangement for the answering, transferring and dispatching of public emergency telephone calls dialed to 911.

E911 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities.

The E911 Service customer may be a municipality, a council of governments, a communications district, or other state or local governmental unit, or an authorized agent of one or more municipalities or other state or local governmental units to whom authority has been lawfully delegated. The customer must be legally authorized to subscribe to the service within the telephone central office areas arranged for E911 Service calling.


A. This service is limited to the use of central office telephone number 911 as the universal emergency telephone number. All agencies (e.g., fire, police and ambulance) that serve the same end user customer must be part of one E911 system.

B. The service is furnished to the customer only for the purpose of receiving reports of emergencies by the public.

C. E911 Service is a telephone exchange communications service and is arranged for one-way incoming service to an appropriate PSAP.

E911 Service will be provided to only one primary PSAP for calling from any telephone number within any central office service area, except that E911 Service may be provided to more than one PSAP within a central office serving area if selective routing or class marking is available and ordered by the customer.

D. E911 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the customer; the provision of such service shall not be interpreted, construed or regarded as being for the benefit of, or creating any Telephone Company obligation toward, or any right of action on behalf of, any third person or other legal entity.

E. The Telephone Company does not undertake to answer and forward E911 Service calls, but furnishes the use of its facilities to enable the customer's personnel to accept such calls on the customer's designated premises.





7.3 ENHANCED UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE (E911) (Continued)


F. Any terminal equipment used in connection with E911 Service, whether such equipment is provided by the Telephone Company or the customer, shall be so configured so that it is unable to extract any information from the Data Base Management System (DBMS) other than information relating to an emergency call. Any subscriber information obtained from the DBMS in connection with an emergency call shall be used solely for the purpose of answering, handling and responding to emergency calls in a manner consistent with the nature of the emergency. Any permanent record associating a subscriber's telephone number with the subscriber's name or address shall be secured by the E911 customer and disposed of in a manner that will retain that security.

G. Temporary suspension of service is not provided for any part of E911 Service.

H. E911 Service information consisting of the name, address and telephone numbers of telephone subscribers is confidential and the customer agrees to use such information only for the purpose of responding to emergency E911 Service calls.

I. The E911 Service calling party forfeits the privacy afforded non-listed and non-published service to the extent that the telephone number, name and the address associated with the originating station location are furnished to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP).

J. The Telephone Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of E911 Service shall be limited by the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this tariff. There shall be no liability for any claim, damage or loss caused by the Telephone Company or its officers or employees, unless it is proven that the act or omission that proximately caused the claim constitutes gross negligence, recklessness or intentional misconduct.

K. The customer will have the responsibility to report all errors, defects and malfunctions in the service to the Telephone Company.

L. Damages arising out of interruptions, defects, failures or malfunctions of the system after the Telephone Company has been so notified, and has had a reasonable time for repair, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the charges made for the service affected for the period following notice from the customer until service is restored.







M. E911 Service will be designed by the Telephone Company to provide at least the same level of service reliability and quality as local exchange telephone service in the exchanges where E911 Service is offered.

N. Because the Telephone Company serving boundaries and political subdivision boundaries may not coincide, the customer has the responsibility to make arrangements to handle all calls received on its E911 Service lines that originate from all telephones served by central offices within the E911 Service area, whether or not the calling telephone is situated on property within the geographical boundaries of the customer's public safety jurisdiction.

O. Application for E911 Service must be executed in writing by each customer and must be accompanied by satisfactory proof of authorization to provide E911 Service in the exchanges where service is requested. If application for service is made by an agent, the Telephone Company must be provided in writing with satisfactory proof of appointment of the agent by the customer.

P. In addition to all other terms and conditions, the following customer requirements will apply:

1. The customer has the responsibility to subscribe to, or provide, customer premises equipment capable of adequately handling the number of incoming E911 Service lines installed by the Telephone Company. Where the customer provides its own customer premises equipment, the customer shall provide equipment which is compatible with the Data Management System (DMS) and the features of the E911 Service.

2. The customer will subscribe to local exchange service at an E911 Service Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) location for administrative purposes, for

placing outgoing calls and for receiving other emergency calls including any such calls which may be relayed by Telephone Company operators.

Q. Cancellation of the service in whole or in part by the customer prior to establishment thereof will require payment of an amount equal to the cost of engineering, manufacturers' billings resulting from equipment orders, installation, assembly, labor, cost of removal and any other costs incurred up to the time of cancellation resulting from the customer's order for service, but not to exceed the total nonrecurring charges.







R. To the extent allowed by law, each customer will agree to release, indemnify and hold harmless the Telephone Company for any infringement or invasion of the right of privacy of any person or persons, caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance, removal, presence, condition, occasion or use of E911 service features and the equipment associated therewith, or by any services furnished by the Telephone Company in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the identification of the telephone number, address or name associated with the telephone used by the party or parties accessing E911 service hereunder, and which arise out of the negligence or other wrongful act of the Telephone Company, the customer, its users, agencies or municipalities or the employees or agents of any one of them.

S. The Telephone Company's liability, if any, for its gross negligence or willful misconduct is not limited by this tariff. With respect to any other claim or suit, by a customer or any others, for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays or errors, or defects in transmission occurring in the course of furnishing service hereunder, the Telephone Company's liability, if any, shall not exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the customer for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error, or defect in transmission or service occurs and continues. This liability shall be in addition to any amounts that may otherwise be due to the customer under this tariff as an allowance for interruptions. However, any such mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors, or defects in transmission or service which are caused or contributed to by the negligence or willful act of the customer, authorized user, or joint user, or which arise from the use of customer provided facilities or equipment shall not result in the imposition of any liability whatsoever upon the Telephone Company.

T. To the extent allowed by law, each customer will agree to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Telephone Company from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits or any liability whatsoever, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the customer or by any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the customer or others.






7.3.3 Explanation of Terms

Automatic Location Identification (ALI): The automatic display at the PSAP of the caller’s telephone number, the address/location of the telephone and supplementary emergency services information. The address displayed on calls placed from additional telephones with the same telephone number at another address location will be that of the main service location.

Automatic Number Identification (ANI): Telephone number associated with the access line from which a call originates.

Central Office: Location of the Telephone Company switching facilities in the E911 Service area which receives calls dialed to 911, and routes the call to the PSAP.

Data Base Management System (DBMS): A system of manual procedures and computer programs used to create, store and update the data required to provide Selective Routing and/or Automatic Location Identification for E9-1-1 systems.

Enhanced 911 (E911) Service Area: The geographic area in which the customer will respond to all E911 Service calls and dispatch appropriate emergency assistance.

Exchange Access Arrangement (EAA): A telephone facility between a subscriber's premises and the telephone exchange network point. The number of exchange access arrangements served by an end office is equal to the total number of residence main telephones, business main telephones (excluding toll stations, WATS stations and dispatching terminals), Private Branch Exchange (PBX) trunks, Centrex main stations, selected Direct Inward Dialing stations and other applicable main telephones.

Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP): An answering location for 911 calls originating in a given area. A PSAP may be designated as primary or secondary which refers to the order in which calls are directed for answering. Primary PSAPs respond first; secondary PSAPs receive calls on a transfer basis only and generally serve as a centralized answering location for a particular type of emergency call. PSAPs are staffed by employees of public service agencies such as police, fire or emergency medical personnel or by employees of a common bureau serving a group of such entities.

Selective Routing (SR): The routing of a 9-1-1 call to the proper PSAP based upon the location of the caller. Selective Routing is controlled by the ESN which is derived from the customer location.







A. Enhanced (E911) Service

1. The following Non-Recurring charges will apply for each E911 feature requested by the customer, for Installation of E911 Service for each county, district, or municipality receiving E911 service:

Nonrecurring Feature Charge

a. ANI (flat rate) $435.00

b. ALI Initial Load File (per 1,000 Access Lines) (1) $430.00

c. ANI/ALI ANI (flat rate) $435.00 ALI - Initial Load File

(per 1,000 Access Lines) (1) $430.00

d. Selective Routing (per 1,000 Access Lines selectively routed) (1) $713.00

2. Monthly Rates for E911 Service for each county, district, or municipality receiving E911 service:

Feature Monthly Rate

a. Rate for maintaining and updating the DBMS data base (per 1,000 Access Lines) (2) $29.50

b. End to End Trunk Testing & Maintenance $ 8.85 (per trunk - optional feature to meet specific customer requirements)

(1) Rounded either up or down to the nearest 1,000 exchange access arrangements served, with a minimum billing of 1,000 exchange access arrangements, based on the number of exchange access arrangements in service during the most current twelve months period at the time service is established.

(2) Rounded either up or down to the nearest 1,000 exchange access arrangements served, with a minimum billing of 1,000 exchange access arrangements, based on the number of exchange access arrangements in service during the most current twelve months period at the time service is established and adjusted annually from the service established date.







B. Special Service Arrangement Charges

1. If E911 Service requirements cannot be met with regularly offered service arrangements, special arrangements will be furnished when practical by the Company at charges equivalent to the costs of furnishing such arrangements. These special charges will be applicable to such items as engineering and special program development associated with billing and data base management.

2. Costs as referred to in this section may include:

a. Cost of maintenance

b. Cost of operation

c. Depreciation on the cost installed of any facilities used to provide the special service arrangement based on the anticipated useful service life of the facilities with an appropriate allowance for the net salvage.

d. General Administration expenses, including taxes on the basis of average charges for these items.

e. Any other item of expenses associated with the particular special service arrangement.

f. An amount, computed on the cost installed of the facilities used to provide the special service arrangement, for return on investment.

3. Cost installed mentioned above includes cost of equipment and materials provided or used plus the cost of installing, including engineering, labor, supervi-sion, transportation, right-of-way, and other items which are chargeable to the capital accounts.

4. Special service arrangement rates are subject to review and revision conditioned upon changing costs.

5. Program Development Charges

These are charges applicable to the work necessary to design, develop, test and maintain any special programming required to support E911 Service, its billing and its data base management.

* Rate based on Telephone Company time and materials expended







B. Special Service Arrangement Charges (Continued)

6. Quotation Preparation

The customer may request a quotation for all costs associated with the provision of the facilities needed to satisfy the customer's service requirements. A quotation so provided does not bind the Telephone Company to the rates set forth in the quotation.

7. Changes to Orders

When a customer requests changes for a pending order for the provision of Emergency Service, the changes will be undertaken if they can be accommodated by the Telephone Company. Any additional time required on the part of the Telephone Company personnel will be billed to the customer at the appropriate hourly charges.

7.3.5 Wireless E911 Phase 2 ▲

7.3.6 Private Switch Database Service ▲

7.3.7 Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service ▲






7.4 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS)

7.4.1 General

A. 711 Dialing Code ("711") is a three digit local dialing arrangement for telephone voice transmission access to all certified Telecommunications Relay Services entities as a toll free call. Pursuant to Order 00-257, issued by the Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) in CC Docket 92-105, the FCC assigned 711 dialing code for nationwide access to Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) entities, to be implemented not later than October 1, 2001.

B. 711 is available from Central Telephone Company of Texas dba Embarq (the Company) within the Company's service area only. To provide access to 711 to end users in another company service area or to a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLECs) end users within the local calling area, the TRS entity must make appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that territory. The TRS entity should work separately with competing local providers to ascertain that its end user customers will be able to reach relay services provided by dialing 711.

C. This service is subject to the availability of the 711 dialing code.

D. 711 can be delivered via regular exchange access lines (by individual business lines, PBX trunks, etc.).

E. Limitations and use of service are as stated in Section 2 of this Tariff.

F. Directory Listings may be provided for 711 at rates and regulations as specified in Section 6 of this Tariff.

G. Access to 711 is not available to the following classes of service:

- Hotel/Motel/Hospital Service (toll call only) - 1+ - 0+, 0- (Credit Card, Third-Party Billing, Collect Calls) - Inmate Service - 101XXXX - Cellular - Type 2A In addition, operator assisted calls to 711 will not be completed.





7.4 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)

7.4.2 Obligations of the TRS Entity

A. The TRS entity must, prior to provisioning of the service, sign a written acknowledgement of possible recall of the 711 dialing code by the FCC and an agreement to return the code upon receipt of 6 months written notice of such a recall from the Company or regulating entity and abide by all terms and conditions which may be identified by the FCC in CC Docket 92-105 regarding the use and return of the 711 dialing code. If a recall is effected, the Company will work with the TRS entity affected by such recall to transfer their service arrangements, to a 7 or 10-digit dialing arrangement within the 6-month notice period. The TRS entity will be required to migrate to any access arrangement the telecommunications relay services subsequently agreed to by the industry and approved by the FCC. The TRS entity will be charged the appropriate tariff rates for the establishment of the new access arrangement.

B. The TRS entity should work separately with wireless companies to ascertain their end user customers will be able to reach telephone relay services provided by dialing 711.

C. The TRS entity should work separately with competitive local exchange companies to ascertain their end user customers will be able to reach telephone relay services provided by dialing 711.

D. The TRS entity is restricted from selling or transferring the 711 dialing code to an unaffiliated entity, either directly or indirectly.

1. An "affiliate" of a TRS entity is any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the TRS entity. The term "control" (including the terms "controlling," "controlled by," and "under common control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

E. The 711 Dialing Code will be provided by the Company to the TRS entity under the following conditions:

1. For network sizing and protection, the TRS entity must provide an estimate of annual call volumes, the expected busy hour and the expected holding time for each call to the 711 dialing code.

2. The TRS entity will subscribe to adequate telephone facilities initially and subsequently as may be required, in the judgment of the Company, to adequately handle calls to 711 without impairing the Company’s general telephone service or telephone facilities.






7.4.2 Obligations of the TRS Entity (Continued)

E. The 711 Dialing Code will be provided... (Continued)

3. The TRS entity is responsible for obtaining all necessary permission, licenses, written consents, waivers, releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performance are used in connection with the 711 dialing code, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks, and patents used in connection with said service.

F. If a pre-recorded announcement is provided by the TRS entity, the following conditions apply:

1. The TRS entity will provide announcements. The company will provide only the delivery of the call.

2. The provision of access to the 711 network by the Company for the transmission of announcement is subject to availability of such facilities and the requirements of the local exchange network.

3. The TRS entity assumes all financial responsibility for all costs involved in providing announcement including, but not limited to, the recorder-announcement equipment located on the TRS entity’s premises.

4. The TRS entity assumes, according to other specific rates and charges under tariff, all financial responsibility for all facilities required, to connect the recorder-announcement equipment located on the TRS entity’s premises.

7.4.3 Obligations of the Company

A. Once the 711 Dialing Code has been assigned and the subscriber has provided the Company the appropriate toll free number, implementation of the 711 Dialing Code will begin. The Company will implement the TRS entity’s request within a reasonable time, given the complexity of the order.

If, during or at the end of the provisioning period, the TRS entity has failed to establish service or decides to discontinue service establishment, the 711 code will be recalled and the number will be considered available for reassignment.

B. When a 711 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 711 Service call, the quality of the call or any features that otherwise may be provided with 711 dialing service.






7.4.4 Obligations of the Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)

A. In those instances where a CLEC provides the 711 dialing code to its end user within the local calling area, terms and conditions for 711 dialing code are as defined in the appropriate Interconnection Agreement.

1. For purposes of providing a CLEC end user access to the TRS entity within the local calling area, appropriate arrangements must be made by the CLEC with the TRS entity serving the local calling area.

2. A CLEC may negotiate the provision of directory listing as defined in the Interconnection Agreement.

7.4.5 Liability

A. The TRS entity is responsible for, and shall indemnify, protect, defend and save harmless the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, and of all costs, expenses and counsel fees incurred on account thereof, arising out of and resulting directly or indirectly from the service or in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from any infringement or claim of infringement, of any patent, trademark, copyright, or resulting from any claim of liable and slander. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Tariff, the Company shall be authorized to disconnect any tariffed service provided to the TRS entity utilized, directly or indirectly, with the 711 dialing code, which fails to comply with regulations and conditions set forth herein, upon five (5) days of notice to the subscriber. Disconnection may be suspended at the discretion of the Company if it receives written certification that the TRS entity is in compliance with regulations and conditions of the tariffs. Continual noncompliance shall be cause for disconnection without notice at the discretion of the Company.

B. The TRS entity shall respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with any regulatory authority against any service provided via the 711 dialing code. If requested by the Company, the TRS entity shall assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the Company concerning the 711 dialing code.






7.4.5 Liability (Continued)

C. A written notice will be sent to any TRS entity following oral notification when their service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the Company. If after notification the TRS entity makes no modification in method of operation or in the service arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the TRS entity is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the TRS entity continues to cause service impairment, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service. In an emergency situation as defined by the Company, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures up to and including termination of service.

D. The Company may take all legal and practical steps to disassociate itself from the TRS entity providing services whose business and/or public conduct (whether demonstrated or proposed) is of a type that in the Company’s discretion generates unacceptable levels of complaints by end users.

E. In no event shall the Company be liable for any losses or damages of any kind resulting from the unavailability of its equipment or facilities or for any act, omission or failure of performance by the Company, or its employees, or agents, in connection with this Tariff. The Company shall not be responsible for calls that cannot be completed as a result of repair or maintenance difficulties on Company facilities and equipment nor on equipment owned or leased by the TRS entity.






7.4.6 Other Terms and Conditions

A. Only one 10-digit toll free number may be used as the lead number per basic local calling area.

B. The 711 Dialing Code is provided where facilities permit.

C. The 711 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the TRS entity. If this type of information is required, the TRS entity must subscribe to compatible Caller ID Service as described in Section 13 of this Tariff.

D. The 711 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the TRS entity. The provision of the 711 Service by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed, or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the TRS entity.


A. The 711 Service is ordered by the F.C.C. to be provided without charge. Therefore, there are no rates or charges for the 711 Service.

7.5 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES ▲

7.6 811 SERVICE FOR “ONE CALL” NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS ▲

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba Embarq concurs in United Telephone of Texas dba Embarq General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.




TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE FACILITIES

8.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

8.1.1 Facilities

A. The Company will provide facilities, as outlined herein, for telephone answering bureaus (secretarial firms) for their use in furnishing telephone answering service for customers to individual and two-party line service, when they are absent or do not desire to answer their calls personally.

B. The telephone answering service patrons' telephone service must be so located that transmission will be satisfactory for exchange and long distance service via the secretarial line.

C. Main station and local private line terminations may also be provided where the customer contracts with a telephone answering bureau to receive all incoming calls or where the telephone answering bureau wishes to terminate administrative service for answering purposes only.

D. Outward Wide Area Telephone Service access lines, or extensions there from, may not be terminated in telephone answering equipment. Extensions on Inward Wide Area Telephone Service access lines may be terminated in telephone answering equipment for the purpose of answering calls at such time as the patron is not available at the main station.

E. Foreign exchange service and secretarial lines associated therewith may be terminated in telephone answering equipment for answering purposes only.

F. Local exchange trunks may be terminated in a telephone answering switchboard for the purpose of completing local or long distance calls to and from administrative telephones on the same premise as the telephone answering switchboard. Calls extended beyond the local service calling area must be placed over the long distance telecommunications network. The Company reserves the right to disconnect all service to any telephone answering bureau which fails to comply with this regulation.

G. The patron receiving telephone answering service shall contract with the Company for facilities which may be required to furnish service.

H. All operating at the patron's premise by the patron to the telephone answering service and the customer providing the telephone answering service is performed at the expense of the customers and must conform to the rules and regulations the Company may consider necessary to maintain proper standards of service.

I. Individuals or firms offering telephone answering service are required to have business telephone service listed in their own names.




TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE FACILITIES

8.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS (Continued)

8.1.2 Definitions

A. Secretarial Line - an extension of a main service to the customer provided equipment of a telephone answering bureau designed or modified for inward service only. Secretarial line mileage is measured air line and the rates and charges are as provided in Section 13, paragraph 13.2.1, "Extension and Tie Line Mileage" of this tariff. When switching key is provided to disconnect a secretarial line, additional mileage charges may apply, i.e. if a control circuit is required in addition to the secretarial line.

B. Main Line - the termination of a patron's main service in the customer provided equipment of the telephone answering bureau.

C. Alternate Call Number Listing - a directory listing instructing calling parties to call the regular business telephone number of the telephone answering service when the patron's telephone does not answer.

D. Concentrator-Identifier Bridging Connection - the connection between the patron's telephone line and the concentrator facilities contracted for by the telephone answering bureau.

8.2 RATES AND CHARGES

8.2.1 Secretarial Line Answering Service

The Company will provide facilities for the extension of patron's normal telephone service to the premise of telephone answering services.

Such extensions will be accomplished by applying the general provision of the tariffs relating to extension rates and extension line mileage. See Section 13 of this tariff.





FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY)

9.1 FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE


Rates and charges for Foreign Exchange Service are found in Section 2 of the IntraLATA Private Line Service Tariff.


(C)

(T)

(D)

(D)





FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (BUSINESS ONLY)

9.3 OTHER CHARGES

9.3.1 Unusual Expenditures

If unusual expenditures are involved in making any of the above facilities available, the customer may be required to pay an additional charge to cover the unusual expenditure and/or to contract for service beyond the minimum period.

9.3.2 Charges for Service provided by a Foreign Exchange

Service provided by a foreign exchange is subject to the nonrecurring, termination charges and monthly rates for individual line or business trunk service applicable within the base rate area of that exchange.

(C)




KEY AND PUSHBUTTON TELEPHONE SERVICE

10.1 GENERAL

10.1.1 Basis of Service

Key and pushbutton telephone service is furnished by means of keys or buttons which, when activated, provide one or more of the service features listed below:

A. Pick Up - An arrangement whereby a telephone may be connected to one or more lines by key or button operation providing multiple-line selection at that telephone.

B. Hold - An arrangement which, by key or button operation, a call may be held on one line while a call is originated or answered on another line at the same telephone.

C. Intercommunication - An arrangement provided primarily to furnish direct communication between the stations of the key system.

D. Cut-Off or Cut-Off and Ringing Transfer - An arrangement for the disconnection of bells, telephones, or other equipment, and the transfer of the ringing signal to a main station.

E. Signaling - An arrangement whereby signaling is provided between stations either automatically or by key, button or dial operation.

10.1.2 Availability of Service

A. Key and pushbutton telephone service is provided only in connection with business and residence trunks, key/data lines, Centrex, PBX and private line services.




PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE

11.1 GENERAL

11.1.1 Provision of Service

The Company will provide facilities for Private Branch Exchange (PBX) service in accordance with the provisions of this tariff.

11.1.2 Responsibility of the Customer

A. In the operation of the PBX, the customer must conform with the rules and regulations which the Company may adopt to maintain a proper standard of service.

B. The customer is responsible for the expense of operating the PBX and other facilities provided by the Company.

11.1.3 Application of Rates and Charges

A. Monthly rates apply for systems located inside the base rate area and for stations located within the same buildings as the switchboard or the master station. Mileage charges as set forth in Section 3 apply for PBX trunks extending beyond the base rate area. For stations located outside the same buildings as the switchboard or the master station, extension line mileage as set forth in Section 13 applies.

B. Termination charges are to be applied as described in Section 4 of this tariff.

C. Special construction and/or special installation charges may apply for unusual PBX installations.

D. Charges for connections are applicable to the stations and trunks connected to the PBX system.

11.2 DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE (1)


(1) Customers who were provided DID numbers prior to February 20, 2003 will be billed at the rates provided prior to February 20, 2003. Any additional DID numbers will be billed at the rates specified in United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba Embarq General Exchange Tariff.




RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE





MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

13.1 ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTS

13.1.1 Rates and Charges for Standard Rotary Dial Instruments

Basic Tariff Monthly Termination Code I.N.C. Rate Charge MOS.

A. Semi Public RTYINSTSP... 7915 -- $ 3.00 -- --

13.2 EXTENSION AND TIE LINE MILEAGE

13.2.1 General

A. All distribution facilities furnished with customer provided supplemental equipment will be treated as extension lines.

B. Mileage measurement

1. Off-premises Extensions

a. For each two-point extension or tie line channel, mileage is the air line distance between buildings.

b. For each multi-point tie line channel, the total mileage is the sum of the air line distances from each building to its serving central office and the shortest combination of air line distances between the serving central offices.

c. For channels terminating in more than one building on continuous property, air line mileage is measured to the nearest building served. On-premises mileage applies to the other buildings. (1)

d. Exchange Groups A & B mileage is computed separately for each extension line and is measured in 1/2 miles. Fractions of a 1/2 mile are rounded to the next higher 1/2 mile. Additional mileage is computed in 1/4 miles.

e. Exchange Group C & D mileage is computed separately for each extension line and is measured in 1/4 miles. Fractions of a 1/4 mile are rounded to the next higher 1/4 mile.

(1) Effective November 1, 2013, new installations of on-premises extensions will be provided as a one-time charge based on time and materials charges. Existing units of record as of November 1, 2013 will continue to be provided and maintained by the Company at the rates and charges listed above.

(N)

(N)

(N)






13.2 EXTENSION AND TIE LINE MILEAGE (Continued)


B. Mileage measurement (Continued)

2. On-premises Extensions (1)

a. For each two-point channel, mileage is the air line distance between buildings.

b. For each multi-point channel, the total mileage is the shortest combination of air line distances between buildings. The mileage between each pair of buildings is determined in accordance with 1 above.

c. Mileage is computed separately for each extension line and is measured in 1/10 miles. Fractions of a 1/10 mile are rounded to the next higher 1/10 mile.

C. Application of rates and charges

The rates and charges set forth below apply if the necessary facilities are available. If unusual expenditures are involved in making facilities available, the customer may be required to pay an additional charge to cover the unusual expenditure and/or to contract for service beyond the initial service period.


(N)

(N)

(N)








A. Off-premises Basic

Tariff Monthly Termination Code I.N.C. Rate Charge Mos.

1. Extension line mileage

a. Group A first 1/2 mile or fraction thereof EXTMLG1ST 4240 -- $6.75 -- --

b. Group B first 1/2 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGlST 4200 -- 7.50 -- --

c. Group C first 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLG1ST 4200 -- 2.20 -- --

d. Group D first 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLG1ST 4200 -- 3.30 -- --

e. Group A each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGADL 4241 -- 1.65 -- --

f. Group B each additional 1/4 mile or fraction

thereof EXTRMLGADL 4201 -- 2.48 -- --

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

ISSUED: August 18, 2008 EFFECTIVE: August 28, 2008







A. Off-premises (Continued)

1. Extension Line Mileage (Continued)

Basic Tariff Monthly Termination Code I.N.C. Rate Charge Mos.

g. Groups C & D each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGADL 4201 -- $1.65 -- --

h. Group A minimum rate and charge

EXTMLGMIM 4242 -- 6.75 -- --

i. Groups B, C & D minimum rate and charge

EXTMLGMIM 4202 -- 7.50 -- --

2. Tie Line Mileage

a. Group A first 1/2 mile TLNMLG1ST 4243 -- 6.75 -- --

b. Group B first 1/2 mile TLNMLG1ST 4207 -- 7.50 -- --

c. Groups C & D first 1/4 mile TLNMLG1ST 4207 -- 3.30 -- --

d. Group A each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

TLNMLGADL 4244 -- 1.65 -- --

e. Group B each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

TLNMLGADL 4208 -- 2.48 -- --

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 5 (T)





A. Off-premises (Continued) Basic

Tariff Monthly Termination Code I.N.C. Rate Charge Mos.

2. Tie Line Mileage (Continued)

f. Groups C & D each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof

TLNMLGADL 4208 -- 1.65 -- --

g. Groups B, C & D minimum rate and charge

TLNMLGMIM 4209 -- 7.50 -- --

h. Group A minimum rate and charge

TLNMLGMIM 4245 -- 6.75 -- --

B. On-premises (1)

1. Extension Line Mileage

a. Group A each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGONP 4246 -- 1.20 -- --

b. Group B each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGONP 4212 -- 1.15 -- --

c. Groups C & D each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof

EXTMLGONP 4212 -- .75 -- --


(N)

(N)

(N)








B. On-premises (1) (Continued)


2. Tie Line Mileage

a. Group A each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof

TLNMLGONP 4248 -- $1.20 -- --

b. Group B each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof...

TLNMLGONP 4213 -- 1.15 -- --

c. Groups C & D each 1/10 mile or fraction thereof

TLNMLGONM 4213 -- .75 -- --

d. Group A minimum charge

TLNMLGONM 4249 -- 5.50 -- --

e. Groups B, C & D minimum charge

TLNMLGONM 4214 -- 5.50 -- --


(N)

(N)

(N)





13.3 AUTOMATIC ANSWERING AND RECORDING SERVICE

13.3.1 General

A. Provision of service

1. General

a. Automatic answering and recording service providing for automatic answering of telephones, the transmission of a prepared message to the calling party and the automatic recording of a message from the calling party.

b. Automatic answering (only) service providing for the automatic answering of telephones and the transmission of a prepared message to the calling party.

c. Automatic recording (only) service providing for the two-way recording of a telephone conversation. A short intermittent "beep" tone, required by law, is provided in the recorder.

2. The minimum contract period for this service is two months.

B. Use of Service

Answering devices should not be used for the transmission of prerecorded announcements concerning weather, time, temperature or other information of public interest. Such service should be provided by utilizing equipment specified and designed for this type of service.

C. Liability of the Company

The Company will not be liable for the quality of recordings made by the above provided equipment for the customer and calling parties have exclusive control over that quality.


8




13.4 JOINT USER SERVICE

13.4.1 General

A. Joint user service is an arrangement whereby an individual, firm, corporation or an association doing business under a separate name may share in the use of a primary customer's business telephone service. To facilitate this use, an alphabetical and classified directory listing will be provided for each joint user without additional charge. The customer's facilities will not be extended off the premise on which the primary service is located to provide joint user service only.

B. Joint user service is furnished upon application as follows:

1. Application for the use of the customer's service by an individual, firm, company or association doing business under a separate name and occupying jointly, or in party, the premise on which primary service is located, or the premises on which the customer has existing off-premises service.

2. Application for the use of the customer's service for another business publicly conducted by the customer and differing in character or scope and in name from the business for which the facilities are furnished.

3. Application for service to be furnished over the facilities utilized in furnishing service to the customer, but in the name of another individual, firm, company, corporation, or association represented by the customer if the use of the name to be listed is authorized by the owner of the name.

C. Joint user service will not be applicable when, in the opinion of the Company, the service arrangement requested does not constitute the sharing of the primary customer's business telephone service.

D. The minimum charge for joint user service shall be the monthly rate as set forth in this section. If a listing is included in the telephone directory, the charge will continue until the end of the directory period unless:

1. The joint user vacates the primary customer's premise.

2. The primary customer's service is discontinued.

3. The joint user becomes a customer to business service in the same exchange.

E. Joint user service is not furnished in connection with residence telephone service, foreign exchange service or multi-party service.





13.4 JOINT USER SERVICE (Continued)



Exchange Groups A & B Joint User Service, per line...JUSERV 7201 -- Rate equal to 1/2 of

associated access line rate.

Exchange Groups C & D Joint User Service, per line...JUSERV 7201 -- $3.50 -- --

13.5 TOLL TERMINAL SERVICE

13.5.1 General

Hotel/Motel toll recording trunks are provided at the PBX trunk rate specified in each subsidiary Company's Local Exchange Tariff.





13.6 FIRE REPORTING EQUIPMENT

13.6.1 General

A. Automatic fire reporting equipment is relay equipped for signaling and two-way communication to a maximum of 20-25 preselected controlled telephone stations when activated by a control station.

B. The control station for fire reporting equipment must be located at the fire station or wherever the siren controls are located.

C. The preselected fire reporting equipment controlled telephone stations must be one-party stations.

D. Automatic fire reporting equipment and associated equipment is installed under a three-year (3) contract with service charges to be the same as described in Section 4 of this tariff.



A. Control station 9501 -- Applicable -- -- B-1 Rate

B. Each telephone number (20-25 maximum) connected to the fire reporting equipment FIRERPT Exchange Groups A & B 9500 $5.00 $3.50 -- -- Exchange Group C 9500 -- 1.13 -- -- Exchange Group D 9500 -- 1.50 -- --

C. Each change in telephone numbers connected or changed subsequent to initial installation. -- $5.00 -- -- --






13.7 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES

13.7.1 General

A. Custom Calling Services are optional telephone service arrangements which may be provided only from central offices equipped to provide one or more of the following custom calling features:

1. Enhanced Call Waiting ▲

2. Call Forward Features ▲

3. Three-Way Calling

Enables a customer to add a third party to an existing call without operator assistance, thereby establishing a three-way conversation. The transmission may vary depending on the distance and routing necessary; therefore, transmission may not meet normal standards. This feature is available on a per usage basis subject to technical limitations.

4. Speed Calling

Enables a customer to place calls to other telephone numbers by dialing a one or two digit code rather than the complete telephone number. Customer may subscribe to only one of either the 8 code capacity or more than 8 capacity on the same line.

5. Intercom Service

Allows customers with an individual residence or business line to use their line to provide an intercom system between their telephones. This is accomplished by the customer dialing his own number, receiving a recording and hanging up. All telephones at that number will then ring and when one of the other telephones goes off-hook, the ringing will stop and the initiator of the call can go off-hook and engage in conversation.

6. SignalRing

Provides for a second directory number to be added to an existing telephone line. The second number will have a distinctive coded ring. If the customer elects to list the second number in the directory, charges as specified in the Directory Listing Section will apply.

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

(C) (D)

(D)

(C) (C)





13.7 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICE - (Continued)


A. Custom Calling Services are optional telephone service… (Continued)

7. Hot Line/Warm Line

Automatically routes the customer's telephone to a predetermined trunk or telephone number when the handset is removed. The Hot Line is switched immediately and the Warm Line is switched after a brief timing period and prior to dialing.

8. Three-Way Calling with Transfer

a. This feature allows a user to hold an in-progress call and complete a second call while maintaining privacy from the first call, or to add on the previously held call for a three-way conference. Incoming calls may be transferred to another access arrangement on an inter- or intra-switch basis, except as specified in Section 13.7.1.A.8.3) following.

The subscriber can transfer the caller to the secondary destination in one of three ways:

1) Blind Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary

destination, and upon hearing the ring, hang up, resulting in the original caller being connected to the secondary destination.

2) Announced Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary

destination, and upon the party at the secondary destination answering the phone, the subscriber announces the transfer of the call (on hold at the time) and hangs up (on hook), resulting in the original caller being connected to the secondary destination.

3) Three-Way Conferencing with Option to Transfer By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary

destination, and upon the party at the secondary destination answering the phone, taking the original caller off-hold; resulting in a three-way connection. The subscriber can then hang up; resulting in the original caller continuing to be connected to the caller at the secondary destination.






13.7 CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES (Continued)


A. Custom Calling Services are optional telephone service … (Continued)

8. Three-Way Calling with Transfer (Continued)

b. The subscriber of Three-Way Calling with Transfer can receive or originate the initial call. Three-Way Calling with Transfer allows the subscriber to originate both legs of a three-way connection and subsequently disconnect, enabling the other parties to remain connected.

c. Where the subscriber originates both legs of a three-way call, those legs will remain bridged together when the subscriber goes on hook when at least one of the legs is a call for which both the originating and terminating points are served by the same switch. Where the subscriber originates two inter-switch legs of a three-way call, both legs remain bridged when the subscriber goes on hook where the serving switch is not a 5ESS switch. For such calls in a 5ESS switch, both inter-switch legs are disconnected when the subscriber goes on hook.

d. This feature shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of message charges, toll or otherwise, that would regularly be applicable between the stations bridged together by the subscriber.

e. The Three-Way Calling with Transfer subscriber is responsible for all applicable local and toll usage charges for calls originated by the subscriber, including connections which continue after the subscriber exits the call. The use of this feature by the subscriber to complete simultaneous outgoing calls may be subject to restrictions or prohibitions imposed by the Customer’s Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier, if the calls are not in the Customer’s local or expanded local calling area.

9. Outbound Call Block Feature

a. This feature blocks all outbound dialing with the exception of abbreviated dialing for 911 (Emergency Reporting Services) and 711 (Service for Telecommunications Relay Services). In addition, all pay-per-use features are blocked.

b. All other Custom Calling Services features and ExpressTouch features are prohibited with the use of this feature and lines equipped with this feature will not have a directory listing.

c. This feature is subject to the availability of facilities and is only available to one-party residence and one-party business customers.

(M) Material previously appearing on this sheet now appears on Section 13, Original Sheet 13.1

(Z)

(N)

(N)

(M)




Original Sheet 13.1




B. Custom Calling Services will be provided in connection with one-party access line residence and business service. Party line, PBX and Centrex customers and pay telephone services are excluded.

C. Other facilities requested by customers and not detrimental to this service or other services of the Company will be furnished in accordance with regulations and at the rates specified in the applicable sections of this tariff.

M) Material now appearing on this sheet previously appeared on Section 13, First Revised Sheet 13.

(M)

(M)








The following rates and charges apply in addition to the established rates and charges for the service with which these features are associated.

Monthly rates apply to all services with the exception of Usage Sensitive Three - Way Calling, which is billed per successful activation.

Service Charges do not apply when Custom Calling Service features are installed.

A. Individual Custom Calling Features

Residence Business Description S&E Monthly Monthly

Code Rate Rate

Enhanced Call Waiting FCW1FLC $6.00 $4.00 Call Forwarding FCF1FLC 5.00 5.00 Call Forward Busy - Fixed FCB1FLC 2.00 3.00 Call Forward No Answer - Fixed FCD1FLC 2.00 3.00 Call Forward Busy – Customer Programmable 2.00 3.00 Call Forward No Answer – Customer Programmable 2.00 3.00 Call Forward Additional Paths (Per Path) FCF1FLC(PTH) N/A 3.00 Three-Way Calling, Per line-monthly F3W1FLC 5.00 5.00 Usage Sensitive, per activation 1.50 1.50 Speed Calling (8) FS81FLC 5.00 5.00 Speed Calling (30) (2) FS31FLC 6.00 6.00 Intercom (1) FRT1FLC 5.00 2.50 SignalRing FNA1FLC 5.00 6.00 Hot Line/Warm Line (1) FHL1FLC 5.00 5.00 Three-Way Calling with Transfer N/A 5.00 Outbound Call Block Feature 5.00 5.00

(1) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of October 30, 2009.

(2) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of November 15, 2009.

( I )





13.8 EXPRESSTOUCH SERVICE

13.8.1 General

ExpressTouch is the Company's registered service mark for a set of advanced call management features. These features are commonly known as Custom Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS) and, in general, will only be offered on one-party service and will not be activated on multi-party lines, certain FX lines, Private Pay Telephone Service, Pay Telephone Services. Certain ExpressTouch features may be offered in conjunction with certain Key and PBX trunks and Centrex services and consist of one or more features.


A. ExpressTouch features can be provided on a stand alone basis or may be enhanced by use with Custom Calling features as described in this section of the tariff.

B. ExpressTouch features are provided from specially equipped Telephone Company Central Offices and enable customers to access various features by dialing a specific code on either a rotary-dial or Touch-Tone calling basis.

C. The customer of record will be responsible for payment of all the charges associated with ExpressTouch as described in Section 13.8.6 following. The customer of record will be charged for all features activated on their service and charged the applicable monthly subscription rate for each line on which an ExpressTouch feature is provided. Return Call and Repeat Dialing may be used on a usage sensitive per activation basis. Customers who use Return Call and Repeat Dialing on a usage sensitive basis will only be subject to the appropriate activation charge per occurrence.

D. ExpressTouch features are available to customers who have rotary or Touch-Tone service for calls within the ExpressTouch Calling Service area. Customers with rotary service can access ExpressTouch features by dialing "11" instead of "*" plus the activation code.

E. An ExpressTouch customer may employ available ExpressTouch features only under either of the following conditions:

- When both the ExpressTouch customer and the other party involved in the call are served from the same central office, even if the other party does not subscribe to an ExpressTouch feature;

- When both the ExpressTouch customer and the other party involved in the call are served from different central offices which are linked by facilities that can handle the delivery of the calling name and/or number, even if the other party does not subscribe to ExpressTouch.





13.8 EXPRESSTOUCH SERVICE (Continued)


F. Call Trace is available for all lines, except for pay telephone service and multi-party lines. Call Trace activation charges apply as shown in Section 13.8.6 for each successful trace the customer initiates. In situations where Call Trace functionality is activated by a subscriber, information pertaining to non-published numbers will be provided to the authorized law enforcement agency upon request of the agency. The Telephone Company will not be liable for damages if, for any reason, a customer initiated trace is not successful.

G. The liability of the Telephone Company is as specified in Sections 2 and 5 of this tariff. In addition to the provisions of the General Customer Services Tariff, the calling party and customer relieves the Company against any and all claims for damages caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the transmission to a Caller ID customer of a telephone number which the calling party has requested to be omitted from the telephone directory or has requested not to be disclosed to any person.

H. ExpressTouch features will only be offered with one-party service, compatible Key/PBX equipment and Centrex service. ExpressTouch features cannot be activated for multi-party lines, certain FX lines, and Pay Telephone Services.

I. ExpressTouch features will only be offered in exchanges which meet the necessary technical specifications.

J. Caller ID Blocking - Per Call is available, at all times, on all lines where technically feasible, without subscribing to ExpressTouch features.

Caller ID Blocking - Per Line is available to all customers who demonstrate in writing a compelling need.

K. Telephone numbers transmitted via Caller ID may not be sold or given to another party without the caller's consent. Caller ID information may only be used for: a) routing or completion of calls, b) billing of calls, c) account management purposes, d) services directly related to the call or transaction, e) verification of calling party identity. Caller ID customers failing to comply with any of these conditions may be subject to termination of these services.

L. Calls that reach a recording activated by Anonymous Call Rejection will be treated as calls that are not answered.

M. The calling name and/or number will be displayed for calls made from another central office only if it is linked by the appropriate facilities and/or the name and/or number transmission occurs.






13.8.3 Feature Interactions

A. Caller ID information will not be displayed under the following conditions:

1. If the called party is off-hook.

2. If the called party answers during the first ring interval.

B. Caller ID is not available with services based on distinctive ringing which have a silent interval length insufficient for CPN transmission.

C. Identification of specific stations or extensions served by customer premise equipment is not possible. The main directory number associated with the customer premise equipment will be displayed.

D. Caller ID will be transmitted and displayed for calls made from another central office only if it is linked by appropriate facilities.

E. When Caller ID service is provided in connection with line side PBX trunk connections, the telephone company makes no guarantee that the calling party information will be delivered in a manner such that the customer’s equipment will be able to transmit that information to the stations or extensions served by the customer premise equipment. Customers subscribing to ExpressTouch services in conjunction with line-side PBX connections are responsible for the provision of compatible customer premise equipment which will receive, translate, display and/or store the transmitted data. The installation, repair, and technical capability of that equipment to function in conjunction with Caller ID services on line-side PBX connections will be the responsibility of the customer. The telephone company assumes no liability and will be held harmless for any damage to the customer’s equipment due solely to the transmission of the calling party information or for any incompatibility of the customer’s equipment to perform satisfactorily with the information transmitted.






13.8.4 State and Local Government Undercover Operations Special Service Arrangements

A. The parameters of the special service arrangement are as follows: State and Local government entities authorized to conduct undercover or surreptitious civil or criminal investigations, where the existence or conduct of an investigation or the identity of the investigator may be disclosed or compromised by Calling Number Delivery Service, may be eligible to receive at no charge, for a period not to exceed (90) calendar days, Key System Trunk local exchange service access lines which allow for multiline hunting (as offered in this local exchange tariff) and Pushbutton Dialing Service; both services to be used only in connection with a service arrangement that will mask the identity of the calling number. In addition, any nonrecurring charges and the FCC Subscriber Line charge associated with these access lines will be waived. All monthly and nonrecurring charges will begin to accrue for each access line on the (91)st calendar in-service day.

B. The services provided under the special service arrangement will be offered only in exchanges where Caller ID Service, as furnished by the telephone company, is available.

C. Each State or Local government entity must request and receive sponsorship, on an individual access line basis, from the Texas Attorney General for access or subscription to this special service arrangement. The special service arrangement must be requested by the Texas Attorney General on behalf of any State or Local government entity which, in the judgement of the Texas Attorney General, is authorized to conduct undercover or surreptitious civil or criminal investigations.

D. For the purpose of requesting the special service arrangement, the State Attorney General will designate a Representative that will act as liaison between all State and Local government agencies and the telephone company. The telephone company will also designate a representative to coordinate with the State Attorney General representative. In addition, the telephone company will establish internal procedures to administer requests for the special service arrangement.

E. The total number of in-service local exchange access lines provided for under the special arrangement for use by all State and/or Local government entities in the conduct of undercover or surreptitious civil or criminal investigations cannot exceed ten (10) at any given time.






13.8.4 State and Local Government Undercover Operations Special Service Arrangements (Continued)

F. The Texas Attorney General will be responsible for ensuring that the services provided at no charge under the special service arrangement are to be used only by authorized representative(s) of State and/or Local government entities and only in the conduct of undercover or surreptitious civil or criminal investigations.

13.8.5 Description of Services

A. Return Call

Return Call allows the customer to call the telephone number associated with their last incoming call whether or not the call was answered or the telephone number is known by the customer. To operate Return Call, the customer must enter the activation code *69 (1169 on rotary phones). If the called line is available, the call is immediately completed. If the called line is not available, a queuing process, which may last up to thirty minutes, takes place. When both lines are available, the customer receives a distinctive ring that the network is ready to place the call. When the customer answers the telephone, the call is automatically placed.

Return Call can not return a call to the telephone number of the last incoming call if the telephone number was originally blocked by the calling party. This feature on a per usage basis is not compatible with Warm Line Services.






13.8.5 Description of Services (Continued)

B. Call Trace

Call Trace enables the customer to initiate an automatic trace of the last incoming call received, regardless of the time lapse since that call, providing there have been no intervening calls. To initiate the trace, the customer must dial the activation code *57 (1157 on rotary phones), then dial a "1". Upon activation by the customer, the network automatically sends a message to the Telephone Company indicating the calling number, the time the call was received, and the time the trace was activated. The customer will hear a confirmation announcement acknowledging whether the trace was successful. The customer is not provided the traced number, and must contact the law enforcement agency for further action. The law enforcement agency will have the Call Trace information released to them upon request.

If the customer receives another call before activating the trace, or if the Call Waiting feature is activated prior to activating the trace, the Call Trace feature will not record the correct number.

Call Trace will only trace those calls that originate from a location served by the CLASS network.

C. Caller ID

Caller ID allows the customer to view the telephone number of an incoming call before answering. During the time that the incoming call is placed, the calling number is forwarded from the central office to compatible auxiliary equipment between the first and second ring.

The calling telephone number is not available from calls made from most cellular phones or units and certain interexchange carrier calls. The calling number is also not available when incoming calls have been handled by an operator or charged to credit cards. The number delivered for calls originated from a Key System or PBX will display the main telephone number only. If the caller's number is not part of the CLASS network, is a multi-party line, or is blocked, the number will not be displayed.

Caller ID customers who do not wish to receive calls with blocked numbers can request the feature, at no additional charge and activate Anonymous Call Rejection by dialing *77 (1177 on rotary phones). While the feature is activated, incoming calls with blocked numbers are routed to an announcement in the central office. The code to deactivate this feature is *87 (1187 on rotary phones).







D. Caller ID with Name

Caller ID with Name functions in the same manner as Caller ID but also includes the delivery of a calling party's name. The name and number are displayed on compatible auxiliary equipment.

The name displayed shall be the name associated with the calling telephone number as shown on the Company's records. The Company, at its discretion, may abbreviate or limit that name for display purposes. The Company does not assure name accuracy, and it shall not be liable to any party for errors, omissions, or mistakes. The Company's sole and only obligation shall be to correct errors in names when notified in writing of such errors.

Caller ID with Name customers who do not wish to receive calls with blocked numbers can request the feature, at no additional charge and activate Anonymous Call Rejection by pressing *77 (1177 on rotary phones). The code to deactivate is *87 (1187 on rotary phones). While the feature is activated, incoming calls with blocked numbers are routed to an announcement in the central office. The code to deactivate this feature is *87 (1187 on rotary phones).

E. Caller ID Blocking

Caller ID Blocking allows the customer the ability to prevent the delivery of their name and/or telephone number on a per call basis (per call blocking) or per line basis (per line blocking). When Caller ID Blocking is activated, the name and/or telephone number will not be transmitted to the called party. Called parties with Caller ID will receive an "anonymous call" indicator. This "anonymous call" indicator notifies the called party that the calling party has elected to block the delivery of the telephone number.

Per call blocking will block the delivery of the customer's name and/or telephone number for one call only and may be activated by pressing *67 (1167 on a rotary telephone) immediately prior to placing a call. The activation code will initiate per call blocking, which is available at no charge.

Per line blocking will automatically block delivery of the customer's name and/or telephone number on all calls. There is no activation code required for per line blocking. Per line blocking may be unblocked on a per call basis by dialing a deactivation code *82 (1182 on rotary phones) prior to placing a call.







F. Repeat Dialing

Repeat Dialing allows the customer to automatically redial the last number dialed from the customer's telephone regardless of whether the last number dialed was answered. To operate the Repeat Dialing function, the customer must enter the activation code *66 (1166 on rotary phones). If the called line is available, the call will be placed immediately. Where technically feasible, when a caller receives a busy condition, the service will automatically play an announcement offering the caller the option of having the service complete the call when the called line becomes available by entering the activation code "7". If the redialed line is busy, the network will queue the request for thirty minutes and process the call when both the called and calling party lines are idle. When the call can be completed, a distinctive ring will be provided to the caller's line to alert the customer that the requested callback is ready. When the customer answers the telephone, the call is automatically placed.

For FAX machines, computer modems, or any telephony devices that require busy tone recognition, the caller may dial *03 (1103 on rotary phones) to cancel the announcement offering on a particular call. Normal busy tones will be heard if a busy condition is encountered. In addition, blocking of Repeat Dialing, including the announcement offering, on a per line basis is available free of charge.

This feature cannot be activated for calls originating from a line that is forwarded and is not compatible on a per usage basis with Warm Line Service.

G. Anonymous Call Rejection

Anonymous Call Rejection allows customers to automatically reject all calls that have been marked anonymous by the calling party, who has activated the Caller ID blocking feature. When Anonymous Call Rejection is active, the called party receives no alerting (ringing) for a call that has been rejected. The call is routed to a denial announcement and subsequently terminated.







H. Call Waiting ID

Enables the customer to view the calling party's name and telephone number associated with an incoming Call Waiting call, unless the name and telephone number of the calling party is suppressed, either via Per Call or Per Line Blocking. This gives customers the opportunity to identify incoming callers without interrupting their current call, which helps the customer decide whether or not to answer the new call.

Call Waiting ID is available when a customer subscribes to the Essentials and Advantage(1) packages or as a stand-alone feature for residential, business and Centrex customers.

I. Call Waiting Options

Allows the customer the ability to manage incoming calls by placing the current call on hold and taking the Call Waiting Call, dropping the current call and taking the Call Waiting Call, sending a "please hold" announcement to the Call Waiting Call, adding the Call Waiting Call into a three way conference or forwarding the Call Waiting Call to a voice mail.

The Call Waiting Options are available when a customer subscribes to the Elite package.

J. Selective Call Forward

An arrangement that allows a subscriber to selectively forward incoming calls from a list of up to twelve previously identified directory numbers to a remote destination number.

Calls that terminate on a line with this feature are forwarded only if the call is received from a telephone number that matches one of up to twelve numbers on the Selective Call Forward list. If the incoming call is from a telephone number in a multi-line hunt group, this feature will not work unless the number is the main telephone number in the group, or each terminal has a unique telephone number associated with it within the group.

The Selective Call Forward list is a list created by the Selective Call Forward subscriber, through an interactive dialing sequence, and can be altered at the subscriber's discretion.

This feature can be deactivated at the subscriber's discretion.

(1) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of December 1, 2000.





13.8 EXPRESSTOUCH SERVICE - (Continued)

13.8.5 Description of Services - (Continued)

K. Selective Call Rejection

An arrangement that allows a subscriber to selectively block calls arriving from a list of up to twelve previously identified directory numbers. A call will be blocked when it is received from a telephone number that matches one of up to twelve numbers on the Selective Call Blocking list. Calls that are blocked will be routed to an announcement stating that the called party does not wish to receive the call. If the incoming call is from a telephone number in a multi-line hunt group, this feature will not work unless the number is the main telephone number in the group, or each terminal has a unique telephone number associated with it within the group.

The Selective Call Blocking list is a list created by the Selective Call Rejection subscriber, through an interactive dialing sequence, and can be altered at the subscriber's discretion.


L. Selective Call Ring

An arrangement wherein certain terminating calls are identified at the called station by a distinctive ring. This allows the Selective Call Ring subscriber to recognize who is calling him by use of the distinctive ring. If the Selective Call Ring subscriber also has Call Waiting and is using his line, then he will be alerted to a Selective Call Ring call by a distinctive call waiting tone.

The distinctive ring or call waiting tone is activated when a call is received from a telephone number that matches one of up to twelve numbers on the Selective Call Ring list. If the incoming call is from a telephone number in a multi-line hunt group, this feature will not work unless the number is the main telephone number in the group, or each terminal has a unique telephone number associated with it within the group.

The Selective Call Ring list is a list created by the Selective Call Ring subscriber, through an interactive dialing sequence, and can be altered at the subscriber's discretion.







13.8.5 Description of Services - (Continued)

M. Selective Call Acceptance

An arrangement that allows a subscriber to selectively accept only calls arriving from a list of up to twelve previously identified directory numbers.

A call will only be accepted when it is received from a telephone number that matches one of up to twelve numbers on the Selective Call Acceptance list. Calls from telephone numbers that do not match one of the twelve numbers on the Selective Call Acceptance list will be routed to an announcement stating that the called party does not wish to receive the call. If the incoming call is from a telephone number in a multi-line hunt group, this feature will not work unless the number is the main telephone number in the group, or each terminal has a unique telephone number associated with it within the group.

The Selective Call Acceptance list is a list created by the Selective Call Acceptance subscriber, through an interactive dialing sequence, and can be altered at the subscriber's discretion.




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Sixth Revised Sheet 26

Cancels Fifth Revised Sheet 26




A. The following ExpressTouch Service features are available at the following monthly rates for the customer group specified. Service Charges do not apply when ExpressTouch Service features are installed in conjunction with Residence and Business Individual Line Service.

Monthly Rate Residence Business Integrated

Business Service (2)

Centrex Service II (2)

1. Return Call $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 3.85 FTB1FCC / FTB1FAB (3)

Usage Sensitive Per Activation (4) 1.50 (1) 1.50 (1) NA

2. Call Trace, per successful activation FTC1FCC / FTC1FAB (3) $10.00 (1) $10.00 (1) $10.00 (1)

3. Caller ID (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) FTE1FCC / FTE1FAB (3) $ 9.00 (6) $ 8.00 (6) $ 7.70

4. Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) (5)

FTK1FCC $ 9.00 $ 9.50 NA

5. Repeat Dialing FTA1FCC / FTA1FAB (3) $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 4.40 Usage Sensitive Per Activation (4) 1.50 (1) 1.50 (1) NA

(1) Monthly rates apply to all services with the exception of Call Trace, Usage Sensitive Return Call and Usage Sensitive Repeat Dialing, which are billed per successful activation.

(2) Integrated Business Service (IBS) rates apply only to customers with 1-200 lines. Features for customers with more than 200 IBS lines will be priced on an Individual Case Basis. Call Trace, however, will be offered to all IBS lines at the rate shown. Effective July 1, 2003, Integrated Business Service is Grandfathered. Centrex Service II rates apply only to customers with 1-25 lines. Features for customers with more than 26 lines may be priced on an Individual Case Basis (ICB). Call Trace, however, will be offered to all Centrex Service II lines at the rate shown.

(3) The Company's S&E codes are shown for Residence/Business and IBS respectively.

(4) Return Call and Repeat Dialing have the subscriber option of monthly subscription or billing on a per activation basis where central office facilities permit.

(5) Residential customers who purchase the deregulated services LineGuard or Data LineGuard and Home Phone Warranty may purchase Caller ID with Name for a monthly charge of $5.00.


( I )

( I )



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Third Revised Sheet 27 (C)




13.8.6 Rates and Charges - (Continued)

A. The following ExpressTouch features are available at the following…(Continued)

Monthly Rate Residence Business Integrated

Business Service (1)

Centrex Service II (1)

6. Anonymous Call Rejection $ 5.00 (2) $ 5.00 (2) $1.00 FTR1FCC

7. Selective Call Ring $ 5.00 $ 5.00 NA FTF1FCC

8. Selective Call Forwarding $ 5.00 $ 5.00 NA FTG1FCC

9. Selective Call Rejection $ 5.00 $ 5.00 NA FTH1FCC

10. Selective Call Acceptance $ 5.00 $ 6.00 NA FTJ1FCC

11. Call Wait ID FTW1FCC $ 5.00 $ 4.00 $ 4.00

(1) Integrated Business Service (IBS) rates apply only to customers with 1-200 lines. Features for customers with more than 200 IBS lines will be priced on an Individual Case Basis. Call Trace, however, will be offered to all IBS lines at the rate shown. Effective July 1, 2003, Integrated Business Service is Grandfathered. Centrex Service II rates apply only to customers with 1-25 lines. Features for customers with more than 26 lines may be priced on an Individual Case Basis (ICB). Call Trace, however, will be offered to all Centrex Service II lines at the rate shown.

(2) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of October 30, 2009.

(C)

(N) (N)

ISSUED: July 27, 2009 EFFECTIVE: October 30, 2009


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 28 (C)




13.8.7 Network Services Packages

Network Services Packages are offerings that combine certain ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Service Options into packages at rates that provide a monthly savings over the rates that would apply if the services were purchased individually.

The ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Services included in the packaged services are also offered on an individual basis as shown in this section of the tariff. All descriptions and regulations for the ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Services are applicable to these packages.

No substitutions will be permitted to the services available in each package. Should a customer no longer want a certain service contained in a subscribed-to package, the customer may choose another package which includes the services desired or select the individual services as provided for in the ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Services section of this tariff.

Rates and Charges Monthly Rate

Description Residence Business

In Touch With Call Forwarding (2) $11.00 $10.00 Call Waiting Call Forwarding Three-Way Calling Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed

In Touch With SignalRing (1) 12.00 9.55 Call Waiting Three-Way Calling SignalRing Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed

In Touch With Return Call (2) 12.00 10.00 Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Return Call Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed

Call Manager (2) 16.00 16.00 Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed



(C)

(C)

(C)

(N) (N)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 29




13.8.7 Network Services Packages (Continued)

Rates and Charges (Continued) Monthly Rate

Description Residence Business

Essentials $16.00 (2) $18.00 Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Caller ID With Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Waiting ID Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed

Elite (2) 20.00 23.00 Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Caller ID With Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Waiting Options

Advantage (1) 16.00 17.00 Caller ID With Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Return Call Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed

Classics Calling Package (2) 16.00 16.00 Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Return Call Caller ID With Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed



(D) (T)

(D) (T)

(T)

(D) (D)

(T)







13.8.7 Network Services Packages (Continued)

Rates and Charges (Continued)

Monthly Rate Description Residence Business

Priority Package (1) N/A $14.00 Call Forwarding Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Waiting Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection)

Home II Package (1) $14.00 N/A Call Waiting - Optional Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed


(T)

(D) (T)

(D) (D)

(T)





13.9 REMOTE CALL FORWARDING

13.9.1 General

A. Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) is a service whereby calls placed to a customer's telephone number in a local exchange are automatically forwarded to another station designated by the RCF customer. This designated station is located in an exchange outside our company's serving area. Terminating stations must have incoming-call capability.

1. Remote Call Forwarding service is offered subject to availability of suitable facilities providing no unusual expense is involved.

2. Remote Call Forwarding service is not offered where the terminating station is a coin telephone.

3. The Telephone Company will not provide identification of the originating telephone number to the Remote Call Forwarding customer.

4. Transmission characteristics may vary depending on the distance and routing necessary to complete the remotely forwarded call.

5. Remote Call Forwarding is not represented as suitable for satisfactory transmission of data.

6. Remote Call Forwarding features cannot be used in conjunction with other features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

7. Remote Call Forwarding is provided on the condition that the customer subscribe to sufficient RCF features and facilities to adequately handle calls to the RCF customer without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Telephone Company.





13.9 REMOTE CALL FORWARDING


A. The following charges are for the Remote Call Forwarding feature only and are in addition to applicable charges for service and equipment with which it is used.

Monthly Installation Rate Charge

Remote Call Forwarding* Applicable See Section 4 B-1 Rate of this tariff

B. Message Charges

The message charges applicable to remotely forwarded calls shall be comprised of two separate charges; (1) a charge for that portion of the call from the originating station to the call forwarding location and (2) a charge for that portion of the call from the call forwarding location to the terminating station. The respective charge for each portion shall be as follows:

1. Between the originating station and call forwarding location. The charge for this portion of a remotely forwarded call shall be the charge specified in this Tariff, or any other applicable Tariff, for the type of call involved.

2. Between the call forwarding location and the Terminating station. The Remote Call Forwarding customer is responsible for the applicable customer-dialed station-to-station charges or WATS charges specified in the applicable carrier(s) tariff. The aforementioned charges apply to all calls answered at the terminating station, including person-to-person and collect calls, even though such calls might not be accepted at the answering location.

C. Directory Listings One listing without charge covering the exchange in which the call forwarding Central Office is located, is provided. Additional directory listings may be obtained under Tariff rates.

* In addition to the charges stated above, all call forwarding service requires the application of the call forwarding feature rate described in this section.





13.10 HIGH RESISTANCE TELEPHONE LINE TREATMENT

13.10.1 General

If a customer's line requires line treatment, where it would not normally be required, due to his purchase of equipment that has higher resistance or transmission characteristics than generally accepted standards; he will be required to bear the cost of the required line treatment apparatus.


S&E Monthly Code I.N.C. Rate

Line Treatment... LN TRTMNT PBCBCCA LT $30.00 $ 3.40

13.11 CUSTOMER TRANSFER SERVICE (Exchange Group D Only)

13.11.1 General

A. Customer transfer service enables customers to have calls incoming on one line transferred to a second line at a different location.

B. If customer transfer service is provided in a multi-office exchange, both lines must be served out of the same central office.

C. Customer transfer service requires the use of two individual lines at the same location.

D. The Company will not be liable for calls completed to incorrect telephone numbers, and for claims arising out of an act or omission of the customer.

E. This service will be provided only where facilities are available.

F. Customer Transfer service features cannot be used in conjunction with other features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

13.11.2 Rates and Charges S&E Monthly Code I.N.C. Rate

A. Customer transfer circuit CO equipment...CUSTTRSRV Exchange Group D FDN1 $20.00 $8.00





13.12 PUBLIC STATION - TWO DIGIT ACCESS CODE

13.12.1 General

A. Nonrecurring charges are not applicable to the carriers initial establishment of the Two Digit Access Code arrangement. Changes and additions to Two Digit Access Code arrangements after the initial establishment must be in multiples of twenty-five (25) and shall be subject to the applicable business non-recurring charges for one (1) primary service order, twenty-five (25) line connections, and twenty-five (25) premise visits, per multiples of twenty-five (25).

Nonrecurring charges shall not apply to Company initiated moves or changes.

13.12.2 Rates and Charges Rate Per Month

A. Rates Applicable in Digital Central Offices

Two Digit Access Code Dialing Per Set Equipped $ 6.50

B. Rates Applicable in Non-Digital Central Offices

Two Digit Access Code Dialing Per Set Equipped $ 26.00





13.13 PAY-PER-CALL INFORMATION SERVICES BLOCKING

13.13.1 General

A. Pay-per-call Information Service blocking services blocks access to all Pay-per-call Information Services (900 and 976 services) when a call is placed to a 1-900-XXXX or 976-XXXX number.

B. Pay-per-call Information Services blocking is available in central offices equipped with electronic switching equipment.

In areas where restricting access to Pay-per-call Information Services is not technically possible all access to the Pay-per-call Information Services must be blocked. At such time that the central office attains capability to provide blocking, the Telephone Company shall notify and ballot the customers, allowing them to choose whether they want to restrict access to Pay-per-call Information Services.

C. The Telephone Company will provide Pay-per-call Information Service Blocking at no charge to the customer for the first blocking request.

A non-recurring charge will be applicable for subsequent requests for Pay-per-call Information Services blocking as referenced in Section 13.13.2 following.

D. The Telephone Company may not disconnect a customer's local telephone service for the nonpayment of charges for Pay-per-call Information Service. The Telephone Company may implement involuntary blocking of Pay-per-call Information Service for nonpayment of charges for Pay-per-call Information Service.


A. There is no monthly charge for Pay-per-call Information Services blocking service.

B. Non-recurring charges (for subsequent blocking requests)

Secondary Service Order charges apply as set forth in Section 4.3.1.B. of this tariff.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 36 (T)



13.14 ROTARY HUNTING LINE (1)

The term "Rotary Hunting Line" denotes the grouping of exchange access arrangements arranged for completion of calls when a business line is busy by overflowing to vacant line in the same prefix, area code, and group that is available to receive a call. Rotary Hunting Line Service is available to all business customers whether they have Local Exchange Access Service, Extended Area Service, or Extended Metro Service. Mixing of EMS and non-EMS lines within a service arrangement such as Multi-Line Hunting, PBX Trunk or Integrated Business Service (Centrex) is allowed only as long as the local lines hunt to EMS lines. Residence customers may subscribe to Call Forward Busy in lieu of Rotary Hunting Line Service for up to and including five lines, at the same or different locations.

13.15 SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE

13.15.1 General

A. Solutions is an optional residence service enrollment plan that permits a customer to receive Residence one party service plus features for a flat monthly rate, for each Solutions Package residence line provided. Exchange-specific Extended Calling Surcharges (ECS), as specified in Section 3.3.1.B will appear as separate line items on the customer’s bill for each Solutions Package.

13.15.2 Regulations

A. Solutions customers may terminate their enrollment in the Plan at any time upon notice to the Company.

B. Unless terminated by the Solutions customer or the Company, a customer will remain enrolled in the Plan, as amended from time-to-time, with any applicable changes in rate, for as long as the Plan continues to be offered by the Company.

C. The Plan is not available with Residential ISDN-BRI Service lines or to customers who are or become toll restricted.

D. No more than four (4) residence lines can be enrolled with the Solutions option for each customer Billed Telephone Number account.

E. Service Connection Charges do not apply when Solutions replaces existing Local Exchange Service or if the customer requests a change from Solutions back to regulated Local Exchange Service. Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 4 of this tariff apply for new and additional Solutions lines and moves of existing Solutions lines, except for Pure Bundle lines. No Service Connection Charges apply for the installation of Pure Bundle.

F. Solutions customers are not eligible for promotional offerings associated with the Custom Calling Services included in the Plan, unless specifically provided for in a promotional offering.

(1) See Section 3 of this tariff for Obsolete Residence Rotary one party service, which is limited to existing customers in existing locations as of March 1, 2009.

(D)

(D)

(D)






( I )

( I )

13.15 SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE (Continued)


Monthly Rate

A. Core Solution (1) 1FLCIBC $41.75Local Exchange Service Call Waiting – Optional Call Forwarding Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Repeat Call Return Call Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed Speed Dial 8 Selective Call Acceptance Selective Call Forwarding Selective Call Ring Selective Call Rejection

B. Clear Solution (1) 1FLCIBD 41.75Local Exchange Service Call Forwarding Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Repeat Call Return Call Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed Speed Dial 8 Selective Call Acceptance Selective Call Forwarding Selective Call Ring Selective Call Rejection

(1) Effective August 1, 2007, Core Solution and Clear Solution are no longer available to new customers. Existing customers may continue to subscribe to this service until they discontinue service at their current location or they select alternative services at their existing location. As of July 15, 2011, this service is limited to lines in service at existing locations.








Monthly Rate

C. Personal II Solution (1) $36.95 Local Exchange Service Call Waiting - Optional Call Waiting ID Call Forwarding Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Return Call Repeat Dialing Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed Selective Call Forwarding

D. Reserved for Future Use

(1) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of November 16, 2009. As of July 15, 2011, this service is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(T)

(C) (D)

(D)

(D)

(T)







13.16.3 Rates and Charges (Continued) Monthly Rate

E. Special Plan – Metro Bundle (3) $42.95 (1)

Local Exchange Service Call Waiting - Optional

Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forwarding Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Return Call Call Waiting ID Repeat Dialing Selective Call Acceptance Optional Extended Metropolitan Service (where available)

F. Progressive Plan (2) (4) 30.45 Local Exchange Service Call Waiting - Optional Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forwarding Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed

G. Simple Solution (4) 24.99 Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Speed Calling - 8

(1) Special Plan-Metro Bundle is available for $25.95 when customers also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited - Option 1 long distance plan plus either High-speed Internet (DSL), DISH Network® Satellite TV from the Company or Embarq Wireless.

(2) Effective February 18, 2007 new customers must also subscribe to Voicemail. If Voicemail is not available, one of the following features may be substituted: Home Phone Warranty, LineGuard, or Data LineGuard.


(4) Grandfathered service limited to lines in service at existing locations as of July 15, 2011.

(T)

(T)

(T)

(D)

(T)

(T)

(T)

(T)








H. Standard Home Phone Service II (1) (3) $36.95 Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Repeat Dialing Return Call Selective Call Forward Speed Calling - 8

I. Follow Me Plan (2) (4) 30.95 Local Exchange Service Call Waiting (optional) Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Call Forward Busy - Fixed Return Call Repeat Dialing

J. Essential Home Phone Plan (4) 28.95 Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Waiting ID (optional) Call Waiting Speed Calling - 8

(1) Customers must also subscribe to the Company’s Voicemail and must initially subscribe to any one of the following services: LineGuard or Home Phone Warranty.

(2) Customers must also subscribe to the Company's non-regulated Voicemail with Integrated Calling Features (ICF). This bundle is only available where Voicemail with ICF is technically feasible.

(3) Limited to existing residence customers at existing locations as of May 15, 2009. As of July 15, 2011, this service is limited to lines in service at existing locations.


(T)

(T)

(T)

(D)

(D) (D)

(T)

(T)

(T)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink 5th Revised Sheet 40.1

Cancels 3rd Revised Sheet 40.1




Monthly Rate

K. Pure Bundle– GRANDFATHERED(1) $28.00 (5)

Local Exchange Service Outbound Call Block Feature Nonpublished Number Service Billed Number Screening (optional)

L. Simple Choice Bundle (2) (4) 29.95 (3)

Local Exchange Service Choice of available Custom Calling or ExpressTouch Features

(1) Effective June 11, 2017, Pure Bundle is grandfathered for residential customers. Availability to current customers is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(2) The customer must also subscribe to the Embarq Communications, Inc. Easy Talk Simple Choice Long Distance plan.

(3) Simple Choice Bundle is available for $26.00 when customers subscribe to the Company’s Voicemail in addition to Embarq Communications, Inc. Easy Talk Simple Choice Long Distance.

(4) Grandfathered service limited to lines in service at existing locations as of December 5, 2014.

(5) The monthly rate includes the Subscriber Line Charge.

(C)(T)

(T)

(N) (N)

(T)

(T)

(T)

(T)

ISSUED: May 30, 2017 EFFECTIVE: June 9, 2017 TX 17-06


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 40.2

Cancels First Revised Sheet 40.2




Monthly Rate

“A” Exchanges (1) “B” Exchanges (1)

M. Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle (2) (6) $29.95 (3) $39.95 (4)

Local Exchange Service Choice of available Custom Calling or Express Touch Features

Unlimited Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) and Unlimited Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS), where available (Optional) (5)

(1) See Section 13.15.4. for listing of “A” and “B” Exchanges.

(2) The customer must also subscribe to the Embarq Communications, Inc. Easy Talk Simple Choice Unlimited Long Distance plan. This additional required service is not regulated under this tariff.

(3) Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle is available in “A” Exchanges at the following rates when customers also subscribe to the following services in addition to Embarq Communications, Inc. Easy Talk Unlimited Long Distance plan:

With subscription to the Company’s Voicemail, the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $26.00. This additional required service is not regulated under this tariff.

With subscription to the Company’s High Speed Internet (1.5M or higher), the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $24.95. This additional required service is not regulated under this tariff.

With subscription to the Company’s Voicemail and High Speed Internet (1.5M or higher), the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $21.00. These additional required services are not regulated under this tariff.

(4) Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle is available in “B” Exchanges at the following rates when customers also subscribe to the following services in addition to Embarq Communications, Inc. Easy Talk Unlimited Long Distance plan:

With subscription to the Company’s Voicemail, the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $36.00. This additional required service is not regulated under this tariff.

With subscription to the Company’s High Speed Internet (1.5m or higher), the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $34.95.

With subscription to the Company’s Voicemail and High Speed Internet (1.5m or higher), the Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle rate is $31.00. These additional required services are not regulated under this tariff.

(5) Optional EMS NPA/NXX is required.


(C)

(N) (N)


27


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Fifth Revised Sheet 40.3

Cancels Fourth Revised Sheet 40.3



13.15.3 Rates and Charges (Continued) Monthly Rate (1)

N. Economy Pack Bundle $29.95 (2)

Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) - Optional Call Waiting ID – Optional Enhanced Call Waiting – Optional

O. Economy Pack Plus Bundle (3) 25.00Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) - Optional Call Waiting ID – Optional Enhanced Call Waiting – Optional

P. Economy Pack Plus Lite Bundle (4) 25.00Local Exchange Service Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) - Optional Call Waiting ID – Optional Enhanced Call Waiting – Optional

Q. Metro Bundle (5) (6) (7) 24.22Local Exchange Service Speed Dial 8 Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS)

(1) The Extended Calling Surcharge is included in the monthly rate.

(2) The monthly rate includes the Subscriber Line Charge. Customers who subscribe under a twelve month commitment will receive a $5.00 discount off the monthly rate during the first twelve months of service, after which the applicable monthly rate will apply.

(3) Customers must also subscribe to the Company’s 768 Kbps High Speed Internet.

(4) The customer must also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc, Easy Talk Economy long distance plan, the Company’s High Speed Internet (up to 1.5 Mbps), and any non-international DIRECTV® package (which is billed by the Company). This bundle is available in limited exchanges as determined by the Company. Existing DIRECTV® subscribers are not eligible for this bundle.

(5) This bundle is only available in the following local exchanges: Hutto; Porter Heights; and Rhome.

(6) EMS NPA/NXX is required.


DIRECTV® is used with permission.

( I )

( I )



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink 1st Revised Sheet 40.3.1

Cancels Original Sheet 40.3.1




Monthly Rate Residence

“A” “B” Exchanges (1) Exchanges (1)

R. Home Phone II – GRANDFATHERED(2) (3) (4) $28.95 (5) $38.95 (5)

Local Exchange Service Anonymous Call Rejection Repeat Dialing Call Forward Busy – Fixed Call Forward No Answer – Fixed Call Forwarding Call Forward Remote Access (where available) Return Call Enhanced Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Caller ID with Name Cancel Call Waiting Message Waiting Selective Call Acceptance Selective Call Forwarding Selective Call Rejection Selective Call Ring Three-Way Calling Voice Mail (6)

(1) See Section 13.15.4. for listing of “A” and “B” Exchanges.

(2) The customer must subscribe to either CenturyLink Communications, LLC Home Phone II Per Minute long distance plan or CenturyLink Communications, LLC Home Phone II Unlimited long distance plan to qualify for this bundle.

(3) If the customer subscribes to the CenturyLink Communications, LLC Home Phone II Unlimited long distance plan the customer will also receive unlimited Optional Metropolitan Service (EMS) and unlimited Optional Extended Area Service (OEAS), where available, for no additional charge. OEMS NPA/NXX is required.

(4) Effective June 11, 2017, Home Phone II is grandfathered for residential customers. Availability to current customers is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(5) The Extended Calling Surcharge is included in the monthly rate.

(6) Deregulated service.

(C)(T)

(T)

(N) (N)

(T)

(T)

ISSUED: May 30, 2017 EFFECTIVE: June 9, 2017 TX 17-06



Original Sheet 40.4



13.15.4 “A” and “B” Exchange Classifications

1. “A” Exchanges

COPPERAS COVE FLORENCE FORT HOOD HEIDENHEIMER

HOLLAND HUMBLE HUTTO KEMPNER

KILLEEN KINGWOOD KRUM NOLANVILLE

PORTER PORTER HEIGHTS SANGER STOCKDALE

2. “B” Exchanges

ALVORD ATASCOCITA BERCLAIR BOONSVILLE BOYD BUCKHOLTS CHARCO CHICO

CLIFTON CRANFILLS GAP DECATUR GLEN FLORA LAGUNA PARK LITTLE RIVER LOMETA MILANO

MOFFAT OENAVILLE PAWNEE PETTUS PONDER RHOME SAINT JO SALADO

SLIDELL SUNSET TURNERSVILLE WEST COLUMBIA ZABCIKVILLE

ISSUED: July 1, 2011 EFFECTIVE: July 15, 2011





13.16 SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS

13.16.1 General

A. Solutions is an optional business service enrollment plan that permits a customer to receive Business one party service plus features for a flat monthly rate, for each Solutions Package business line provided.

13.16.2 Regulations

A. Solutions customers may terminate their enrollment in the Plan at any time upon notice to the Company.

B. Unless terminated by the Solutions customer or the Company, a customer will remain enrolled in the Plan, as amended from time-to-time, with any applicable changes in rate, for as long as the Plan continues to be offered by the Company.

C. The Plan is not available with Business ISDN-BRI Service lines or to customers who are or become toll restricted. Rotary Hunt Service is not available in conjunction with this Plan. The Plan cannot terminate to a Key system, PBX or any other line trunking device.

D. No more than nine (9) business lines can be enrolled with the Solutionsoption(s) for each customer location or account.

E. Service Connection Charges do not apply when Solutions replaces existing Local Exchange Service or if the customer requests a change from Solutions back to regulated Local Exchange Service. Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 4 of this tariff apply for new and additional Solutions lines and moves of existing Solutions lines, except for Pure Bundle lines. No Service Connection Charges apply for the installation of Pure Bundle.

F. Solutions customers are not eligible for promotional offerings associated with the Custom Calling Services included in the Plan, unless specifically provided for in a promotional offering.

(D)

(D)

(D)

ISSUED: September 21, 2010 EFFECTIVE: October 1, 2010


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Ninth Revised Sheet 42

Cancels Eighth Revised Sheet 42


13.16 SOLUTIONS – BUSINESS (Continued)

13.16.3 Term Discount Plan (TDP) ▲

13.16.4 Rates and Charges Monthly Rate Humble and All Other

Porter Exchanges

A. Priority Solution (3) 1FLCRLS $57.81 $37.81Local Exchange Service Priority Package

B. Sure Solution II (5) 1FLCAE2 64.41 46.61Local Exchange Service 1FLCAES Essentials 1FLCAEG

1FLCAEF

C. Classic Solution (1) 1FLCCID 61.11 44.41Local Exchange Service Classics Calling Package

D. Preferred Solution (1) 1FLCAIT 52.31 35.61Local Exchange Service 1FLCA12 In Touch With Call Forwarding 1FLCACW

1FLCAIG 1FLCAIF3

E. Economy Solution (2) (5) 56.71 38.91Local Exchange Service Choice of two of the following: Call Forward No Answer - Fixed plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed Enhanced Call Waiting (4)

Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) (4)

SignalRing

(1) Effective June 16, 2005, this service will no longer be available for new installations. As of July 15, 2011, this service is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(2) Customers must subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.


(4) When Enhanced Call Waiting and Caller ID with Name are the selected features, Call Waiting ID is also provided.


▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone Company of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )






13.16 SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS (Continued)


Humble and All Other Porter Exchanges

F. Economy Solution II (1) (2) $56.71 $38.91Local Exchange Service Choice of three of the following:

Call Forward No Answer - Fixed plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed) Enhanced Call Waiting (4)


Three-Way Calling Repeat Dial

G. Rotary Classic Solution (3) (5) 79.37 51.00Local Exchange Service with Rotary Classics Calling Package

H. Economy Bundle II A (1) (5) 56.71 38.91Local Exchange Service Choice of three of the following:

Call Forward No Answer - Fixed plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed Enhanced Call Waiting (4)


Three-Way Calling Return Call

(1) Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.

(2) Effective May 4, 2005, Economy Solution II will no longer be available for new installations. As of July 15, 2011, this service is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(3) Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan. Customers who subscribed to this service prior to June 16, 2005 who also subscribe to the grandfathered Small Business Unlimited long distance plan must also subscribe to Voicemail.



( I )

( I )

( I )



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Twelfth Revised Sheet 44

Cancels Eleventh Revised Sheet 44


13.16 SOLUTIONS BUSINESS (Continued)

13.16.4. Rates and Charges (Continued)

Monthly Rates

I. Complete Business Bundle (3)

Local Exchange Service Call Waiting Three-Way Calling Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Caller ID With Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Waiting ID Call Forward Busy - Fixed Call Forward No Answer - Fixed Initial bundle, per location $44.50 (1) ( I ) 2nd through 9th bundle 32.00 (2) ( I ) (per bundle), per location

M. Pure Bundle 38.00 (6)

Local Exchange Service

N. Metro Bundle (4) (5)

Local Exchange Service Speed Dial 8 Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS)

Metro Bundle Exchanges Business One Party

Key Trunk or Business One Party

in Rotary Hutto $34.00 ( I ) $39.00 ( I )Porter Heights 40.00 ( I ) 45.00 (R)Rhome 40.00 ( I ) 45.00 ( I )

(1) Customers must also subscribe to 1.5 Mbps (or greater) High-speed Internet under a two year (or greater) term commitment, Voicemail, DSL Secure, and Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan.

(2) Customers must also subscribe to the Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan.


(4) This bundle is only available in the following local exchanges: Hutto; Porter Heights; and Rhome.

(5) EMS NPA/NXX is required.

(6) The monthly rate includes the Subscriber Line Charge.





13.17 CENTREX SERVICE II

13.17.1 General

Centrex Service II is a central office communications system package provided on individual access lines from Telephone Company central office equipment. The service provides local exchange access, interexchange access, intrasystem communication, and Centrex Service II feature packages. Customers subscribing to Centrex Service II with 26 or more Centrex Service II access lines may subscribe to Centrex Service II under an Individual Case Basis (ICB) contract.

13.17.2 Definitions

ABBREVIATED DIALING

Allows station abbreviated dialing (i.e., 3, 4, or 5 digit dialing) to other station members within the same customer group.

AUTO ANSWER BACK

Allows any incoming call to the Primary Directory Number of the set to be automatically answered after four seconds.

AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION (ACD)

Automatic Call Distribution is a digital central office service that provides advanced call distribution and queuing capabilities as an integrated function of Centrex Service II. The customer must subscribe to and maintain a minimum of two ACD positions and at least one ACD group.

AUTOMATIC LINE

Provides an automatic connection between a calling station that goes off-hook and a predetermined terminating number.

CALL FORWARD - UNIVERSAL, BUSY, AND NO ANSWER

Allows a customer to have incoming calls to a station automatically forwarded to a predetermined telephone number, either on all calls and/or busy calls and/or calls not answered.

CALL HOLD

Allows the station user to hold one call for any length of time provided neither party hangs up. The station user may also place other calls while a call is on hold.

CALL PARK

Allows the station user to park one call against its own directory number. The parked call can be retrieved from any station within the same customer group. Once a call is parked against a directory number, the user is free to make or receive calls on that directory number.





13.17 CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)

13.17.2 Definitions (Continued)

CALL PICK-UP

Allows the station user to answer incoming calls directed to another station within a defined pick-up group by dialing a feature activation code.

CALL TRANSFER

Allows a station to transfer an incoming call to another extension.

CALL WAITING - CANCEL CALL WAITING

Informs a station user, while on an established call, that a second call is waiting. Cancel Call Waiting allows a station user to prevent, on a per-call basis, any incoming calls from call-waiting on his or her line. Incoming calls to the station are given busy treatment. This feature ensures that call-waiting indication tones will not interrupt important calls or disrupt data transmissions.

CLASS OF SERVICE RESTRICTIONS

Defines the specific features and calling patterns available to stations and attendants within a customer group. Access code restrictions can be set up to restrict stations and attendants from trunk types such as local, toll, DID, and WATS. The following options are available:

Fully Restricted Service – Allows intragroup dialing only. The station user must dial 9. Toll Restricted Service – Allows intragroup and local dialing only. The station user must dial 9. Unrestricted Service – Allows full access to all facilities. The station user must dial 9. Unrestricted Assume Dial 9 – Same as unrestricted; however, the station user cannot utilize abbreviated dialing. Note: 900 and 976 block are available with all options.

DIRECT INWARD DIALING

Allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a specific station. The calling party dials the seven-digit directory number to reach the station.

DIRECT OUTWARD DIALING

Allows a station user to place external calls to the exchange network by dialing the access code (usually the digit 9), receiving an optional second dial tone, then dialing the external number.







DISTINCTIVE RINGING

Provides the station user the ability to determine whether the call is from a station within the customer group or from the exchange network by the cadence of the ringing of the phone. The ringing cadence will be one (1) long ring for internal calls and two (2) short rings for external calls.

LAST NUMBER REDIAL

Enables the station user to redial the last called number by pressing a single key rather than dialing the entire number.

MEET-ME-CONFERENCE

Allows up to six (6) conferees to hold a conference call by dialing a directory number at a specified time. Meet-Me-Conference is limited to one (1) per Centrex Service II access line.

MULTIPLE APPEARANCE-DIRECTORY NUMBER (MADN)

A directory number that is assigned to more than one station.

MUSIC-ON-HOLD

Provides the music-on-hold capability to calls that terminate on business sets. When a call is put on hold, the caller hears music, announcement, silence, or a combination of the three treatments. The music source must be provided by the subscriber and requires an additional Centrex Service II access line connecting the customer’s music source to the Telephone Company’s central office.

RING AGAIN

Allows a station user encountering a busy station to be notified when the busy station becomes idle and to be placed automatically in a ring-again mode.

SECONDARY DIRECTORY NUMBER

Directory number not associated with a line, but assigned for use with priority hunting. Secondary Directory Numbers are limited to two (2) per Centrex Service II access line.

SPEED CALL LONG (30)

Provides for the calling of up to 30 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code.

SPEED CALL SHORT (10)

Provides for the calling of up to 10 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code.







STATION HUNTING (sequential, circular, multiline).

Allows a call to be routed to another telephone number when the called station is busy.

THREE-WAY CONFERENCE WITH CONSULTATION HOLD AND TRANSFER

Allows a station user to call a third party to conference the third party in, notify the third party of a call being transferred or consult with the third party while the other party is on hold.

TOUCH-TONE

A central office provided tone network signaling arrangement for origination of telephone calling.

UNIFORM CALL DISTRIBUTION (UCD)

Allows for an even distribution of incoming calls to a listed directory number. Each station has its own directory number. Included with this feature is the provision of message announcement for calls in queuing. The customer will be responsible for providing the compatible tape and the announcement.

13.17.3 Regulations

A. Centrex Service II is provided subject to the availability of facilities and central office equipment as determined by the Telephone Company.

B. Centrex Service II does not include terminal equipment on the customer’s premises. Provision of the telephone instruments or other equipment is the responsibility of the customer. Some features require specific customer provided customer premises equipment (CPE). In addition, not all CPE will support all features.

C. Directory Listings are furnished in accordance with the rates and regulations specified in Section 6 of this tariff.

D. Service Charges as specified in Section 4 of this tariff apply to the services offered in this section and are in addition to the Service Establishment Translation Charge. For feature changes after the initial installation, the Service Order Charge will apply in addition to applicable nonrecurring charges.

E. The minimum service period for Centrex Service II is one month, unless customers select a 1 year or 3 year TDP.

F. The quality of transmission for calls utilizing call forwarding or conferencing may vary depending on the distance and routing involved.







13.17.3 Regulations (Continued)

G. Directory Assistance charges, as specified in Section 3 of this tariff, apply to Centrex Service II.

H. Call Forward-Universal, Busy, and No Answer shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of message toll charges that would regularly be applicable between the station originating the call and the station to which the call is transferred nor shall it be used to simulate rotary service from the Telephone Company central office. Each Centrex Service II access line allows for the forwarding of one call at a given time.

I. Not all Centrex Service II features are compatible with one another. Some combinations of features will not work when applied on the same Centrex Service II access line.

J. Centrex Service II is not offered in conjunction with key or PBX trunk local exchange service.

K. The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers assigned to Centrex Service II are made at the discretion of the Telephone Company. The Telephone Company does not guarantee to provide telephone numbers arranged in a consecutive manner. If the customer requests telephone numbers under a special numbering arrangement to be terminated in a Centrex Service II customer group, then additional recurring and non-recurring charges may apply as determined under an ICB arrangement.

L. Centrex Service II is not provided in association with Local Measured Service, residential lines, or Payphone Line Service.

M. All exchange access lines terminating in a Centrex Service II system must be served by the same central office or associated remote switch.

N. The rates and charges applicable to Optional Extended Area Calling Service and Optional Metropolitan Calling Area (MCA) Service, as specified in Section 3 of the tariff also apply per Centrex Service II access line.

O. The Telephone Company shall not be liable, directly or indirectly for damages, unless caused by gross negligence of the Telephone Company in failing to maintain reasonable standards of maintenance and inspection and exercise reasonable supervision.

(C)






13.17.4 Service Features

A. Standard Features

The Centrex Service II access line rate includes the following features, however the customer may select which features are activated on a per line basis.

Abbreviated Dialing Auto Answer Back Call Forward - Universal, Busy, and No Answer Call Hold Call Transfer Call Waiting – Cancel Call Waiting Direct Inward Dialing Direct Outward Dialing Last Number Redial Speed Call Short (10) Station Hunting Three-Way Conference with Consultation Hold and Transfer Touch-Tone Service

B. Optional Features

The following optional features are available at the monthly rate specified in Section 13.17.6.

Automatic Call Distribution Automatic Line Call Park/Call Pick-Up Class-of-Service Restrictions Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again Meet-Me-Conference Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN) Music On-Hold Secondary Directory Number Speed Call Long (30) Uniform Call Distribution






13.17.5 Term Discount Plan (TDP)

A. Term Discount Plans (TDPs) are available for Centrex Service II, and provide the customer with discounted rates. The customer must agree to a minimum service commitment period for Centrex Service II when the TDP is established. The customer must order a TDP in writing to the Telephone Company. A TDP may be ordered based on the following plan options:

Plan A: 1 Year Plan B: 3 Year

B. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no Service Establishment Translation Charge is applied toward Centrex Service II facilities in-service at that time. If a customer moves from a month to month plan to a TDP, or upgrades from a 1 year TDP to a 3 year TDP, then no Service Establishment Translation Charge is applied.

C. If a TDP customer disconnects service prior to the end of the TDP, the customer is liable for 100% of the payments remaining for the remainder of the term plan. If Construction Charges were applied to the service being terminated, any termination charges associated with those services will also apply.

D. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Telephone Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Centrex Service II under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided that the customer notifies the Telephone Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.

E. TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the term of the plan, up to a maximum of 3 years. The number of months accrued in the current plan will apply toward the new plan selected. However, charges under the new TDP commitment period will apply only on a go-forward basis.

F. Upon expiration of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section 13.17.6.A. following. At the end of the TDP service commitment period there is no automatic renewal of the TDP, and the rates will convert to the prevailing month to month rates unless the customer selects a new TDP.

G. Customers under a TDP who change physical locations will not be subject to termination charges if the customer subscribes to a new Centrex Service II TDP at the new location. However, the number of months accrued in the current plan will not apply toward the plan selected for the new location.








A. Business, Centrex Service II Access Line Monthly Rate

Humble and All Other

(T)

Porter Exchanges

Month to Month $51.00 $36.00 1 Year 50.00 35.00 3 Year 49.00 33.00

B. Service Establishment Translation Charge Nonrecurring

Charge

$50.00

1. This charge applies when performing the central office translation associated with configuring a Centrex Service II customer's network parameters.

2. This charge applies to each Centrex Service II customer group translation activity performed.

3. Service Charges as specified in Section 4 of this tariff apply to the services offered in this section and are in addition to the Service Establishment Translation Charge.

C. Feature Change Charge Nonrecurring

Charge

1. Per line $10.00 Maximum charge per order 50.00

2. This charge applies when performing changes to service features after the initial installation. This charge applies to both standard features and optional features.

3. For feature changes after the initial installation, a Service Order Charge will also apply.

D. Federal monthly end user charges apply on a per line basis, as described in CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4.








Monthly Rate

E. Optional Features

Automatic Call Distribution ICB Automatic Line $ 2.20Call Park/Call Pick-Up 2.20Class-of-Service Restrictions 2.20Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again 2.20Meet-Me-Conference (per customer group) 22.28Multiple Appearance Directory Number (per number, per appearance) 3.30Music On-Hold (per customer group) 27.50Secondary Directory Number (per directory number) 3.30Speed Call Long (30) (per customer group) 5.50Uniform Call Distribution ICB

( I )

( I )

( I ) ( I )

( I ) ( I )






13.18 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (C)

(D)

(D)






13.19 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (D) (T)

(D)






( I ) ( I )

13.20 SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM ▲

13.21 CONNECTION CENTRAL BUNDLE (3) ▲(a)

13.21.1. Rates and Charges Monthly Rate

A. One Year Commitment Period, per bundle $34.60 (1) (2) (3)

B. Two Year Commitment Period, per bundle 34.60 (1) (2) (3)

13.22 PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) BUNDLE - BUSINESS ▲(a)

13.22.1 General ▲(a)

13.22.2 Regulations ▲(a)


Humble, Killeen, All Other & Copperas Cove Exchanges

Monthly Monthly Nonrecurring Rates Rates Charge

A. Term Commitment 2 years $634.00 $729.00 $0.00 3 years 594.00 704.00 0.00 5 years 564.00 654.00 0.00

(1) Initial bundle - Customers must also subscribe to 1.5 Mbps (or greater) High-speed Internet under a one or two year term commitment, DSL Secure, Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan, and must purchase the Company’s non-regulated Connection Central CPE.

(2) Second bundle - Customers must also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan.


▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service

▲(a) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.






(T)

(Z)

13.24 2ND LINE BUNDLE (1)

13.24.1 General

A. 2nd Line Bundle is an optional residence service enrollment plan that permits a customer to receive features and services for a flat monthly rate for each bundle provided. 2nd Line Bundle includes the following features and services:

1. Local Exchange Service 2. Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) 3. Call Forward - No Answer 4. Call Forward - Busy

13.24.2 Terms and Conditions

A. The Plan is not available to customers who are or become toll restricted. Service Charges will not apply for those existing lines converted, in-place, to residence exchange service due to Company-initiated toll restrictions. Such customers will not be permitted to re-enroll in this Plan until such time as all associated unpaid balances are satisfactorily paid in full.

B. Customers may subscribe to a maximum of two 2nd Line Bundles per location which must be billed under a single bill.

C. Service Charges as specified in Section 4 of this tariff apply for new and additional 2nd Line Bundle lines and moves of existing 2nd Line Bundle lines.

D. Service Charges do not apply when:

1. A 2nd Line Bundle replaces existing Local Exchange Service; or 2. Customers request a change from a 2nd Line Bundle back to regulated Local

Exchange Service.

13.24.3 Rates and Charges Monthly Rate (2)

2nd Line Bundle (3) $11.00

(1) Effective March 10, 2008, 2nd Line Bundle is no longer available to new customers. Existing customers may continue to subscribe to this service until they discontinue service at their current location or they select alternative services at their existing location.

(2) ELC/EAS charges, if applicable, as defined in Section 3 of this tariff, apply per each 2nd Line Bundle.

(3) Customers must also subscribe to 5.0, 3.0 or 1.5 Mbps High-Speed Internet and Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Solutions - Option 4 long distance plan.

ISSUED: May 19, 2008 EFFECTIVE: May 29, 2008


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Twelfth Revised Sheet 58

Cancels Eleventh Revised Sheet 58


( I )

( I )

13.25 MULTILINE BUNDLE (2) ▲

13.25.1 General ▲

13.25.2 Regulations ▲



1. Each MultiLine Bundle includes the following:

a. Business Key Trunk or Business One-Party Service b. Rotary Hunting Line Service - optional c. Three-Way Calling with Transfer - optional

d. Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) - optional

Humble and All OtherPorter Exchanges

Monthly Monthly Rates Rates

A. Month-to-Month, per bundle $60.50 (1) (2) $46.00 (1) (2)

B. One Year Commitment Period, per bundle 55.00 (1) (2) 40.50 (1) (2)

C. Two Year Commitment Period, per bundle 49.50 (1) (2) 35.00 (1) (2)

D. Three Year Commitment Period, per bundle 44.00 (1) (2) 29.50 (1) (2)

(1) In addition to subscribing to an Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan for each MultiLine Bundle, customers must also subscribe to one of the following qualifying services per MultiLine Bundle location:

1) the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps (where available) or greater High-speed Internet. (In locations where 1.5 Mbps is not available, customers may alternatively subscribe to the Company’s 768 Kbps High-speed Internet or non-regulated Satellite Broadband Service) or;

2) the Company’s non-regulated Dedicated IP Service. The qualifying service must be billed on the same invoice as the MultiLine Bundles, but may be provisioned on access lines or trunks other than the MultiLine Bundle that are billed under the same invoice.


13.26 VOICE BUSINESS CONTINUITY ▲(1)

13.27 CALL LINE IDENTIFIER ▲(1)

13.28 HOSTED MULTILINE BUNDLE ▲(1)

13.29 BILLED NUMBER SCREENING ▲(1)

▲ Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.

▲(1) Central Telephone Company of Texas dba CenturyLink concurs in the rates and regulations of United Telephone of Texas, Inc. dba CenturyLink General Exchange Tariff for the purpose of providing this service.






(C)

(N)

(C) (C)

13.30 SOLUTIONS II – BUSINESS (1) ▲

13.30.1 General ▲










( I )

13.30 SOLUTIONS II – BUSINESS (2) (Continued)


A. Connected II (1) (2)

Business Key Trunk or Business One-Party Service Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Call Waiting Three-Way Calling or Three-Way Calling with Transfer Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Speed Calling - 8 Caller ID with Name (includes

Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forward No Answer-Fixed Call Forward Busy-Fixed Call Waiting ID

Monthly Rates

Month-to- Month,

per bundle

Term Commitments 1 Year,

per bundle 2 Years,

per bundle 3 Years,

per bundle Humble Porter

$64.41 $64.41 $64.41 $64.41

All Other Exchanges 46.61 46.61 46.61 46.61

(1) Customers must also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan (Option 2 – Extended Calling USA).

(2) Grandfathered service limited to lines in service at existing locations as of July 15, 2011. ISSUED: November 23, 2015 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2016 TX 15-14


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 61



( I )



B. Economy Bundle II B (1) (3)

Business One-Party Service Choice of three of the following:

Call Forward No Answer - Fixed plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed

Enhanced Call Waiting (2)


Three-Way Calling Return Call

Monthly Rates

Month-to- Month,

per bundle


per bundle 2 Years,

per bundle 3 Years,


$56.05 $56.05 $56.05 $56.05


(1) Customers must also subscribe to an Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.








( I )



C. Complete Business Bundle II (1) (2)

Business Key Trunk or Business One-Party Service Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Call Waiting Three-Way Calling or Three-Way Calling with Transfer Call Forwarding Return Call Repeat Dialing Speed Calling - 8 Caller ID with Name (includes

Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Waiting ID Call Forward No Answer-Fixed Call Forward Busy-Fixed

Monthly Rates

Month-to- Month,

per bundle


per bundle 2 Years,

per bundle 3 Years,


$49.50 $49.50 $49.50 $49.50


(1) Customers must also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II long distance plan (Option 2 – Extended Calling USA). In addition, customers must also subscribe to 1.5 Mbps (or greater) High-speed Internet.







( I )



D. Basic Offer Bundle (1) (2)

Business Key Trunk or Business One-Party Service Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Caller ID with Name (includes

Anonymous Call Rejection) Enhanced Call Waiting Call Waiting ID Three-Way Calling with Transfer Call Forwarding Call Forward No Answer-Fixed Call Forward Busy-Fixed Return Call Repeat Dialing Selective Call Rejection

Monthly Rates

Month-to- Month,

per bundle


per bundle 2 Years,

per bundle 3 Years,


$66.00 $60.50 $55.00 $49.50


(1) Customers must also subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps (where available) or greater High-speed Internet under a one, two or three year term commitment with the initial bundle at each customer location. In locations where 1.5 Mbps is not available, customers may alternatively subscribe to the Company’s 768 Kbps High-speed Internet or non-regulated Satellite Broadband Service.






13.31 RESIDENCE CUSTOMER REFERRAL PROGRAM ▲




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 64

Cancels First Sheet 64


13.32 BUSINESS ASSIST ADVANTAGE PLANS ▲

13.32.1 General ▲




A. Business Assist Advantage Plan

Flat Rate Individual Business Line or Key Trunk Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Choice of available Custom Calling and/or ExpressTouch Features

Monthly Rates Initial bundle, per location (1) $54.95 2nd through 10th bundle (per bundle), per location 43.95

B. Unlimited Business Assist Advantage Plan (2)

Flat Rate Individual Business Line or Key Trunk Rotary Hunting Line Service (optional) Choice of available Custom Calling and/or ExpressTouch Features

Monthly Rates Initial bundle, per location (1) $60.85 2nd through 10th bundle (per bundle), per location 39.95

(1) When customers also subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated Voicemail, a $2.50 discount is applied to the monthly rate.

(2) Customers must also subscribe to Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance Business Unlimited, a Business Assist Advantage Plan. Customers may subscribe to Optional Extended Area Calling Service (EACS) and Extended Metropolitan Service (EMS), where available as specified in Section 3, for a discounted rate of $5.00 per month. Optional EMS NPA/NXX is required

(N)

(N)




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink 1st Revised Sheet 65



(C)

(C)

(C)(T)

13.33 PREPAID LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE PACKAGES ▲- GRANDFATHERED(1)

13.33.1 General ▲



Monthly Rate

A. PLTS Bundle (1) $39.95 Residence Local Exchange Service Enhanced Call Waiting Caller ID with Name (includes Anonymous Call Rejection) Call Forwarding Blocking (includes 900/976 Blocking, 3rd Party/Collect Call Blocking, Per Line Blocking, Call Trace Blocking, 3-Way Blocking, Call Return & Repeat Dial Blocking) Nonpublished Number Service (optional)

B. Prepaid Pure Broadband Bundle (1) (2) 15.00 Residence Local Exchange Service Outbound Call Block Feature Nonpublished Number Service Billed Number Screening (optional)

(1) Effective December 30, 2017, this service is grandfathered. Availability to current customers is limited to lines in service at existing locations.

(N) (N)

(2) Customers must also subscribe to the Company’s prepaid 1.5 Mbps (or greater) High-speed Internet.

(T)


ISSUED: December 19, 2017 EFFECTIVE: December 30, 2017 TX 17-14(CT)


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 66



(N) (N)

13.34 CORE CONNECT ▲

13.34.1 Description ▲


13.34.3 Term Discount Plan ▲


A. The monthly rates include the Local Exchange Service, flat rate EAS, and features only. These rates do not include the monthly charges for the qualifying long distance plan or HSI.

B. Service Charges, as described in Section 4 apply for new and additional CORE CONNECT lines, and moves of existing lines. Service Charges may be waived for customers who move services from another telecommunications service provider to CORE CONNECT under a one, two or three-year TDP.

C. Service Charges do not apply when CORE CONNECT replaces existing Local Exchange Service. Service Charges do apply when Customers request a change from CORE CONNECT back to Local Exchange Service.

D. The following rates apply in addition to the monthly rates applicable for companion long distance and HSI services.

CORE CONNECT/ CORE CONNECT Lite

Monthly Rate (1) (2)

“A” Exchanges

“B” Exchanges

“C” Exchanges

Initial bundle, per location $60.00 $70.00 $80.00

2nd through 10th bundle (each), per location

30.00 40.00 50.00

(1) See 13.34.6. following for listing of “A”, “B”, and “C” exchange.

(2) Customers may subscribe to Optional Extended Metropolitan Service, where available as specified in Section 3, for a discounted rate of $5.00 per month. MCA NPA/NXX is required.




Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 13 dba CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 67



13.34 CORE CONNECT (Continued)

13.34.5 TDP Discounts

The following discounts will apply to the monthly rates specified in 13.34.4.D. preceding for each CORE CONNECT bundle under a TDP.

Commitment Period Monthly Discount, per bundle

Initial bundle 2nd through 10th bundle

(each) One-Year Term Plan No discount $ 5.00 Two-Year Term Plan No discount 7.50 Three-Year Term Plan No discount 10.00

13.34.6 “A”, “B”, and “C” Exchange Classifications

1. “A” Exchanges

ATASCOCITA BERCLAIR COPPERAS COVE FLORENCE

FORT HOOD HEIDENHEIMER HOLLAND

HUMBLE HUTTO KILLEEN

KINGWOOD NOLANVILLE SUNSET

2. “B” Exchanges

KRUM PORTER SANGER STOCKDALE

3. “C” Exchanges

ALVORD BOONSVILLE BOYD BUCKHOLTS CHARCO CHICO CLIFTON CRANFILLS GAP

DECATUR GLEN FLORA KEMPNER LAGUNA PARK LITTLE RIVER LOMETA MILANO

MOFFAT OENAVILLE PAWNEE PETTUS PONDER PORTER HEIGHTS RHOME

SAINT JO SALADO SLIDELL TURNERSVILLE WEST COLUMBIA ZABCIKVILLE

13.35 CENTURYLINK BUSINESS BUNDLE▲


ISSUED: July 29, 2015 EFFECTIVE: August 7, 2015 TX 15-11





13.15 UNLIMITED NATIONWIDE CALLING OR ESSENTIAL HOME PHONE WITH 30 MINUTES LONG DISTANCE [1]

13.15.1. Description

A. Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone with 30 Minutes Long Distance (hereafter referred to as Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD) is an optional enrollment plan that permits residence customers who subscribe to qualifying products and services to receive Local Exchange Service and additional features and services for a flat monthly rate.

B. Customers must subscribe to either the Unlimited Nationwide Calling or 30 Minutes Long Distance calling plan provided by CenturyLink Communications, LLC for each package provided at a customer location.

C. Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD includes a flat rate one-party residence line with Touch tone, flat rate Extended Area Service, unlimited expanded local calling (where available) and the following services and features:

Anonymous Call Rejection Call Forward Busy – Fixed Call Forward No Answer – Fixed Call Forward Remote Access (where available) Call Forwarding Call Waiting ID Caller ID with Name Enhanced Call Waiting (includes Cancel Call Waiting) Message Waiting Repeat Dialing Return Call Selective Call Acceptance Selective Call Forwarding Selective Call Rejection Selective Call Ring Three-Way Calling Voicemail [2]

[1] Effective February 18, 2019, Essential Home Phone With 30 Minutes Long Distance is grandfathered. Availability to current customers is limited to lines and features in service at existing locations.

[2] Deregulated service.

(C)

(T)

(N)

(N)

(T)

ISSUED: February 7, 2019 EFFECTIVE: February 18, 2019 TX 19-03





13.15 UNLIMITED NATIONWIDE CALLING OR ESSENTIAL HOME PHONE WITH 30 MINUTES LONG DISTANCE [1] (Cont’d)

13.15.2. Regulations

A. Components of Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD will be converted to ala carte rates for the remaining services if customers remove any of the qualifying services.

B. All terms and conditions specified elsewhere for the respective services/features requested as part of this plan shall apply.

C. Services selected as part of this plan can only be provided where technically available and compatible with other services the customer may choose to order.

D. Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD cannot be combined with any other discounts unless otherwise specified.

E. This plan is not available to customers who are or become toll restricted. Service Charges will not apply for those existing lines converted, in-place, to residence exchange service due to company-initiated toll restrictions. Such customers will not be permitted to re-enroll in this plan until such time as all associated unpaid balances are satisfactorily paid in full.

13.15.3. Rates and Charges

A. The monthly rate includes a flat rate one-party residence line which provides Touch tone, flat rate EAS and expanded local calling (where available), plus features and the following fees and surcharges: Interstate Subscriber Line Charge and Access Recovery Charge.

B. Service Charges will not apply for new and additional Unlimited Nationwide Calling Package lines, and moves of existing lines.

C. Service Charges do not apply when Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD replaces existing Local Exchange Service. The normally applicable Service Charges do apply when Customers request a change back to Local Exchange Service.


(C)

(N)

(N)






13.15 UNLIMITED NATIONWIDE CALLING OR ESSENTIAL HOME PHONE WITH 30 MINUTES LONG DISTANCE [1] (Cont’d)

13.15.3. Rates and Charges(Cont’d)

D. The Company retains the right, in its sole discretion, to change some or all of the network technology on which it delivers this service and the associated unlimited long distance service, including a change to Voice over Internet Protocol technology. If the Company’s network technology changes in such a way that this tariff will no longer apply to Unlimited Nationwide Calling or Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD, the following monthly rate will continue to apply, and the new service(s) or plan(s) will be governed by separate, commercial terms between the Company and the customer.

Unlimited Nationwide Calling Package or

Essential Home Phone w/ 30 Minutes LD Monthly Rate

Per package, per location $35.00 [2]


[2] Rate includes local services, features, fees and surcharges described in 13.15.3.A. preceding. Monthly rates for the Unlimited Nationwide Calling or 30 Minutes Long Distance calling plan provided by CenturyLink Communications, LLC and for optional deregulated High Speed Internet provided by the Company are not included in this rate; however, the monthly rates for all these services will appear as a single line item on the customer’s bill.

(C)

(T)

(N)

(N)

(T)




Original Sheet 71


13.37 BASIC BUNDLE WITH HSI

13.37.1. Description

A) Basic Bundle with HSI is an optional enrollment plan that permits residence customers who subscribe to qualifying products and services to receive Local Exchange Service and additional features and services for a flat monthly rate.

B) Basic Bundle with HSI customers must subscribe to CenturyLink’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps or greater High-Speed Internet (HSI) for each Basic Bundle with HSI. In locations where 1.5 Mbps is not available, customers may alternatively subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated 512 or 768 Kbps HSI.

C) Basic Bundle with HSI includes a flat rate one-party residence line with Touch tone, flat rate Extended Area Service, unlimited expanded local calling (where available) and the following services and features:

Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Service Option #2 (allows access to Toll Free Code numbers) - See Section 3

Billed Number Screening Non-published Number Service (optional) Caller ID with Name

13.37.2 Regulations

A) Components of the Basic Bundle with HSI will be converted to ala carte rates for the remaining services if customers remove any of the qualifying services.

B) All terms and conditions specified elsewhere for the respective services/features requested as part of this plan shall apply.

C) Services selected as part of this plan can only be provided where technically available and compatible with other services the customer may choose to order.

D) The Basic Bundle with HSI cannot be combined with any other discounts unless otherwise specified.

ISSUED: October 16, 2017 EFFECTIVE: October 27, 2017 TX 17-10(CT)



Original Sheet 72


13.37 BASIC BUNDLE WITH HSI

13.37.3. Rates and Charges

A) The monthly rate includes a flat rate one-party residence line which provides Touch tone and flat rate EAS and expanded local calling (where available), plus features and the following fees and surcharges: Interstate Subscriber Line Charge and Access Recovery Charge.

B) Service Charges will not apply for new and additional Basic Bundle with HSI lines, and moves of existing lines.

C) Service Charges do not apply when the Basic Bundle with HSI replaces existing Local Exchange Service. The normally applicable Service Charges do apply when Customers request a change from the Basic Bundle with HSI back to Local Exchange Service.

D) The Company retains the right, in its sole discretion, to change some or all of the network technology on which it delivers this service, including a change to Voice over Internet Protocol technology. If the Company’s network technology changes in such a way that this tariff will no longer apply to this Basic Bundle with HSI, the following monthly rate will continue to apply, and the new service(s) or plan(s) will be governed by separate, commercial terms between the Company and the customer.

Basic Bundle with HSI Monthly Rate

Per package, per location $32.00 [1]

[1] Rate includes local services, features, fees and surcharges described in 13.37.3.A) preceding. Monthly rates for deregulated High Speed Internet provided by the Company are not included in this rate; however, the rates for all these services will appear as a single line item on the customer’s bill.

ISSUED: October 16, 2017 EFFECTIVE: October 27, 2017 TX 17-10(CT)




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS

14.1 GENERAL

Pursuant to P.U.C. SUBST R. §26.227 the Company may offer special promotions of new or existing services or products for limited periods.

14.2 PROMOTIONS

A. During the period June 12, 2006 through December 31, 2007, the Company will waive all nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable for installation of a Solutions-Business Package.

B. During the period February 16, 2009 through September 30, 2010, business customers who subscribe to Business One Party, Key Trunk, and/or Private Branch Exchange Trunk (PBX) service may be eligible for waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To receive a waiver, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to one of the qualifying services, and commit to one year of service for the services described above. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service prior to meeting the one year commitment will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion. There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion provided that the customer meets the required commitment level with each subsequent order.

C. During the period January 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010, business customers who subscribe to Centrex Service II may be eligible for waiver of all nonrecurring installation and service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To receive a waiver, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to one of the qualifying services, and must commit to a minimum of a one year term. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion. There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion provided that the customer meets the required commitment level with each subsequent order.

D. During the period February 16, 2009 through September 30, 2010, business customers who subscribe to ISDN PRI, Enhanced Frame Relay, DigiLink, TransLink, and/or Lightlink service may be eligible for waiver of all nonrecurring installation and service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To receive a waiver, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to one of the qualifying services, and must commit to a minimum of a one year term. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion. There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion provided that the customer meets the required commitment level with each subsequent order.

E. During the period February 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, when a business customer subscribes to Connection Central Bundle under a one or two year commitment, the Company will waive all applicable service charges.

(C)

(C)

(C)





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS

14.2 PROMOTIONS (Continued)

F. Beginning February 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, new business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion when subscribing to Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle will receive a $75 bill credit when they also subscribe to High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment. The bill credit will appear on the third month’s bill.

G. During the period February 15, 2007 through June 15, 2007, new and existing business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a one-time bill credit when they subscribe to one or more of the following qualifying services: ISDN-PRI, Enhanced Frame Relay, ATM, Digilink, Translink, Lightlink, Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions, and Digital Trunking Service. To be eligible, customers must establish a new account or add to an existing account and order a qualifying service(s), with a resulting monthly spend of $300 or more. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services (excluding taxes, surcharges and other fees) contribute towards the monthly spend. The bill credit will be issued for the first month’s charges for each qualified service added to the customer’s account under this promotion.

There is no limit to the number of qualifying services that a customer can subscribe to under this promotion, nor is there a limit to the number of times a customer can order additional qualifying services and qualify for the bill credit during the promotional period.

The first month's service for which credit will be issued will count as the first month of service under the minimum service period or term commitment period. If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded; however, customers who discontinue service prior to the end of the minimum service or term commitment period are responsible for the termination liability charges normally applicable for that service.

The Company will also issue a bill credit for Key Trunks and Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Trunks when new customers who subscribe to one of the qualifying services listed above also subscribe to Key and/or PBX trunks on the same order, provided that the total monthly spend for all of the services ordered is at least $300 per month.

(C)

(C)




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS

II. PROMOTIONS (Continued)

H. During the period April 12, 2007 through December 31, 2007, new business customers may be eligible for a one-time bill credit when they subscribe to one or more of the following qualifying services: Business One Party, Key Trunk, Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Trunk, Centrex Service II, ISDN-PRI, PRI-Bundle, Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions, and Digital Trunking Service. To be eligible, customers must establish a new account and order a qualifying service(s) under a three year or more term commitment with a resulting monthly spend of $300 or more. Charges for all qualifying services (excluding taxes, surcharges and other fees) contribute towards the monthly spend. All nonrecurring installation and service connection charges normally applicable will also be waived under this promotion (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation).

The credit, as specified below, will be reflected on the customer’s bill in the next full month’s billing cycle.

Qualifying Services Monthly Charges Credit Amount

$300 - $350 $ 300 Over $350 - $400 $ 400 Over $400 - $450 $ 400 Over $450 - $500 $ 500 Over $500 - $550 $ 500 Over $550 - $600 $ 600 Over $600 - $650 $ 600 Over $650 - $700 $ 700 Over $700 - $750 $ 700 Over $750 - $800 $ 800 Over $800 - $850 $ 800 Over $850 - $900 $ 900 Over $900 - $950 $ 900 Over $950 - $1,000 $1,000




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


H. The credit, as specified below, will be reflected… (Continued)

Qualifying Services Monthly Charges (Cont’d) Credit Amount (Cont’d)

Over $1,000 - $1,050 $1,000 Over $1,050 - $1,100 $1,100 Over $1,100 - $1,150 $1,100 Over $1,150 - $1,200 $1,200 Over $1,200 - $1,250 $1,200 Over $1,250 - $1,300 $1,300 Over $1,300 - $1,350 $1,300 Over $1,350 - $1,400 $1,400 Over $1,400 - $1,450 $1,400 Over $1,450 - $1,500 $1,500 Over $1,500 - $1,550 $1,500 Over $1,550 - $1,600 $1,600 Over $1,600 - $1,650 $1,600 Over $1,650 - $1,700 $1,700 Over $1,700 - $1,750 $1,700 Over $1,750 - $1,800 $1,800 Over $1,800 - $1,850 $1,800 Over $1,850 - $1,900 $1,900 Over $1,900 - $1,950 $1,900 Over $1,950 - $2,000 $2,000 Over $2,000 $2,000

There is no limit to the number of qualifying services that a customer can subscribe to under this promotion.

The first full month's service for which credit will be issued will count as the first month of service under the term commitment period. If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded; however, customers who discontinue service prior to the end of the term commitment period are responsible for the termination liability charges, where applicable, for the service(s) that are prematurely disconnected.





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


I. During the period June 25, 2007 through December 31, 2008, business customers who are subscribed to Key Trunks, Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Trunks, ISDN-PRI, Enhanced Frame Relay Service, ATM Service, DigiLink, TransLink, LightLink, Digital Trunking Service, Centrex Service II, PRI Bundle, or Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solution will be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor. The customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they have received the offer must equal or exceed $50 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). The credits, as specified below, will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion:

Monthly Charges Credit Amount $50 - $ 99.99 $ 50 $100 - $ 199.99 $ 100 $200 - $ 299.99 $ 200 $300 - $ 399.99 $ 300 $400 - $ 499.99 $ 400 $500 - $ 599.99 $ 500 $600 - $ 699.99 $ 600 $700 - $ 799.99 $ 700 $800 - $ 899.99 $ 800 $900 - $1,000.00 $ 900

J. During the period June 25, 2007 through December 31, 2008, business customers who subscribe to Key Trunks, Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Trunks, ISDN-PRI, Enhanced Frame Relay Service, ATM Service, DigiLink, TransLink, LightLink, Digital Trunking Service, Centrex Service II, PRI Bundle, or Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solution will be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. The customer’s charges for the specific service(s) must equal or exceed $50 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). The credits, as specified below, may be up to this amount, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion:

Monthly Charges Credit Amount $50 - $ 99.99 $ 99.99 $100 - $ 199.99 $ 199.99 $200 - $ 299.99 $ 299.99 $300 - $ 399.99 $ 399.99 $400 - $ 499.99 $ 499.99 $500 - $ 599.99 $ 599.99 $600 - $ 699.99 $ 699.99 $700 - $ 799.99 $ 799.99 $800 - $ 899.99 $ 899.99 $900 - $1,000.00 $1,000.00

(C)

(C)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 14 dba Embarq Third Revised Sheet 6


SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


K. During the period June 25, 2007 through December 31, 2008, business customers who are subscribed to Local Exchange Business One Party Service, Solutions-Business Packages or Connection Central Bundle, may be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor. The customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they have received the offer must equal or exceed $50 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). The credits, as specified below, will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion.

Monthly Charges Credit Amount Over $50 - $150 $ 50.00 Over $150 $ 100.00

L. During the period June 25, 2007 through December 31, 2008, business customers who subscribe to Local Exchange Business One Party Service, Solutions-Business Packages or Connection Central Bundle, may be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. The customer’s charges for the specific service(s) must equal or exceed $50 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). The credits, as specified below, may be up to this amount, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion.

Monthly Charges Credit Amount $0 - $50 $ 50.00 Over $50 - $100 $ 100.00 Over $100 - $200 $ 200.00 Over $200 - $300 $ 300.00 Over $300 - $400 $ 400.00 Over $400 $ 500.00

M. During the period August 10, 2007 through November 7, 2007, residence customers who contact the Company or are contacted by the Company and who subscribe to Simple Solution plus Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited - Option 4, will receive a one-time credit of the monthly recurring charge for Simple Solution on their local phone bill. The credit will be on the customer's first month's billing. The customer's account must be in good standing to receive this offer.

N. During the period September 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet may be eligible for a waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle. To be eligible, customers must be contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion, and subscribe to Complete Business Bundle and High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment.

A waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle will apply from the date of installation through December 31, 2007. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

(C)

(C)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 14 dba Embarq Fourth Revised Sheet 7


SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


O. Beginning January 1, 2008, a bill message and/or insert will be sent quarterly to all business customers with 99 lines/trunks or fewer, notifying them of their eligibility for a $10 invoice credit when they contact the Company to discuss their service needs. Customers who contact the Company from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, and notify the Company representative that they are calling in response to the promotional offer will receive a $10 credit on their next invoice when they discuss their current services and service needs with the Company representatives to ensure they are subscribed to the most appropriate services for their business needs.

Customers who respond to this promotion and receive the $10 invoice credit will be eligible to participate in this promotional offer again six months after the first credit is issued, as long as the six-month period ends before December 31, 2008. To receive a second invoice credit, customers must contact the Company, notify the Company representative that they are responding to the promotional offer, and request an additional review of their services and business needs.

P. During the period January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle and (2) High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle or Connection Central Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

Q. During the period January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, when business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion subscribe to MultiLine Bundle or any Solutions-Business Package, the Company will waive all applicable service charges.

R. During the period January 14, 2008 through May 12, 2008, business customers may be eligible for a one-time or two-time waiver of monthly charges for Enhanced Frame Relay Service. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to Enhanced Frame Relay Service and the Company's non-regulated Dedicated IP service offering under a three-year or five-year term commitment.

When a customer adds non-regulated Dedicated IP service to a new location under a three-year or greater term plan, the Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for the first month after the service installation. When a customer adds non-regulated Dedicated IP service and non-regulated Managed Network Service Services to a new location under a five-year term plan, the Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for two months, with the waivers appearing on the customer’s first invoice after installation and the last invoice issued under the term plan.

(C)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 14 dba Embarq Third Revised Sheet 8


SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


S. During the period January 14, 2008 through May 12, 2008, existing business customers who currently subscribe to the Company’s non-regulated Dedicated IP service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of monthly charges for Enhanced Frame Relay Service.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must upgrade their existing Enhanced Frame Relay Service to a higher speed under a new term commitment with the same number of months or more than remain on the existing term commitment. The Company will waive the monthly recurring charges for the Frame Relay Access Line and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) for one month, with the waiver appearing on the customer’s first invoice after the upgrade. The customer is only eligible for this promotion once for the same Frame Relay Access Line.

T. Beginning June 1, 2008 and ending December 31, 2008, a direct mailing will be sent to all business customers with 99 lines/trunks or fewer, notifying them of their eligibility for a $10 anniversary invoice credit. The notice will be mailed immediately prior to the anniversary of the date on which the customer established service with the Company. A bill message reminder of this offer will also appear on the customer’s invoice during the customer’s anniversary month.

Customers who respond to this offer within 90 days after receiving the direct mailing will receive a $10 invoice credit. The credit will appear on the customer’s bill within two billing cycles after contacting the Company. When customers respond to this offer, the Company will also discuss the customers’ service needs and their satisfaction with the Company.

For customers with multiple accounts, only one $10 invoice credit is available, with such tied to the customer’s oldest account.

U. During the period of November 5, 2008 through February 2, 2009 new Residential Customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this offer and who establish an account and subscribe to any Solutions Package and High Speed Internet from the Company will receive an invoice credit for up to $25.00 each on their first and second bills. In addition, customers will receive a monthly credit of $10 on their third through twelfth month's bill.

New Residential Customers who establish an account and subscribe to any Solutions Package and High Speed Internet plus DISH Service from the Company will receive an invoice credit for up to $50.00 each on their first and second bills. In addition, customers will receive a monthly credit of $20 on their third through twelfth month's bill.

The credits will be up to the amount specified, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees).

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any past due bills for regulated services owed to the Company. This promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service.

If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded; however, customers who discontinue service prior to the end of the minimum service or term commitment period are responsible for the termination liability charges normally applicable for that service.

(C)





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


V. This Market Trial Promotion will be offered from November 6, 2008 through February 3, 2009. This promotion will be offered to randomly selected Residential Customers who have had service with the Company for 60 days or less, have a first month bill of $75.00 or more, and have subscribed to any Solutions Package and/or High Speed Internet and/or DISH Service. The Company will contact these customers and inform them they will receive an invoice credit for up to $25.00 each on their first and second bills.

The credits will be up to the amount specified, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees).

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any past due bills for regulated services owed to the Company. This promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

Customers who meet the qualifications for this promotion and are not contacted by the Company will be awarded the promotion benefit upon request.

W. During the period of November 17, 2008 through February 14, 2009, new Residential Customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this offer and who establish an account and subscribe to any Solutions Package and High Speed Internet, from the Company under a one-year commitment, will receive a credit up to $39.90 for the 2nd, 3rd and 4th months of their one-year commitment. New Residential Customers, who establish an account and subscribe to any Solutions Package and High Speed Internet, from the Company under a two-year commitment, will receive a credit up to $39.90 for the 2nd through 7th months of their two-year commitment.

The credits may be up to the amount specified, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). This promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service.

If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded; however, customers who discontinue service prior to the end of the minimum service or term commitment period are responsible for the termination liability charges normally applicable for that service.


(N)

(N)





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


X. Beginning January 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2009, a direct mailing will be sent to all business customers with 99 lines/trunks or fewer, notifying them of their eligibility for a $10 invoice credit. The notice will be mailed immediately after the anniversary of the date on which the customer established service with the Company.

Customers who respond to this offer within 90 days after receiving the direct mailing will receive a $10 invoice credit. The credit will appear on the customer’s bill within two billing cycles after contacting the Company. When customers respond to this offer, the Company representative will review the customer’s account and offer to discuss the customer’s services and service needs, as well as the customer’s overall satisfaction to ensure the customer is subscribed to the most appropriate services for their business needs.


Y During the period September 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, existing business customers may be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. To be eligible, the customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they have received the offer must equal or exceed $25 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and the customer must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credits. The credits, as specified below, may be up to this amount, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion. Customers who discontinue service(s) for which the credits were issued prior to one year after issuance of the credits will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

Monthly Charges Credit Amount (up to) $25.00 - $ 50.00 $ 50 $50.01 - $100.00 $ 100 $100.01 - $250.00 $ 250 $250.01 - $500.00 $ 500 $500.01 - $750.00 $ 750 Over $750 $1,000

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of any other currently available promotion.

(C)

(C)

(C) (C)

(C)

(C)

(C) (C)

ISSUED: August 21, 2009 EFFECTIVE: September 1, 2009




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Z. During the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or Complete Business Bundle may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) Complete Business Bundle under a two-year term commitment and (2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

AA. During the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or MultiLine Bundle may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) MultiLine Bundle under a two-year or three year term commitment; (2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year term commitment; and 3) one of the following Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plans: a) Business AnyTime (per account/location), b) Small Business Unlimited Solutions II (per line), or c) Block of Time for MultiLine Bundle (per account/location).

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver applies to all qualifying MultiLine Bundles ordered.

AB. During the period October 3, 2009 through December 31, 2009, business customers who order any Solutions - Business Package, MultiLine Bundle, or Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II may be eligible for the waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must add any Solutions Business Package, MultiLine Bundle, or Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II as a new line to their account.

There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion during the promotional period.

ISSUED: September 23, 2009 EFFECTIVE: October 3, 2009


Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 14 dba Embarq Fourth Revised Sheet 12


SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AC. During the period January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009, new and existing business customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a one-time bill credit when they subscribe to ISDN-PRI and/or PRI-Bundle. To be eligible, customers must order a qualifying service(s) under a new two year or greater term commitment with a resulting monthly spend of $300 or more. Charges for all qualifying services (excluding taxes, surcharges and other fees) contribute towards the monthly spend. All nonrecurring installation and service charges normally applicable will also be waived under this promotion (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation).

The credits will range from $300 to $2,000, but will not exceed the customer’s monthly charges (excluding taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and will be reflected on the customer’s bill in the next full month’s billing cycle.

There is no limit to the number of qualifying services that a customer can subscribe to under this promotion.

The first full month's service for which credit will be issued will count as the first month of service under the term commitment period. If a customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded; however, customers who discontinue service prior to the end of the term commitment period are responsible for the termination liability charges for the service(s) that are prematurely disconnected.

AD. During the period April 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009, business customers who receive their monthly invoices in paper format may be eligible for a one-time $10 credit. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must agree to begin receiving their monthly invoices electronically. The $10 credit is limited to one credit per customer account, and will be reflected on the customer’s invoice for the next full month’s billing cycle.

Customers who agree to convert to electronic billing under this promotion will no longer receive copies of their invoices in paper format. This credit will not be rescinded for customers who subsequently request to convert from electronic to paper invoices.

AE. From July 23, 2009 through October 23, 2009, residence customers may be eligible for a $10 credit on their bill for up to three months. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to residence one party service.

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any past due bills for regulated services owed to the Company. This promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.


(C)





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AF. During the period April 20, 2009 through August 20, 2009, residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company may be eligible to receive Caller ID with Name and/or Enhanced Call Waiting at no charge for six months. To be eligible, customers who are not already subscribed to the Caller ID with Name feature and/or the Enhanced Call Waiting feature must subscribe to one or both features. In the fifth month, the Company will contact the customer to inquire as to whether they wish to continue to receive the features at the current tariffed rate at the end of the six month period. If the customer elects not to continue, the features will be removed from the customer’s account after the six month period.

Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any past due bills for services owed to the Company. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

AG During the period September 1, 2009 through May 31, 2011, existing business customers may be eligible for one bill credit when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company.

To be eligible, the customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they have received the offer must equal or exceed $25 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and the customer must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credit. The credit will be reflected on the customer’s bill for the first month bill following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion. The bill credit will be equal to the monthly charges for the services that were retained after the customer notified the company of the competitive offer or made a disconnect request (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees), not to exceed $500 per bill credit. A customer with multiple locations is eligible for this promotion at each location for which disconnection is requested, either all at the same time or separately, with the further caveat that the maximum credit available under this offer is $500 per customer, regardless of the number of service locations, accounts or billing telephone numbers the customer has in service. Customers who discontinue service(s) for which the credit was issued prior to one year after issuance of the credit will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.


AH During the period September 1, 2009 through May 31, 2011, existing business customers will be eligible to receive two bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. To be eligible, the customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they have received the offer must equal or exceed $25 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees). The credits will be equal to 50% of the monthly charges for the services that were retained after the customer notified the company of the competitive offer or made a disconnect request (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees), not to exceed $250 per bill credit. The credits will be reflected on the customer’s first and third month bills following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion. A customer with multiple locations is eligible for this promotion at each location for which disconnection is requested, either all at the same time or separately, with the further caveat that the maximum credit available under this offer is $500 per customer, regardless of the number of service locations, accounts or billing telephone numbers the customer has in service.


(C)

(C)

ISSUED: January 17, 2011 EFFECTIVE: February 1, 2011




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AI. During the period October 3, 2009 through December 31, 2009, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to (1) Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II under a one, two, or three-year term commitment and (2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a one, two, or three year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Solutions II – Business Complete Business Bundle II will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

AM. From October 19, 2009 through December 31, 2011, residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a $10 bill credit for twelve consecutive months. Eligible customers must not have had service disconnected for non-payment and must not have any outstanding balance owed to the Company. To be eligible, customers who are not currently subscribed to a Solutions Residence Package must subscribe to either Progressive Plan or Follow-Me Plan and must agree to retain the service for a minimum of twelve months. The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first invoice issued following installation of the service.

If a customer discontinues the service prior to the end of the twelve month period, no additional credits will be applied.

(C)




Original Sheet 15

SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AN. During the period January 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010, business customers may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Solutions - Business Package, Complete Business Bundle or Solutions II - Business Package, Complete Business Bundle II. To be eligible, customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet, Complete Business Bundle, or Complete Business Bundle II who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to:

(1) Complete Business Bundle with High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year or three term commitment; or

(2) Complete Business Bundle II with High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year or three year term commitment.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Complete Business Bundle or Complete Business Bundle II will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

AO. During the period January 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010, business customers may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s High-speed Internet or MultiLine Bundle who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to all of the following services:

(1) MultiLine Bundle under a two-year or three year term commitment;

(2) High-speed Internet (1.5 Mbps or greater) under a two year term commitment; and

(3) one of the following Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plans: (a) Business AnyTime (per account/location); (b) Small Business Unlimited Solutions II, per line; or (c) Block of Time for MultiLine Bundle, per account/location.

The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for MultiLine Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver applies to all qualifying MultiLine Bundles ordered. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

AP. During the period January 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010, business customers may be eligible for the waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable for any Solutions II Business Package or MultiLine Bundle. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must add any Solutions II Business Package or MultiLine Bundle as a new line to their account.

There is no limit to the number of times a customer can receive this promotion during the promotional period. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AQ. During the period March 1, 2010 through May 31, 2011, existing business customers may be eligible for two bill credits when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and instead agree to retain their service(s) with the Company. To be eligible, the customer's charges for the specific service(s) for which they were requesting disconnection must equal or exceed $25 (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) and the customer must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credits.

The customer will receive a bill credit on the first and third month’s bills following the customer’s acceptance of these promotion terms. The bill credits for the retained services will be equal to the monthly charges for the services that were retained after the disconnect request (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees), not to exceed $1,000 per bill credit.

A customer with multiple locations is eligible for this promotion at each location for which disconnection is requested, either all at the same time or separately, with the further caveat that the maximum credit available under this offer is $2,000 per customer, regardless of the number of service locations, accounts or billing telephone numbers the customer has in service.

Customers who discontinue service(s) for which the credits were issued prior to one year after issuance of the credits will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.

This promotion may not be combined with any additional new promotions at the time the customer calls to disconnect service.

(C)





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AR. During the period April 15, 2010 through December 31, 2011, existing residence customers may be eligible for a $5 bill credit for 12 months when they contact the Company to disconnect access line service and agree to retain service with the Company. To be eligible, the customer must agree to subscribe to Solutions – Residence Package Essential Home Phone Plan.

The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for 11 consecutive months thereafter. If a customer discontinues Essential Home Phone Plan prior to the end of the 12 month period, no additional credits will be applied.

This promotion may not be combined with any other promotion.

AS. During the period January 9, 2017 through June 30, 2019, existing residence customers may be eligible for a $5 bill credit for six months when they contact the Company to disconnect access line service and agree to retain service with the Company. To be eligible, a customer’s account must have and maintain a B, C, or D Credit Class rating with the Company and the customer must agree to retain flat rated one-party access line service with the Company.

The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for five consecutive months thereafter. If a customer discontinues service being promoted prior to the end of the six month period, no additional credits will be applied.

In no event will the application of this discount be used in conjunction with any other credits to take the customer’s billed amount below zero. (16-PC01)

AT. During the period April 15, 2010 through December 31, 2011, new residence customers who order Solutions – Residence Package Progressive Plan, Follow Me Plan, or Essential Home Phone Plan may be eligible for the waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must agree to establish a new account with the Company that includes (1) Progressive Plan, Follow Me Plan, or Essential Home Phone Plan; (2) Embarq Communication, Inc. long distance plan Solutions Unlimited – Option 4; and (3) the Company’s High-speed internet (at any data speed).

AU. During the period April 15, 2010 through September 30, 2010, the Company will waive all service charges (excluding charges applicable or inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable when business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion order any Solutions or Solutions II Business Package and/or MultiLine Bundle as a new line to their account. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period.

(C)

ISSUED: December 18, 2018 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2019 TX 18-06(CT)




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AV. From May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, a direct mailing will be sent to all business customers with nine lines/trunks or fewer, notifying them of their eligibility for a $10 invoice credit. The notice will be mailed immediately after the anniversary of the date on which the customer established service with the Company.

Customers who respond to this offer within 90 days after receiving the direct mailing will receive a $10 invoice credit. The credit will appear on the customer’s bill within two billing cycles after contacting the Company. When customers respond to this offer, the Company representative will review the customer’s account and offer to discuss the customer’s services and service needs, as well as the customer’s overall satisfaction to ensure the customer is subscribed to the most appropriate services for their business needs.


AW. From January 9, 2017 through June 30, 2019, when new residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion establish a new account that includes an access line, the Company will waive the service charges that are otherwise applicable (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) when the customer agrees to retain service for 12 months. This waiver will only apply to the primary access line. The benefits awarded under this promotion will not be rescinded if the customer disconnects the qualifying service prior to the 12-month commitment period. (16-PC02)

AX. From June 3, 2010 through January 31, 2011, existing business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a credit of the monthly recurring charges for Business One Party Service. To be eligible, customers who have existing Business One Party Service must install an additional Business One Party line and must agree to retain their service for a minimum of six months. Customers will receive three bill credits equal to the monthly recurring charge for that service. Credits will be issued for only one line when multiple lines are installed under the same order. The bill credits will be reflected on the first, second and third months following installation of the service.

Key Trunks, PBX Trunks and lines in rotary are not eligible for this promotion. Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within six months of installation will be assessed all charges originally credited under the promotion. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period. This promotion may not be combined with any other promotional benefits.

(C)

ISSUED: December 18, 2018 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2019 TX 18-06 (CT)



Cancels 23rd Revised Sheet 19

SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


AY. During the period January 9, 2017 through June 10, 2017, a 30-day satisfaction guarantee is available to residence customers who order Solutions – Residence Package, Pure Bundle with High-Speed Internet (HSI) at speeds up to and including 10 Mbps. Under this satisfaction guarantee, customers who disconnect these services within thirty days after installation will receive a credit for the monthly recurring charges that were billed through the date of disconnection when at the time of the requested disconnection they inform the Company of their subscription under this guarantee and cite their dissatisfaction with the services as the reason for the requested disconnection. When the expiration of the 30-day period falls on a weekend or legal holiday, the customer must request disconnection no later than the first business day following the weekend or legal holiday to be eligible for a credit. (16-PC03)

AZ. During the period October 15, 2010 through January 31, 2019, business customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a discount on the nonrecurring charges that are applicable for installation of a new business line or trunk. To be eligible, customers must subscribe to High Speed (HSI) Internet concurrent with installation of a new line(s) or trunk(s). Packaged services (bundles) that include a business line or trunk are eligible for this promotion. Customers will receive a discount of up to $80 per business line or trunk installed for each location at which HSI is installed under the same order. There is no limit on the number of times a customer may place orders for new lines or trunks and receive this promotional benefit during the promotional period. The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions that waive nonrecurring charges. (14-PB03)

Aa. During the period December 1, 2010 through March 31, 2011, existing business customers may be eligible for consecutive bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company.

To be eligible, the customer must be subscribed to any business local exchange service and must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credit. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any local exchange service will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for six months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten lines during the promotional period.

Eligible customers who are subscribed to any bundled service will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for six months when they agree to retain their bundled service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten bundles during the promotional period.

The credits will begin appearing on customer bills the first month bill following the customer’s acceptance of this promotion. The benefits awarded under this promotion may be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions.

If the customer discontinues service(s) prior to the twelve or twenty-four month commitment period, the credits issued under this promotion will be rescinded and charges for the credit amounts will be reflected on the customer's final bill. Customers are also liable for 50% of the remaining monthly recurring charges for the service(s) disconnected.

(C)

ISSUED: January 19, 2018 EFFECTIVE: February 1, 2018 TX 18-01(CT)



Original Sheet 20

SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Ab. From February 9, 2011 through December 31, 2011, business customers with 99 lines/trunks or fewer who are not currently subscribed to the Company's High Speed Internet Service and have retained local regulated service with the Company for one year or for two years are eligible for a one-time invoice credit of up to $10. Eligible customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company to request this promotion, will receive the invoice credit when they respond to this promotion during their service anniversary month (the month during which service was initially established and retained without a break in service) and discuss their account with a Company representative. The representative will review the customer's account and offer to discuss the customer's services and service needs, as well as the customer’s overall satisfaction to ensure the customer is subscribed to the most appropriate services for their business needs.

Business customers who have retained service for three years, four years, or five years, are eligible to receive an upgrade to 1.544 Mbps High Speed Internet at no additional charge for three months, when they respond to the promotion during their service anniversary month. If 1.544 Mbps High Speed Internet is not available, customers with three years of continued service will receive a one-time invoice credit of up to $25, and customers with four or five years of continued service will receive a one-time invoice credit of up to $30.

Customers with six years or longer of continued service with the Company will receive a one-time invoice credit of up to $35 when they respond to this promotion during their service anniversary month.

The actual amounts of the invoice credits issued will be the sum of the customer’s monthly recurring charges (excluding long distance, taxes, surcharges, and other fees) or the credit amounts stated herein, whichever is less.




Original Sheet 21

SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Ac. From February 9, 2011 through December 31, 2011, business customers who have retained local service with the Company without a break in service for at least three years up to five years, and who currently subscribe to Pure Bundle and the Company’s High-speed Internet (HSI), are eligible to receive an invoice credit equal to the monthly recurring charges for Pure Bundle.

Eligible customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company to request this promotion, will receive the invoice credit when they respond to this promotion during their service anniversary month (the month during which they established local exchange service and retained their account with the Company without a break in service) to discuss their account with a Company representative. The representative will review the customer's account and offer to discuss the customer's services and service needs, as well as the customer’s overall satisfaction to ensure the customer is subscribed to the most appropriate services for their business needs.

Customers with three years of uninterrupted service will receive a one-time invoice credit for their Pure Bundle. Customers with four years or five years of continued service will receive two consecutive invoice credits, with each credit equal to the monthly recurring charges for Pure Bundle. The credit does not apply to taxes, surcharges, and other fees.

For customers with multiple service locations, the credit is available in conjunction with the service anniversary date associated with the oldest account for services at a given customer location. A single credit per location is allowed. The invoice credit will be applied to the customer's invoice within two billing cycles after the date on which customers discuss their account with a Company representative.

This promotion is not available in conjunction with any other promotional offer.





SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Ad. During the period January 9, 2017 through June 30, 2019, existing Simple Choice Unlimited customers may be eligible for a $10 bill credit for 12 months when they contact the Company to disconnect service and agree to retain service with the Company. To be eligible, the customer must agree to retain the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle and Embarq Communication, Inc.’s Simple Choice Unlimited Long Distance plan for a minimum of 12 months. The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for 11 consecutive months thereafter. If a customer discontinues the Company’s Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle and Embarq Communication, Inc.’s Simple Choice Unlimited Long Distance plan prior to the end of the 12 month period, no additional credits will be applied. In no event will the application of this discount be used in conjunction with any other credits to take the customer’s billed amount below zero. (16-PC04)

Ae. During the period July 21, 2011 through December 31, 2014, new residence customers who order Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle may be eligible for the waiver of all service charges (excluding inside wire, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must agree to establish a new account with the Company that includes (1) Simple Choice Unlimited Bundle; and (2) the Company’s High-speed internet (at any data speed).

Af. During the period October 19, 2012 through January 31, 2019, new business customers who subscribe to Unlimited Business Assist Advantage Plan may be eligible for a waiver of the nonrecurring charges otherwise applicable for installation of that service and a credit(s) of the monthly recurring charges. To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must not have had service disconnected with the Company for non-payment in the past, must not have any past due bills for services owed to the Company, and must have a satisfactory credit rating.

Nonrecurring charges otherwise applicable for installation of a new service will be waived when eligible customers subscribe to Unlimited Business Assist Advantage Plan under a one, two or three year term commitment. Additionally, customers subscribing under a one-year term will receive a credit for their first month’s charge. Customers subscribing under a two-year term will receive a credit for the monthly recurring charge on their first and second months’ invoices, and three-year term customers will receive a credit for the monthly charges on their first, second and third months’ invoices. The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first invoice issued following installation of the service. Credit amounts will not be applied for taxes and surcharges or for other services to which the customer subscribes.

If a customer discontinues service prior to the end of required service period, credits issued under this promotion will be rescinded. This promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to an existing customer's service and may not be combined with any other promotions. (12-PB02)

(C)

ISSUED: December 18, 2018 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2019 TX 18-06 (CT)




SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Ag. During the period October 19, 2012 through April 28, 2014, business Core Connect customers may be eligible for a waiver of all nonrecurring charges (excluding charges applicable for inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable when they order additional Core Connect packages.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to an additional Core Connect package under a term discount plan. The additional line(s), up to a maximum of nine, may be at the same or different locations but must be billed under the same account. This promotional offer may not be combined with other discounts unless otherwise specified.

Ah. During the period April 29, 2014 through January 31, 2019, business Core Connect 2 and Core Connect 2 LITE customers may be eligible for a waiver of all nonrecurring charges (excluding charges applicable for inside wiring, construction, or CPE installation) that are otherwise applicable when they order additional Core Connect 2 or Core Connect 2 LITE packages.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to an additional Core Connect 2 or Core Connect 2 LITE package under a term discount plan. The additional line(s), up to a maximum of nine, may be at the same or different locations but must be billed under the same account. This promotional offer may not be combined with other discounts unless otherwise specified. (14-PB01)

Ai. During the period January 9, 2017 through June 10, 2017, new and existing residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion and subscribe to the Company’s Pure Bundle package and the Company’s non-regulated High-Speed Internet may be eligible for a $5 bill credit for 12 or 24 months.

To be eligible, the customer must agree to subscribe to the Company’s Pure Bundle and the Company’s non-regulated High-Speed Internet for either a 12 or 24 month term commitment. The customer must also agree to subscribe to one of the following qualifying services for either a 12 or 24 month term commitment: 1) a Company affiliated Verizon Wireless calling plan; 2) a Company affiliated DIRECTV programming package; 3) the Company’s non-regulated PRISM video service; and/or 4) the Company’s non-regulated home security Smart Home protection plan.

The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for the remainder of the term commitment thereafter. If a customer discontinues Pure Bundle, the Company’s High Speed Internet, or any of the four qualifying optional services prior to the end of the 12 or 24 month period, no additional credits will be applied.

In no event will the application of this discount be used in conjunction with any other credits to take the customer’s billed amount below zero. (15-PC01a)

(C)

ISSUED: January 19, 2018 EFFECTIVE: February 1, 2018 TX 18-01 (CT)



Cancels 3rd Revised Sheet 24

SPECIAL PROMOTIONS


Aj. During the period September 9, 2017 through December 31, 2018, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s local voice, long distance or high-speed internet service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for CenturyLink Business Bundle.

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to CenturyLink Business Bundle under a two-year term commitment. The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for CenturyLink Business Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions that waive or credit nonrecurring charges. (17-PB01)

Ak. From January 9, 2017 through June 10, 2017, new and existing residence customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and request this promotion may be eligible for a $5 bill credit for 12 months.

To be eligible, the customer must agree to subscribe to the Company’s Pure Bundle (a.k.a. Pure Broadband Bundle) and the Company’s non-regulated High-Speed Internet for a 12 month term commitment.

The initial bill credit will be reflected on the customer’s first or second invoice following the customer’s acceptance of this offer and will continue for the remainder of the term commitment thereafter. If a customer discontinues this service prior to the end of the 12 month period, no additional credits will be applied.

In no event will the application of this discount be used in conjunction with any other credits to take the customer’s billed amount below zero. Additionally, the benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions. (16-PC05)

Al. Beginning September 9, 2017 through December 31, 2018, business customers who are not currently subscribed to the Company’s local voice or high-speed internet service may be eligible for a one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Pure Bundle (a.k.a. Pure Broadband Bundle).

To be eligible, customers who are contacted by the Company or contact the Company and request this promotion must subscribe to Pure Bundle under a two-year term commitment. The one-time waiver of the monthly recurring charge for Pure Bundle will apply for the first full month’s service after the service is installed. This waiver only applies to the initial bundle ordered per location.

The benefits awarded under this promotion may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available promotions that waive or credit nonrecurring charges. (17-PB02)

(C)

(C)

ISSUED: December 21, 2017 EFFECTIVE: January 1, 2018 TX17-11 (CT)



CONNECTIONS WITH CERTAIN FACILITIES AND/OR EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS

15.1 GENERAL

15.1.1 Basis of Connection

A. Customer-provided equipment and facilities may be connected electrically, acoustically or inductively with the exchange and toll facilities of the Company, subject to the conditions and rates set forth in this schedule and as otherwise provided in these tariffs. The offering of connection with customer-provided equipment and facilities shall be contingent on the availability to the Company of applicable connecting arrangements. In all such cases, the customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems will be so constructed, maintained and operated as to work satisfactorily with the facilities of the Company.

B. Where a customer-provided communication system or terminal equipment is connected with the facilities of the Company, the Company shall provide all facilities incoming to and including the connecting interface. On the customer's side of the connection interface, all facilities shall be provided by the customer.

C. To assure functional compatibility of network control signals and central office equipment, all network control signaling shall be accomplished through a network control signaling unit to be provided by the Company if not included in the customer-provided equipment and facilities.

D. Other than the delivery of incoming signals from the lines of the Company to the network control signaling unit, the Company shall not provide electrical power to customer-provided equipment or facilities. Commercial electrical power for the operation of the network control signaling unit shall be provided by the customer.

E. Provision for the connection of customer-provided equipment and facilities with private line facilities of the Company is made in the applicable private line service section of this tariff and in this section when so referenced.






15.1.1 Basis of Connection (Continued)

F. A data set is required to condition signals generated by Company or customer-provided data or teletypewriter equipment to signals suitable for transmission on Company facilities, and to condition signals received from Company facilities for delivery to the data or teletypewriter equipment.

The magnitude and the character of the voltages and currents delivered to the data set from customer-provided equipment, and the operation and maintenance of such equipment, shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company.

Such equipment shall operate in such a manner as to avoid potential damage to Company plant, or injury to Company employees or customers because of the character or location of the customer-provided apparatus and of sources of power to which it is connected. Upon notice from the Company that the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.

15.1.2 Responsibility of the Company

A. The Company shall not be responsible for the installation, operation or maintenance of any customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems. Telecommunications service is not represented to be adapted to the use of customer-provided terminal equipment or systems. Where such systems are connected to Company facilities, the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for telecommunications service and to the maintenance and operation of such facilities. The Company shall not be responsible for the through transmission of signals generated by customer-provided equipment or systems, or for the quality of, or defects in the transmission or reception of such signals.

B. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or otherwise if changes in the criteria outlined herein or in any of the facilities, operations or procedures of the Company render any customer-provided equipment or communications systems obsolete, necessitate modification or alteration of such equipment or systems, or otherwise affect its use or performance.

C. The Company will not be responsible for any loss or damage, or for any impairment or failure of service arising from the use of facilities of customers if not caused solely by the negligence of the Company.







A. The customer shall be responsible for the installation, operation, maintenance and repair of any customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems. When the customer elects to provide the communications system, all station apparatus and associated channels or lines which are a part of the system and which are located on the same customer's premise as the system must also be provided by the customer.

B. The operating characteristics of customer-provided equipment or facilities shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company, and shall conform to the network protection criteria set forth in this section. In addition, customer-provided equipment and facilities shall be operated within the limits of the following:

1. The safety of Company employees or the public cannot be endangered.

2. Operation of the equipment and facilities cannot damage, require change in, or alteration of, the equipment or other facilities of the Company.

3. Proper functioning of Company equipment or facilities cannot be interfered with.

4. The operation of the equipment and facilities cannot impair the operation of the Company's facilities or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company's services.

C. Upon notice from the Company that the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference. When immediate action is required to protect the Company's facilities from hazards caused by customer provided equipment, the Company may immediately take such action as is necessary without prior notice to the customer. As soon as possible after such action is taken, the Company will inform the customer of the nature of the hazard and the type of remedial action taken. Failure of the customer to remove the hazard or make remedial changes in the customer-provided equipment shall result in suspension of the customer's service until such time as the customer complies with the provisions of this tariff.

D. The customer shall be responsible for the payment of all charges for visits by the Company to the customer's premise where a service difficulty or trouble report results from the customer provided equipment.

E. The customer indemnifies and saves the Company harmless against claims for infringements of patents arising from combining with, or using in connection with facilities of the Company, apparatus or systems of the customer with facilities of the Company, apparatus or systems of the customer.






15.1.4 Connection at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations

Customer provided equipment and facilities which serve a location which the Company considers impractical to serve because of hazard or inaccessibility, may be used or connected with facilities of the Company for telecommunications service.

15.1.5 Network Protection Criteria

A. Direct Electrical Connection

1. To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of the signal at the Company's central office not exceed 12db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three second interval.

2. To ensure that this limit is not exceeded, the power of the signal applied by customer-provided equipment to the Company interface will be specified for each type of connecting arrangement, but in no case shall it exceed one milliwatt.

B. Acoustic or Inductive Connection

1. To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of the signal applied by customer-provided equipment at the output of the network's control signaling unit (i.e. at the input to the Company's line) does not exceed 9db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three second interval.

2. If requested by the customer, the Company will specify the signal power at the output of the network control signaling device which approximates l2db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three second interval at the Company's central office equipment. The signal power shall in no case exceed one milliwatt.






15.1.5 Network Protection Criteria (Continued)

C. Signal Limits

1. To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Company interface located on the customer's premise meet the following limits:

a. The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall be at least 18db below the power of the signal as specified in A.1 and B.1 above.

b. The power in the band from 4,000 Hertz to 10,000 Hertz shall not exceed 16db below one milliwatt.

c. The power in the band from 10,000 Hertz to 25,000 Hertz shall not exceed 24db below one milliwatt.

d. The power in the band above 25,000 Hertz to 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 36db below one milliwatt.

e. The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 50db below one milliwatt.

2. To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or interference with network control signaling, it is necessary that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Company interface located on the customer's premises at no time have energy solely in the 2,45O to 2,75O Hertz band.

If signal power is in the 2,450 to 2,750 Hertz band, it must not exceed the power present at the same time in the 800 to 2,450 Hertz band.

15.1.6 Violation of the Rules and Regulations for Customer-Provided Equipment or Systems

Where any customer-provided equipment or facilities are used with telecommunications service in violation of any of the provisions in this tariff, the Company will take such immediate action as necessary for the protection of the network and will promptly notify the customer of the violation. If the initial notification is verbal and the violation continues, the customer may be notified in writing of the violation. The customer shall discontinue such use of the equipment or facilities or correct the violation, and shall confirm in writing to the Company within 10 days following notice that such use has ceased or that the violation has been corrected. Failure of the customer to discontinue use or to correct the violation and to give the required written confirmation to the Company within the time stated above shall result in termination of the customer's service until such time as the customer complies with the provision of this tariff.






15.1.7 Customer-Provided Registered or Grandfathered Terminal Equip-ment as covered In FCC Docket 19528

A. General

Connections of Customer-Provided Ancillary and Data Equipment

1. This tariff is filed on an experimental basis and may be revised, amended or discontinued at the Company's option, subject to Commission approval.

2. Customer-Provided Protective Circuitry or Terminal Equipment may be connected to facilities furnished by the Company for use with Local Exchange Telecommunications Service on the same terms and conditions as set forth in Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Ch.1, Pt. 68, as amended and interpreted from time to time by orders published in the Federal Register.

3. The use of customer-provided ancillary and data equipment shall not require change in, or alteration of the facilities of the Company.

4 The Company may make changes in its communications facilities, operations or procedures, where such action is not inconsistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

5. The customer shall notify the Company of his intention to connect registered or grandfathered ancillary and data equipment to Company facilities. Such notification shall include when applicable:

a. The FCC Registration Number

b. The Ringer Equivalency Number of the registered ancillary and data equipment

c. Sufficient identifying information such as the manufacturer's name, model and serial numbers to enable the Company to determine that grandfathered equipment is eligible for connection.

d. Other such information that may be required to assure the compatibility of the connected equipment and proper administration of applicable laws, rules and regulations.

A customer who fails to notify the Company of such connection or is otherwise in violation of applicable laws, rules and regulations will be subject to discontinuance of service.






15.1.7 Customer-Provided Registered or Grandfathered Terminal Equipment As Covered In FCC Docket 19528 (Continued)

A. General (Continued)

6. Registered or grandfathered customer-provided ancillary and data equipment shall be connected only by means of the proper interface termination (i.e. jack arrangement) provided by the Company.

7. Customer-provided ancillary and data equipment may not be directly connected to party-line service.

8. Upon experiencing trouble, the customer shall disconnect all customer-provided ancillary and data equipment from the line and analyze it for malfunction. If any such ancillary and data equipment is found defective, its use shall be immediately discontinued until correction is made.

9. In the event customer-provided ancillary and data equipment causes harm, the Company will, when practicable, notify the customer that discontinuance of service may be required, however, where prior notice is not practicable, the Company may discontinue service forthwith. Where prior notice of discontinuance of service is not practicable, the Company will:

a. Promptly notify the customer of such temporary discontinuance.

b. Afford the customer the opportunity to correct the situation which gave rise to the temporary discontinuance.

c. Inform the customer of his right to file a complaint with the Public Utility Commission or with the Federal Communications Commission pursuant to Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Ch. 1, Pt. 68, or both.

(As used in this paragraph the term "harm" means electrical hazards to Company personnel, malfunction to Company billing equipment, and degradation of service to persons other than the user as calling or called party.)

10. If trouble is detected by or reported to the Company and results in the Company dispatching one of its employees to the customer's premise and the trouble is determined not to be caused by Company equipment or facilities, the customer will be so notified and will be liable for the maintenance visit charge as set forth in this tariff.






15.1.7 Customer-Provided Registered or Grandfathered Terminal Equipment As Covered in FCC Docket 19528 (Continued)

B. Liability

1. Since the customer has exclusive control of his communications over the facilities furnished him by the Company, and of the other uses for which facilities may be furnished him by the Company, and since errors incident to the services and to the use of such facilities of the Company are furnished subject to the terms, conditions and limitations specified in 1., 2., or 3. following.

2. The liability of the Company for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failures or defects in facilities furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing service or other facilities and not caused by (1) the negligence of the customer, or (2) the negligence of the Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation and to exercise reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the proportionate charge to the customer for the period of service during which such mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors, or defects in transmission, or failures or defects in facilities occur. Refer to Section 2 for rules concerning credit for service interruptions.

3. The customer indemnifies and saves the Company harmless against the claims, libel, slander or infringement of copyright from the material transmitted over its facilities; against claims for infringement of patents arising from combining with, or using in connection with, facilities of the Company, apparatus and systems of the customer; and against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer in connection with facilities provided by the Company.

4. The Company shall not be liable for damage arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission or other injury, including but not limited to injuries to persons or property from voltages or currents transmitted over the facilities of the Company, (1) caused by customer-provided equipment (except where a contributing cause is the malfunctioning of a Company-provided connecting arrangement), or (2) not prevented by customer-provided equipment but which would have been prevented had Company-provided equipment been used.






15.1.7 Customer-Provided Registered or Grandfathered Terminal Equipment As Covered in FCC Docket 19528 (Continued)

C. Rates and Charges (Continued)

1. When automatic answering and recording devices, data sets, data access arrangements and similar devices, which also can function as a standard telephone instrument, are provided by the customer, the credits in 1 above apply.

2. Service Charges are applicable as provided in Section 4 of this tariff covering the installation of jacks and wiring.

3. The customer is responsible for the payment of all other appropriate rates and charges as covered in this tariff.

15.2 CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

15.2.1 Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment

A. General

Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment which involve direct electrical connection to the facilities furnished by the Company may be used with such facilities for telecommunications service through either a data set or a data access arrangement. Use of such service is on a two-point basis.

B. Data Sets

1. Where the customer elects to use customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment with a data set, the data set shall perform the functions of:

a. Network control signaling.

b. Conditioning the data signals generated by the customer-provided equipment to signals suitable for transmission by means of Company facilities.

c. Conditioning signals transmitted by means of Company facilities to data signals suitable for reception by customer-provided equipment.





15.2 CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (Continued)

15.2.1 Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment (Continued)

C. Data Access Arrangement

Where the customer elects to use customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment through a data access arrangement, the customer shall furnish the equipment which performs the functions of data signal conditioning referred to in B. l b and c preceding.

To protect the Telecommunications network and its services furnished to the general public by the Company from harmful effects, the customer-provided data transmitting equipment must comply with the network protection criteria set forth in this section.

Customer provided terminal equipment or protective circuitry may be connected to the Telecommunications network in accordance with provisions of the Federal Communications Registration Program as are now in effect or may become effective.

15.2.2 Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment

A. General

Telecommunications service furnished by the Company is not represented as adapted to the recording of telephone conversations. However, customer-provided recording equipment may be used in connection with telecommunications service subject to the following conditions:

1. Recording of Two-Way Telephone Conversations

Connection of customer-provided voice recording equipment with facilities of the Company for the recording of two-way telephone conversations is permitted only through recorder connector equipment which contains a recorder tone device automatically producing a distinctive recorder tone that is repeated at intervals of approximately fifteen seconds when the recording equipment is in use. There are four exceptions to the automatic tone requirement.






15.2.2 Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment (Continued)


1. Recording of Two-Way Telephone Conversations (Continued)

a. The recorder tone is not necessary when the recording equipment is used by a Federal Communications Commission licensed broadcast station customer for the recording of two-way telephone conversations solely for broadcast over the air.

b. The recorder tone is not necessary when the recording equipment is used by the United States Secret Service of the Department of Treasury to record two-way telephone conversations which concern the safety and security of the person of the President of the United States, members of his immediate family, or the White House and its grounds. (Filed in compliance with an order of the Federal Communications Commission adopted January 22, 1976.)

c. The recorder tone is not necessary when the recording equipment is used by the United States Department of Defense to record two-way telephone conversations made at the Department of Defense Command Center of Emergency Communications transmitted over the Department of Defense private line system when connected to message toll, Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS) or local exchange service. (Filed in compliance with an order of the Federal Communications Commission adopted May 12, 1976.)

d. Recorder connector equipment without the automatic recorder tone device may be furnished to public fire and police departments for use on lines assigned exclusively for the receipt of local or intrastate fire and police calls, provided that the fire and police departments certify these conditions will be observed.

2. Basis of Connection

a. Connection of the customer-provided voice recording equipment may be made through portable recorder connector equipment.

b. The customer-provided voice recording equipment shall be arranged so that, at the will of the user, it can be physically connected to and disconnected from the facilities of the Company or be switched on and off.

c. The customer-provided voice recording equipment must comply with the network protection criteria set forth in this section.






15.2.2 Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment (Continued)


3. Recording of Incoming Messages Only

a. Direct electrical connection of customer-provided recording equipment with the facilities of the Company for the recording of incoming messages only shall be made as outlined in paragraph 15.2.2.a. A recorder tone is not required.

b. With some arrangements, a telephone set which can be used by an attendant to monitor the incoming call will be furnished by the Company. Such a telephone set will be equipped with a key which permits the attendant to converse with the calling party, but physically prevents the recording of such a two-way telephone conversation.

4. Transmission of Telephone Conversation Recordings and Incoming Messages

Transmission of a telephone conversation recording or an incoming message during the period of recording is permitted Provided that, in the interest of protecting the privacy of telephone service, the recording is made in accordance with paragraph (1) preceding.






15.2.3 U. S. Government Equipment for Disguising or Concealing Communications

A. General

Equipment of a department or agency of the Executive Branch of the U.S. Government used for the purpose of disguising or concealing the contents or meaning of communications may be connected to Company facilities, subject to the conditions stated below:

1. The head or authorized representative of the department or agency whose equipment is to be connected shall notify the Company in writing that such connection is necessary to safeguard official information which requires protection in the interests of national defense, or which, if disclosed to unauthorized persons, would be detrimental to the public interest.

2. The government equipment shall be so constructed, maintained and operated as to work satisfactorily with the facilities of the Company.

3. Connection shall be made by means of connecting equipment or arrangements furnished by the Company.

B. Rates and Charges

The rates and charges for connecting equipment or arrangements will be based on cost.

15.2.4 Individual Line Systems

15.2.5 Pocket Pagers - Privately Owned

A. General

Privately owned pocket pagers compatible with the Company's pocket paging service may be connected to the Company's pocket paging service via a pocket paging access line at the rates and charges outlined in this tariff, Section 17, paragraph 17.3.1, Pocket Paging Service.






15.2.6 Power, Pipe Line and Railroad Company Facilities

A. General

1. Facilities of an electric power company, an oil, oil products or natural gas pipe line company, or a railroad company provided primarily to communicate with points located along a right-of-way owned or controlled by such company (including the premises of such a company anywhere in the cities, towns, or villages along the right-of-way) may be connected with Company facilities subject to the provisions of this tariff. Such connections will be made by means of switching or connecting equipment furnished by the Company.

2. Facilities of the Company will be connected with customer-provided facilities for exchange or long distance message telecommunications service, subject to the following conditions:

a. In cases of emergency involving safety of life or property.

b. In cases of calls originated by railroad employees under circumstances indicating need for prompt action to secure or maintain the safety, continuity, or reliability of railroad service to the public.

c In cases of calls related to the movement of passengers, mail, property, or equipment by railroads.

d. In cases of calls for the repair, maintenance or construction of railroad right-of-way, structures, or equipment.

e. In cases where the customer's facilities serve locations where it is impracticable because of hazard or inaccessibility for the Company to furnish its facilities.

f. During an interim period in cases where replacement of customer facilities with facilities of the Company has been arranged.

3. Connection of a customer's telephone circuit as specified in 2 preceding may be established at either end of such circuit, but not both ends simultaneously.

4. Customer teletypewriter, data transmission, remote metering, supervisory control or miscellaneous signaling facilities will be connected to channel services furnished for such purposes to the same customer.






15.2.7 Power, Pipe Line and Railroad Company Facilities (Continued)


5. Facilities of the Company connected with facilities of the customer will not be used for communications of other than the customer, except for facilities furnished by the Company to other companies which:

a. Are operated with the customer as parts of an integrated electric power system, an oil, oil products, or natural gas pipe line system or a railroad system under direct or common ownership or control.

b. Own or operate an electric power system, a pipe line system or a railroad system jointly with the customer.

c. Own or operate an electric power system, a pipe line system or a railroad system interconnected with those of the customer.

Company facilities may be connected to the telecommunications network as in a, b or c above to form a through connection for communications of other companies including calls originated by employees of such companies.

B. Rates and charges

Connection will be provided at a monthly rate based on the cost of providing service.

15.2.8 Federal Aviation Agency and Air Common Carrier Facilities

A. General

Facilities provided by an Air Common Carrier, its authorized communications agency, or by the Federal Aviation Agency for communication with aircraft in flight may be connected to Company facilities for exchange and long distance message telecommunications service by means of a connecting arrangement in cases of emergency involving the safety of life or property.


Connection will be provided at a monthly rate based on the cost of establishing the service.

15.2.10 Miscellaneous Common Carrier Facilities

A. General

Facilities provided to miscellaneous common carriers for the provision of intrastate interexchange service are found in the Central Telephone Company of Texas Access Service Tariff.






15.3 MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE CHARGES (a.k.a. TROUBLE ISOLATION CHARGE)

15.3.1 General

A. A nonrecurring maintenance visit charge will apply for each repair visit to a customer's premises or the premises of any other customer where service difficulty or trouble results from the use of customer-provided equipment or facilities.

B. Customers with party-line service providing their own equipment shall be responsible for procuring the applicable ringer suitable to the number and frequency assigned. Therefore, if the Company should have to dispatch a repairman to the customer's premises and the problem is found to be an inappropriate customer-provided ringer, the customer will be liable for a maintenance of service charge.


Per Occurrence Business and Residence $85.00

(D)

(C) (C)(I)

(D) (D)

ISSUED: August 21, 2018 EFFECTIVE: September 1, 2018 TX 18-02



DATA SERVICE

16.1 GENERAL

16.1.1 Basis of Connection

A. Customer-provided data transmitting and receiving equipment and customer-provided teletypewriter equipment for the transmission and reception of data signals may also be connected to the facilities of the Company.

B. The magnitude and the character of the voltages and currents delivered to the data set from customer-provided equipment and the operation and maintenance of such equipment must not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company or with others. Such equipment must operate in a manner which avoids hazard or damage to Company plant or injury to Company employees or customers. Upon notice from the Company that the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes, as may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.

16.1.2 Responsibility of Telephone Company

The Company shall not be responsible to the customer for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays or errors or defects in transmission, except those caused by its failure to furnish facilities suitable for transmission of data signals or its failure to maintain and operate such facilities in a manner proper for such transmission. The liability of the Company for damage caused by its failure to furnish facilities suitable for transmission of data signals or its failure to maintain and operate such facilities in a manner proper for such transmission shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate charge to the customer for the period of service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay or error or defect in transmission occurs.

16.1.3 Obligation of Customer

The customer indemnifies the Company against and holds the Company harmless from any and all losses, claims, demands, causes or actions, damages, costs or liability, in law or its equity, of every kind of nature whatsoever (including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, losses, claims, demands, causes of action, damages, costs or liability of libel, slander, fraudulent or misleading advertising, invasion of the right of privacy, or infringement of copyright or patent) arising directly or indirectly from the material transmitted over its facilities or arising directly or indirectly from any act or omission of the customer or calling party while using or attempting to use facilities furnished by the Company or arising from combining with, or using in connection with, facilities of the Company, any equipment or systems of the customer.




DATA SERVICE

16.2 CONDITIONING

16.2.1 Type C-1 Conditioning provides assured transmission quality for frequency response between 1000 and 2400 Hz.


16.2.2 Rates and Charges for Type C-1 Conditioning

Two point not arranged for switching per station... ...C1COND 7899 $25.00 $17.00 -- --




POCKET PAGING SERVICE

17.1 GENERAL

17.1.1 Provision of Service

A. Pocket paging service is furnished through a land radio communications base station.

B. Service is available within the range of the base station providing the service.

C. The minimum service period is 60 days for pocket paging service from the day service is established.


A. The customer is required to complete the application for Pocket Paging Service as outlined in Section 2.

17.1.3 Cancellation of Service

A. Service may be cancelled by the customer at any time subject to the payment of all charges. If cancellation occurs within the minimum service period, full charges for that period apply.

B. Service may be cancelled by the Company according to the provisions of paragraph 2.3.10 of this tariff.

17.2 SERVICE AREAS

17.2.1 Pocket Paging Service Area

A. Pocket paging service is offered from the following base station.

Killeen, Texas - Frequency 152.84MHZ Central Telephone Company of Texas (See map on Sheet 9).

B. The range of the base station will vary with atmospheric conditions and other phenomena which affect wave propagation.






17.3.1 Pocket Paging Service

A. The following monthly rates and nonrecurring charges apply for pocket paging service.

Basic Tariff Termination Code I.N.C. Rate Charge Mos.

1. Service Access Line, per line PPSSACCLN 1136 $15.00 $4.80 -- --





CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF TEXAS POCKET PAGING SERVING AREA

POCKET PAGING SERVICE - KILLEEN





17.4 MISCELLANEOUS COMMON CARRIERS

17.4.1 Service Through Miscellaneous Common Carriers

A. General

Customers of a Miscellaneous Common Carrier with which the Company has contractual agreements may be interconnected with the telecommunications network of the Company.

The connecting circuits to the point of connection with the facilities of the Miscellaneous Common Carrier and the interconnection equipment for the termination of the connecting circuits will be provided by the Company.



Blocks of 100 telephone numbers in exchanges arranged to outpulse digits... RPMNUM ---- $65.00 ----- ---

Trunks Required Applicable DID Trunk Rate See Sec 3.




Cancels First Original Sheet 1

RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (T)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D) (D)






(D)

(D)

(D) (D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)





DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES

19.1 INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS

19.1.1 Description

A. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is an intraexchange digital service designed to provide for the integration of multiple voice channels over Custom Access Solutions as found in CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7.

B. Individual Voice Channels are segregated from the data channels using a Digital Access and Cross-connect System (DACS) located in the Telephone Companies’ central office. The DACS will route the voice traffic to the serving wire center switching equipment. Individual Voice Channels may be provisioned with ISDN-PRI functionality upon request.

C. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions are limited to a maximum of 20 Individual Voice Channels per 1.544 Mbps facility. Each channel is dedicated to the provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions. Channels not activated will not be used for purposes other than providing Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions.

D. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions must also order data channels at the same time from CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7, in one of the following combinations:

(1) A minimum of 12 Individual Voice Channels is required when provisioned with ISDN-PRI functionality and each configuration requires one D-channel. For example, when a customer subscribes to 12 Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, the customer is provided with 11 B-channels and one D-channel.

Frame Relay Service Individual

Voice Channels (1)

256 Kbps (4 Channels)






6 10 12 14 18 22 24 8 12 14 16 20 24 N/A 10 14 16 18 22 N/A N/A 12 16 18 20 24 N/A N/A 14 18 20 22 N/A N/A N/A 16 20 22 24 N/A N/A N/A 18 22 24 N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 24 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Shaded area reflects total channels utilized for each combination.

(T) (T)

(T) (T)






19.1 INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Continued)

19.1.1 Description (Continued)

E. Individual Voice Channels may be equipped with the following features, where available:

1. Incoming Call Identification (Caller ID) – Caller ID provides the customer with the telephone number of the calling party and is intended solely for the use of the Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions subscriber.

F. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality provides functionality equivalent to ISDN-PRI Service as described in Section 25 of this tariff. All standard features included with ISDN-PRI Service are standard for Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality. In addition, optional features available with ISDN-PRI Service are available with Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, with the exception of D-Channel Backup and Circular Hunt. Optional features are provided at the rates and charges specified in Section 25 of this tariff on a per 1.544 Mbps facility basis.

19.1.2 Definitions

A. Digital Access and Cross-connect System (DACS) – A digital switching device for routing and switching T-1 lines, and DS0 portions of lines, among multiple T-1 ports. The DACS performs all the functions of a normal “switch” except connections are typically setup in advance of the call, not together with the call.

B. Custom Access Solutions – Provides for the integration of multiple voice and data channels over the same 1.544 Mbps facility, as referenced in CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7.

19.1.3 General Regulations

A. The regulations and rates specified herein for Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions are in addition to the applicable regulations and rates in other tariffs and other sections of this tariff. Unless specified, the regulations for Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions apply in addition to the General Regulations set forth in Section 2 of this tariff.

B. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is provided subject to the availability of appropriate facilities as determined by the Company. Service inquiries will be necessary to determine availability.

C. Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) that is compatible with Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is the customer’s responsibility to provision.

(T) (T)







19.1.3 General Regulations (Continued)

D. The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions render any facilities provided by the customer obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance.

E. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is only available where facilities permit.

F. Customers may disconnect Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions, without penalty, should the total of the monthly recurring rates associated with Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions increase by 10% or more at any one time.

G. Custom Calling Features are available as specified in Section 13 of this tariff at the applicable tariffed recurring rates.

H. One Directory Listing will be provided per 1.544 Mbps facility. Additional Directory Listings are available as specified in Section 6 of this tariff.

19.1.4 Service Components

A. Individual Voice Channels - A monthly rate is applicable for each individual voice channels for Custom Access Solutions. Custom Access Solutions is found in CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7. Individual Voice Channels can be purchased in increments of 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 voice channels. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality can be purchased in increments of 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 voice channels.

B. All other service components apply as found in CenturyLink Operating Companies Interstate Service Guide, Section 8.7.

(T)

(T) (T)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 19 dba CenturyLink Fourth Revised Sheet 4 (T)





A. Individual Voice Channels receive the same local calling area as any other form of basic local exchange service.

B. Optional toll and optional extended local calling plans are available as specified in this tariff at the applicable tariffed recurring rates and usage charges.

C. All federal and state surcharges apply per Individual Voice Channel, including, but not limited to, 9-1-1 surcharges and Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) surcharges.

D. Federal monthly end user charges apply, as described in CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4. (e.g., End User Common Line (EUCL), Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge (PICC), Line Port Charge (LPC), Federal Universal Service Fund (USF)).

19.16 Rates and Charges

A. Individual Voice Channel without ISDN-PRI functionality Monthly Rate (per channel) $24.00

B. Individual Voice Channel with ISDN-PRI functionality (per channel) $25.00

(T) (T)





19.2DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE

19.2.1 General

A. Digital Trunking Service (DTS) is a digital intraexchange service furnished for use with PBX systems and appropriately equipped Key Systems.

B. DTS will be available on a digital basis at the network interface on a customer’s premises. The customer is required to provide the appropriate multiplexing equipment or interface needed to accommodate the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).

C. DTS provides twenty-four (24) digital channels within a single, channelized DS1/1.544 Mbps circuit available for voice-grade communications, where facilities are available.

D. To ensure satisfactory operation, the CPE provided by the customer must be compatible with the DTS channel facility provided by the Company.

E. The regulations for DTS specified herein apply in addition to the regulations set forth in other sections of this tariff.

F. The rates specified for DTS in 19.2.7 following contemplate the provision of a digital quality facility utilizing existing interoffice carrier equipment and/or exchange cable facilities compatible with this service. If equipment, new facilities or changes to existing facilities are required for the provision of this service, then charges as specified in Section 5, Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions, will apply in addition to the rates for DTS.

19.2.2 Regulations

A. Description of Service

1. DTS provides central office channels in any combination totaling twenty-four (24). This could include outward only, inward only, Direct Inward Dialing (DID), or Two-Way central office channels. DID channels are inbound only.

2. The individual channels carried via DTS facilities may be arranged in separate trunk groups with different pilot numbers, up to a maximum of one inbound, 2-way, or Direct Inward Dialing trunk group per DTS facility. Customers may direct up to five (5) pilot numbers to the same DTS facility. Customers requiring more numbers must subscribe to Direct Inward Dialing service and be charged for numbers accordingly.

3. DID numbers are provided at the rates specified in Section 11 of this tariff. The only charge for DID numbers is the charge applicable to DID number blocks. No other charge in Section 11 apply for DID numbers. Pilot numbers cannot be used as a substitute for DID numbers.





19.2 DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE (Continued)


A. Description of Service (Continued)

4. DTS is not offered in conjunction with the following services:

a. Basic Exchange Service (e.g., R1, B1, Key, PBX)

b. Feature Groups A, B, C, or D

c. Private Line Access Services and facilities, unless otherwise stated in this section

d. Foreign Exchange Service on individual channels

5. A Two-Way channel may not be used to terminate DID Service associated with DTS.

6. One directory listing will be provided with DTS. Additional Directory Listings are available as specified in Section 6 of this tariff.

7. If a customer requests DTS from an alternative serving central office other than that designated by the Company, then all charges applicable to Interoffice Channel Mileage as specified in Section 3 of the Intralata Services Tariff, Digital Link Services, for TransLink Service apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section. Emergency 911 calls placed over DTS Channels provisioned via a foreign central office serving this arrangement will be identified as the alternative serving central office and not the central office normally serving the customer’s location. The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages arising from the emergency calls placed from DTS Channels provisioned via an alternative serving central office.

8. When lines ordered as Outward WATS, Two-Way WATS, or 800 Service terminate on DTS, they will terminate as one of the twenty-four (24) available digital channels on a DTS facility. The rates and charges normally applicable to WATS and 800 Service will continue to apply when provided in conjunction with DTS.








9. A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment provided by the customer is required at a customer's or authorized user's premises to perform such functions as:

a. proper termination of the service

b. amplification

c. signal shaping

d. remote loop-back

B. Definitions

1. Channel Service Unit (CSU) – The term "Channel Service Unit (CSU)" denotes equipment provided by the customer to terminate a digital facility on the customer's premises.

2. DS1 - This denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded data bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It has a 1.544 Mbps transmission data rate, and provides for the two-way simultaneous transmission of isochronous times, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) bit stream format, except where intentional bipolar violations are introduced by Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS) format. Unframed signal formats are not permitted or compatible with Company equipment. The required format and interface specifications are contained in Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.

3. Nonrecurring Charge - A one-time charge for the initial installation, the installation of functions and features and service rearrangements.

4. Serving Wire Center - The local telephone central office assigned to subscribers in a predetermined geographic area.

C. Connections

1. Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to DTS when such connection is made in accordance with the provisions specified in (2), (3) and (4) following.





19.2DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE (Continued)


C. Connections (Continued)

2. Responsibility of the Company

a. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance of DTS to a network interface on the customer’s premises where provision is made for the connection of local service.

b. The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any terminal equipment or communications systems provided by the customer. DTS is not represented as adapted for the use of such equipment or system. Where such equipment or system is connected to Company facilities, the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for DTS and to the maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital service. The Company shall not be responsible for:

1) The through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system, or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or

2) The reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or

3) Damage to terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or authorized user due to testing.

c. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in any of the facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of DTS render any facilities or equipment provided by a customer obsolete, or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affects its use or performance.

d. The Company is responsible for maintaining and repairing the facilities it furnishes. The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.

e. The DTS Access Line as described following is designed to meet or exceed a performance objective of 99% error-free seconds of transmission per 1000 seconds on a daily basis and 99.9% availability on an annual basis when measured through the digital termination equipment.








2. Responsibility of the Company (Continued)

f. In order to maintain the quality of DTS, the Company reserves the right to perform preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has classified maintenance as follows:

1) Scheduled Maintenance

Scheduled maintenance is performed for functions such as hardware and software upgrades and network optimization. The Company will perform these tasks in a maintenance window that is anticipated to minimize disruption of customer service and activity. The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.

2) Demand Maintenance

Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is performed when DTS network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance, prior notification may not be possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been completed.

3. Responsibility of the Customer

a. The customer is responsible for installing and testing his customer premises equipment or facilities to insure that when they are connected to DTS such equipment or facilities are operating properly.

b. The operating characteristics of the customer premises equipment or facilities shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company. Such use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by a customer does not: endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; damage, require change in or alteration of the equipment or other facilities of the Company; interfere with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; impair the operation of the Company’s facilities or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company’s services. Upon notice that the equipment provided by a customer is causing or is likely to cause such hazard or interference, the customer shall take such steps as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.








3. Responsibility of the Customer (Continued)

c. The customer’s responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company as may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or changes may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his customer premises equipment.

4. Connection of Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems

a. The following provisions will apply:

1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and/or Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer to DTS.

2) The undertaking of the Company is to furnish DTS as ordered and specified by the customer except as specified in (d) following.

b. Connection of Channel Service Units

A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment must be provided by the customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility. This equipment must comply with the technical requirements outlined in Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

c. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge, as set forth in Section 15 of this tariff, for visits by the Company to the customer's premises where the service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of equipment or facilities provided by the customer.

d. The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment installed by the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e. For maintenance purposes, upon request of the Company, the customer will be responsible for notifying the Company of the type of digital terminating equipment used.







A. A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted rates for DTS. The minimum service period is twelve (12) months. DTS may be ordered under a TDP for fixed periods of 12 - 23 months, 24 - 35 months, 36 - 59 months, and 60 - 84 months. Month-to-month rates in this tariff may apply only after the expiration of a TDP. All rate elements within the same DTS facility must be ordered under the same commitment period and under the same service date. The customer must order the TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in one-month increments, (e.g. a 28-month commitment period or a 37-month commitment period).

B. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, Nonrecurring Charges do not apply toward facilities in-service at that time. If a customer converts from month-to-month rates to a TDP or upgrades from one TDP to another, Nonrecurring Charges and Service Charges do not apply.

C. At the end of the TDP the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in 19.2.7 following. If the customer does not select a new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.

D. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire DTS under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.

E. The customer can extend TDP commitment periods at any time during the term of the plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of remaining months in the original term plan will become part of the total term in the new term plan.

19.2.4 Termination Liability Charges

A. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of DTS prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP.

B. Customers may move DTS Access Lines and not be subject to Termination Liability Charges providing the terms of the TDP are maintained. If charges as specified in 19.2.1.F were applied to the service being terminated or moved, any termination or move charges associated with that construction apply, as well as any construction charges at the new location.






19.2.4 Termination Liability Charges (Continued)

C. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the following conditions:

1. The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and

2. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related together, and there is no lapse in service between the installation of the new service and the disconnection of the old service, and

3. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the same customer at the same location.

D. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next generation service offering.

E. Nonrecurring charges and Service Charges for the new service will apply according to the requirements of the new service.

19.2.5 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to DTS:

- DTS Access Line - DTS Interface - DTS Channels

A. DTS Access Line

The DTS Access Line rate category provides for the communications path between a customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the DTS Access Line is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any. The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One DTS Access Line charge applies per DTS facility. The charge applicable to the DTS Access Line is set forth in 19.2.7.A following.







19.2.5 Rate Categories (Continued)

B. DTS Interface

The DTS Interface rate category provides for the central office multiplexing to support twenty-four (24) channels at 56 Kbps with required signaling as necessary for trunking functionality. One DTS Interface charge applies per DS1 facility. The charges applicable to the DTS Interface are set forth in 19.2.7.B following.

C. DTS Channels

The DTS Channels rate category provides unlimited usage of a network channel that will allow digital transmission up to 56 Kbps. Twenty-four (24) DTS Channels are required per DTS Interface. The charge applicable to DTS Channels is set forth in 19.2.7.C following.


A. DTS is furnished between the normal Serving Wire Center and the customer’s premises. At a minimum, each DTS facility is comprised of one DTS Access Line, one DTS Interface, and twenty-four (24) DTS Channels.

B. A LightLink Channel Termination may be employed as a substitute for the DTS Access Line, provided that the Channel Termination meets the required technical standards necessary to support DTS. In such cases, there will be no charge for the DTS Access Line.

C. The DTS Interface is provided at the Serving Wire Center. One DTS Interface charge applies per DS1 facility.

D. When DTS is extended from an alternative central office, all charges applicable to TransLink Service Interoffice Channel Mileage apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section.

E. Twenty-four (24) DTS Channels apply per DTS Interface.

F. DTS Channels receive the same local calling area as any other form of basic local exchange service.

(D)

G. Optional toll and optional extended local calling plans are available and will be calculated on a per DTS Channel basis at the applicable recurring rates and usage charges as specified in this tariff. All 24 DTS Channels on a DTS Interface must be arranged under the same optional toll plan or optional extended local calling plan.

(T)

(T)







19.2.6 Application of Rates (Continued)

H. The Federal Subscriber Line Charge and the Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge (PICC) apply per DTS Channel, as well as other federal monthly end user charges as described in CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4 (e.g., Federal Universal Service Fund (USF).

(T) (T)

I. All federal, state, and local surcharges apply per DTS Channel, including, but not limited to, 9-1-1 surcharges and Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) surcharges.

J. Rates and charges specified in other sections of this tariff for services such as Custom Calling Service, ExpressTouch monthly rates for DTS on a per channel basis.

K. Rotary Hunt functionality at no additional charge is available with DTS. The functionality may be within the channels of a single DTS arrangement, between channels of multiple DTS arrangements, or between PBX trunks, Key System trunks, and channels within a DTS arrangement.







Nonrecurring Nonrecurring Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Charge Charge

Rate Initial Additional Rearrangement

A. DTS Access Line

Month to Month(1) $300.00 N/A N/A $150.00 12 - 23 Months $275.00 $200.00 $110.00 150.00 24 - 35 Months 250.00 110.00 110.00 150.00 36 - 59 Months 220.00 0.00 0.00 150.00 60 - 84 Months 200.00 0.00 0.00 150.00

B. DTS Interface

Month to Month(1) $290.00 N/A N/A $115.00 12 - 23 Months 204.00 $130.00 $130.00 115.00 24 - 35 Months 193.00 20.00 20.00 115.00 36 - 59 Months 177.00 0.00 0.00 115.00 60 - 84 Months 161.00 0.00 0.00 115.00

C. DTS Channels, each channel (24 required per DTS Interface)


D. Nonrecurring Charge

The Initial Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for the initial installation of a DTS Access Line, DTS Interface and DTS Channels to a given Serving Wire Center. The Additional Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for each additional DTS Access Line, DTS Interface and associated DTS Channels installed at the same location, the same time, under the same order, and with the same due date. The Rearrangement Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for any rearrangement of an existing DTS Access Line, DTS Interface, and DTS Channels.

E. Move Charges

A Move Charge applies for DTS Access Lines moved to a new location, even when moved on the same premises. The Move Charge is equal to the DTS Access Line Initial Nonrecurring Charge and applies in addition to the Primary Service Order Charge located in Section 4 of this tariff.

(1) Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.







F. Service Charges

A Primary Service Order Charge as set forth in Section 4 of this tariff is applicable per customer request. Nonrecurring Charges specified in this tariff section are in lieu of all other Service Charges.

19.3 ESP LINK

19.3.1 General

A. ESP Link is a digital intraexchange service is intended for Enhanced Service Providers (ESPs) for use with Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).

B. ESP Link will be available on a digital basis at the network interface on a customer’s premises. The customer is required to provide the appropriate multiplexing equipment or interface needed to accommodate the CPE provided by the customer.

C. ESP Link provides twenty-four (24) digital channels within a single, channelized DS1/1.544 Mbps circuit available for voice-grade communications, where facilities are available.

D. To ensure satisfactory operation, the CPE provided by the customer must be compatible with the ESP Link channel facility provided by the Company.

E. The regulations for ESP Link specified herein apply in addition to the regulations set forth in other sections of this tariff.

F. The rates specified for ESP Link in 19.3.7 following contemplate the provision of a digital quality facility utilizing existing interoffice carrier equipment and/or exchange cable facilities compatible with this service. If equipment, new facilities or changes to existing facilities are required for the provision of this service, then charges as specified in Section 5, Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions, apply in addition to the rates for ESP Link.

19.3.2 Regulations

A. Description of Service

1. ESP Link is furnished for the two-way transmission of digital signals at 1.544 Mbps between the serving wire center and the customer’s premises located within the same exchange. Calls from the public switched network are terminated to the ESP Link facility, but the ESP Link facility is prohibited from originating calls. The Company will provide out pulses as seizures only and will not provide digits. ESP Link may not be terminated to a Serving Wire Center for the purposes of switched connection to the local exchange and/or long distance (local toll) network.





19.3 ESP LINK (Continued)



2. One pilot number will be provided with each ESP Link Interface, if required. Each additional ESP Link Interface may have its own pilot number, or may receive overflow traffic from another ESP Link Interface.

3. ESP Link is not offered in conjunction with the following services:

a. Basic Exchange Service (e.g., R1, B1, Key, PBX)

b. Feature Groups A, B, C, or D

c. Private Line Access Services and facilities, unless otherwise stated in this section

d. Foreign Exchange Service on individual channels

4. DID Service is not allowed for use with ESP Link.

5. No directory listings will be provided with ESP Link.

6. If a customer requests ESP Link from an alternative serving central office other than that designated by the Company, then all charges applicable to Interoffice Channel Mileage charges as specified in Section 3 of the Intralata Services Tariff, Digital Link Services, for TransLink Service will apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section. ESP Link is an inbound service only, and cannot be used to place Emergency 911 calls.

7. A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment provided by the customer is required at a customer's or authorized user's premises to perform such functions as:

a. proper termination of the service

b. amplification

c. signal shaping

d. remote loop-back







B. Definitions

1. Channel Service Unit (CSU) – The term "Channel Service Unit (CSU)" denotes equipment provided by the customer to terminate a digital facility on the customer's premises.

2. DS1 - This denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded data bit rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It has a 1.544 Mbps transmission data rate, and provides for the two-way simultaneous transmission of isochronous times, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) bit stream format, except where intentional bipolar violations are introduced by Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS) format. Unframed signal formats are not permitted or compatible with Company equipment. The required format and interface specifications are contained in Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.

3. Nonrecurring Charge - A one-time charge for the initial installation, the installation of functions and features and service rearrangements.

4. Serving Wire Center - The local telephone central office assigned to subscribers in a predetermined geographic area.

C. Connections

1. Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to ESP Link when such connection is made in accordance with the provisions specified in (2), (3) and (4) following.

2. Responsibility of the Company

a. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance of ESP Link to a network interface on the customer’s premises where provision is made for the connection of local service.

:









b. The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any terminal equipment or communications systems provided by the customer. ESP Link is not represented as adapted for the use of such equipment or system. Where such equipment or system is connected to Company facilities, the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for ESP Link and to the maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital service. The Company shall not be responsible for

1) The through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system, or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or

2) The reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or

3) Damage to terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or authorized user due to testing.

c. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in any of the facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of ESP Link render any facilities or equipment provided by a customer obsolete, or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affects its use or performance.

d. The Company is responsible for maintaining and repairing the facilities it furnishes. The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.

e. The ESP Link Access Line as described following is designed to meet or exceed a performance objective of 99% error-free seconds of transmission per 1000 seconds on a daily basis and 99.9% availability on an annual basis when measured through the digital termination equipment.

f. In order to maintain the quality of ESP Link, the Company reserves the right to perform preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has classified maintenance as follows:









f. In order to maintain the...

1) Scheduled Maintenance

Scheduled maintenance is performed for functions such as hardware and software upgrades and network optimization. The Company will perform these tasks in a maintenance window that is anticipated to minimize disruption of customer service and activity. The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.

2) Demand Maintenance

Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is performed when ESP Link network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance, prior notification may not be possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been completed.

3. Responsibility of the Customer

a. The customer is responsible for installing and testing his customer premises equipment or facilities to insure that when they are connected to ESP Link such equipment or facilities are operating properly.

b. The operating characteristics of the customer premises equipment or facilities shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company. Such use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by a customer does not: endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; damage, require change in or alteration of the equipment or other facilities of the Company; interfere with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; impair the operation of the Company’s facilities or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company’s services. Upon notice that the equipment provided by a customer is causing or is likely to cause such hazard or interference, the customer shall take such steps as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.








3. Responsibility of the Customer (Continued)

c. The customer’s responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company as may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or changes may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his customer premises equipment.

4. Connection of Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems

a. The following provisions will apply:

1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and/or Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer to ESP Link.

2) The undertaking of the Company is to furnish ESP Link as ordered and specified by the customer except as specified in d) following.

b. Connection of Channel Service Units

A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment must be provided by the customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility. This equipment must comply with the technical requirements outlined in Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

c. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge, as set forth in Section 15 of this tariff, for visits by the Company to the customer's premises where the service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of equipment or facilities provided by the customer.

d. The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment installed by the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

e. For maintenance purposes, upon request of the Company, the customer will be responsible for notifying the Company of the type of digital terminating equipment used.







A. A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted rates for ESP Link. The minimum service period is twelve (12) months. ESP Link may be ordered under a TDP for fixed periods of 12 - 23 months, 24 - 35 months, 36 - 59 months, and 60 - 84 months. Month-to-month rates in this tariff may apply only after the expiration of a TDP. All rate elements within the same ESP Link facility must be ordered under the same commitment period and under the same service date. The customer must order the TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in one-month increments, (e.g. a 28-month commitment period or a 37-month commitment period).

B. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, Nonrecurring Charges do not apply toward facilities in-service at that time. If a customer converts from month-to-month rates to a TDP or upgrades from one TDP to another, Nonrecurring Charges and Service Charges do not apply.

C. At the end of the TDP the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in 19.3.7 following. If the customer does not select a new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.

D. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire ESP Link under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.

E. The customer can extend TDP commitment periods at any time during the term of the plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of remaining months in the original term plan will become part of the total term in the new term plan.

19.3.4 Termination Liability Charges

A. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of ESP Link prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP.

B. Customers may move ESP Link Access Lines and not be subject to Termination Liability Charges providing the terms of the TDP are maintained. If charges as specified in 19.3.1.F were applied to the service being terminated or moved, any termination or move charges associated with that construction apply, as well as any construction charges at the new location.






19.3.4 Termination Liability Charges (Continued)

C. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the following conditions:

1. The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and

2. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related together, and there is no lapse in service between the installation of the new service and the disconnection of the old service, and

3. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the same customer at the same location.

D. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next generation service offering.

E. Nonrecurring charges and Service Charges for the new service will apply according to the requirements of the new service.

19.3.5 Rate Categories

There are three rate categories which apply to ESP Link:

- ESP Link Access Line - ESP Link Interface - ESP Link Channels

A. ESP Link Access Line

The ESP Link Access Line rate category provides for the communications path between a customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the ESP Link Access Line is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any. The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One ESP Link Access Line charge applies per ESP Link facility. The charge applicable to the ESP Link Access Line is set forth in 19.3.7.A following.







19.3.5 Rate Categories (Continued)

B. ESP Link Interface

The ESP Link Interface rate category provides for the central office multiplexing to support twenty-four (24) channels at 56 Kbps with required signaling as necessary for trunking functionality. The charge applicable to the ESP Link Interface are set forth in 19.3.7.B following

C. ESP Link Channels

The ESP Link Channels rate category provides unlimited usage of a network channel that will allow digital transmission up to 56 Kbps. Twenty-four (24) ESP Link Channels are required per ESP Link Interface. The charge applicable to ESP Link Channels is set forth in 19.3.7.C following.


A. ESP Link is furnished between the normal Serving Wire Center and the customer’s premises. At a minimum, each ESP Link facility is comprised of one ESP Link Access Line, one ESP Link Interface, and twenty-four (24) ESP Link Channels.

B. A LightLink Channel Termination may be employed as a substitute for the ESP Link Access Line, provided that the Channel Termination meets the required technical standards necessary to support ESP Link. In such cases, there will be no charge for the ESP Link Access Line.

C. The ESP Link Interface is provided at the Serving Wire Center. One ESP Link Interface charge applies per ESP Link facility.

D. When ESP Link is extended from an alternative central office, all charges applicable to TransLink Service Interoffice Channel Mileage apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section.

E. Twenty-four (24) ESP Link Channels apply per ESP Link Interface.

F. ESP Link Channels receive the same local calling area as any other form of basic local exchange service.

G. The Federal Subscriber Line Charge and the Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge (PICC) apply at a ratio of five (5) per ESP Link Interface, as well as other federal monthly end user charges as described in CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9, Section 4 (e.g., Federal Universal Service Fund (USF).

(T) (T)






19.3.6 Application of Rates (Continued)

H. All federal, state, and local surcharges apply per ESP Link Channel, including, but not limited to, 9-1-1 surcharges and Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) surcharges.

I. Services such as Custom Calling Features, ExpressTouch Service, etc., as specified in Section 13 of this tariff, are not available in conjunction with ESP Link.

J. Rotary Hunt functionality is inherent to ESP Link Service.


Nonrecurring Nonrecurring Nonrecurring Monthly Charge Charge Charge

Rate Initial Additional Rearrangement

A. ESP Link Access Line


B. ESP Link Interface


C. ESP Link Channels, each channel (24 required per ESP Link Interface)


(1) Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.







D. Nonrecurring Charge

The Initial Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for the initial installation of a ESP Link Access Line, ESP Link Interface and ESP Link Channels to a given Serving Wire Center. The Additional Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for each additional ESP Link Access Line, ESP Link Interface and associated ESP Link Channels installed at the same location, the same time, under the same order, and with the same due date. The Rearrangement Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for any rearrangement of an existing ESP Link Access Line, ESP Link Interface, and ESP Link Channels.

E. Move Charges

A Move Charge applies for ESP Link Access Lines moved to a new location, even when moved on the same premises. The Move Charge is equal to the ESP Link Access Line Initial Nonrecurring Charge and applies in addition to the Primary Service Order Charge located in Section 4 of this tariff.

F. Service Charges

A Primary Service Order Charge as set forth in Section 4 of this tariff is applicable per customer request. Nonrecurring Charges specified in this tariff section are in lieu of all other Service Charges.




PRIVATE LINE SERVICES AND CHANNELS

20.1 LOCAL PRIVATE LINE SERVICE

20.1.1 General

A. Private lines are telephone communication distribution facilities furnished to customers for their exclusive use. They are not arranged for basic exchange service. Private line services are furnished only when facilities are available.

B. Private lines may be connected between any points in the local calling area.

C. All mileage measurements are the direct air line distances between the serving central office and the terminating points. If the channels terminate in multiple central offices, foreign exchange, and foreign central office charges in Section 9 of this tariff apply.

D. The rates and charges for local private line service as set forth below apply only if facilities are available. When facilities are not available, the service may be furnished at rates and charges based on the cost involved.






20.1 LOCAL PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (Continued)


A. Channels (Exchange Groups A and B)

Basic Tariff Monthly Termination

Code I.N.C. Rate Charge Mos.

1. 2-Wire Channels (Radio Loop, Burg- lar Alarm, Fire Alarm)

a. First 1/2 mile or fraction thereof... PL2WRECHL 4222 $20.00* $ 5.50 -- --

b. Group B...each additional 1/4, mile or fraction thereof PLAD2WCHL 4223 -- 2.48 -- --

c. Group A... each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof... PLAD2WCHL 4230 -- 1.65 -- --

d. Minimum charge... PL2MMLG 4221 20.00* 5.50 -- --

2. 4-Wire Channel

a. First 1/2 mile or fraction thereof... PL4WRECHL 4224 15.00* 9.90 -- --

b. Group B...each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof PLAD4WCHL 4225 -- 6.25 -- --

c. Group A...each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof...PLAD4WCHL 4231 -- 3.30 -- --

d. Minimum charge... PLA4MNLG 4229 15.00* 9.90 -- --

* Applies for each termination.

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )








B. Terminating Equipment (Exchange Groups A and B)


1. Group B...equipment terminating in telephone systems on the same premises automatic ringing with rotary dial...PLONPTERM 4226 $5.00 $8.15 -- --

2. Group A...equipment terminating in telephone systems on the same premises, automatic ringing with rotary dial... PLONPTERM 4232 5.00 6.25 -- --

3. Group B...equipment terminating in off premises telephone systems, automatic ringing with rotary dial...PLOFPTERM 4227 5.00 8.15 -- --

4. Group A...equipment terminating in off premises telephone systems, automatic ringing with rotary dial...PLOFPTERM 4233 5.00 4.50 -- --

* Applies for each Termination

Rates for instruments and other feature telephones are found in Section 100 of this tariff. If the primary station is provided by the customer, the Instrument charge does not apply.

NOTICE: Customer Premise Equipment available for lease is limited to equipment in stock on December 31, 1982.

( I )








C. Channels (Exchange Group D)


1. Radio loop or 2 wire channels

a. First 1/4 mile or fraction thereof PLRADIOLP 4222 $20.00* $3.30 -- --

b. Each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof...PLADRDOLP 4223 -- 1.65 -- --

2. Burglar alarm and fire alarm channels

a. First 1/4 mile or fraction thereof ALARMCKT 4229 20.00* 3.30 -- --

b. Each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof...PLADDLBF 4221 -- 1.65 -- --

3. 4 Wire Channels

a. First 1/4 mile or fraction thereof PL4WRECHL 4224 20.00* 6.60 -- --

b. Each additional 1/4 mile or fraction thereof...PLAD4WCHL 4225 -- 3.30 -- --

* Applies for each termination.

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )







D. Terminating Equipment (Exchange Group D)


1. Equipment terminating in telephone systems on the same premises, automatic ringing with rotary dial PLONPTERM 4226 $5.00 $8.15 -- --

2. Equipment terminating in off premises telephone systems, automatic ringing with rotary dial...PLOFPTERM 4227 5.00 8.15 -- --





20.2 BRIDGING

20.2.1 General

A. Bridging charges apply for the connection of a channel or channels to another channel or the common point where more than two channels of any type connect.

B. Bridging arrangements will be furnished when practical, by the Company only as special assemblies of equipment.


A. Rates for bridging arrangements are equivalent to the estimated cost of furnishing the arrangements and are applied in addition to the channel charges.

B. Bridging charges apply per channel (interoffice channel, local channel and interexchange channel) in offices where three or more channels are bridged.

C. Bridging charges do not apply on Foreign Exchange and Foreign Serving office.

D. A bridging charge first applies when the third point of a circuit is added. The rate for the original two-point circuit is not changed. However, three bridging charges, corresponding to the paths from the three end points to the bridged connection are applied to the third point. Thereafter, when an additional point is added, it will be associated with a single bridging charge.

E. Anytime more than two (2) channels (multi point service) are connected in a central office a bridging charge applies to each termination.




ACCESS SERVICE

21.1 GENERAL

Access Services constitute services provided to Interexchange Carriers for the provision of interstate and intrastate telecommunications for its own use or for the use of its customers. Access Services include, but are not limited to, Switched Access Services, Special Access Services, and Ancillary Services.

For Access Service Information, see Central Telephone Company of Texas Access Service Tariffs for Interstate and Intrastate.













24.1. GENERAL

Pay Telephone Service (PTS) is a telecommunications service utilizing any coin, coinless credit card reader, or cordless instrument that is accessible by members of the general public, or business patprovided in guest rooms by a hotel/motel are not pay telephones. A telephone that is primarily used by business patrons, employees, and/or visitors of the premise’s owner is not a pay telephone if:

A. the primary use of such telephone is for local calls or toll-free "1-800" or “1-888” calls;

B. all local calls and "1-800" and “1-888” type calls from such telephone are free to the end user; and

C. the telephone is not accessible by members of the general public.

24.2 DEFINITIONS

Operator Service - Any service using live operator or automated operator functions for the handling of telephone service, such as toll calling via collect, third number billing, and calling card services. The transmission of “1-800 and 1-888” numbers, where the called party has arranged to be billed, is not operator service.

Operator Service Provider (OSP) - Any person or entity that provides operator services by using either live or automated operator functions. When more than one entity is involved in processing an operator service call, the party setting the rates shall be considered to be the OSP. However, subscribers to customer-owned pay telephone service shall not be deemed to be OSPs.

Rate Information - All charges ultimately charged to the PTS provider, including any surcharges, fees, and any other form of compensation charged by the PTS provider on behalf of the call aggregator.

"0+" Call - A call made by the caller dialing the digit "0" followed by the terminating telephone number. On some automated call equipment, a digit or digits may be dialed between the "0" and the terminating telephone number.

"0-" Call - A call made by the caller dialing the digit "0" and no other digits within five seconds. A "0-" call may be made after a digit (or digits) to access the local network is (are) dialed.

Automatic Number Identification (ANI) - The automatic transmission by the local switching system of the originating telephone number to an interexchange or other communications carrier or to the operator of a 911 system.

Originating Line Screening (OLS) - A two-digit code passed by the local switching system with the ANI at the beginning of a call that provides information about the originating line.

End User Choice - A system that allows the automatic routing of interexchange, operator-assisted calls to the billed party's chosen carrier without the use of access codes.

Call Aggregator - Any person or entity that owns or otherwise controls telephones intended to be utilized by the public. For the purposes of this definition, a person or entity controls a telephone if that person or entity has the authority to post notices and/or unblock access.





24.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS

REGISTRATION - All Pay Telephone Service Providers must be in compliance with the Public Utility Commission of Texas Substantive Rule (S.R.) 26.102 regarding registration.

24.3.1 Pay Telephone Service Provider

A. Pay Telephone Service is a service offered by a certificated telecommunications utility which provides a two-way, or optionally, a one-way originating-only business access line composed of the serving central office line equipment, all outside plant facilities needed to connect the serving central office with the customer premises, and the network interface.

B. Customer provided terminal equipment may be used with the facilities furnished by the Telephone Company for telecommunications service as provided in this tariff. In all such cases the customer-provided terminal equipment will be so constructed, maintained and operated as to work satisfactorily with facilities furnished by the Telephone Company.

C. A maximum of one telephone instrument may be connected to any one Pay Telephone Service access line.

D. Pay Telephone Access Line service is offered in all of the Company’s exchanges.

E. The Pay Telephone Service provider shall sign an agreement to indemnify and hold Central Telephone of Texas harmless from any and all loss, damage and expense occasioned by or arising out of claims for injury to persons or damage to property caused by or contributed to by the provision of detailed toll billing records and/or local message billing records to the Pay Telephone Service provider by Central Telephone Company of Texas, including but not limited to, any disclosure of said detailed toll billing records and/or local message billing records by the Telephone Service provider.

F. No person, business, government or entity of any type, will be permitted to subscribe to Pay Telephone Service where such service is being used primarily for the purpose of placing directory assistance calls. If such Pay Telephone Service is installed, and it is subsequently discovered by the Telephone Company, by whatever means, that such service is being used primarily for the purpose of placing directory assistance calls, such service will be disconnected after giving the customer a written 20-day notice of violation and disconnection. The Telephone Company further reserves the right to connect, or re-connect, such Pay Telephone Service at such premise(s) in the future.

G. Coin control service is available as an optional service for use in conjunction with pay telephone service. Coin control service is based on a central office platform which offers features for use with coinless or coin operated (pay) telephone service. Coin control service uses a software-driven system to provide features and capabilities similar to those provided by micro-processor based, “smart”, payphone sets.





24.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS (Continued)

24.3.1 Pay Telephone Service Provider (Continued)

H. Customers who elect not to subscribe to Billed Number Screening, will be fully responsible for all collect calls and third number billed calls which are billed to customer’s exchange access line. The Telephone Company shall have no responsibility to adjust any such charges and or release customer from paying such charges. Customer will hold the Telephone Company harmless from and against any liability or loss resulting from all such collect calls and third number billed calls.

I. Customers who elect not to subscribe to Selective Class of Call Screening will be fully responsible for all calls billed to customer’s exchange access line. The Telephone Company shall have no responsibility to adjust any such charges and or release customer from paying any such charges. Customer will hold the Telephone Company harmless from and against any liability or loss resulting from all calls billed to customer’s exchange access line.

24.3.2 Requirements For Pay Telephone Service (PTS)

A. If the PTS provider uses automated call completion technology to complete operator service calls, the provider of PTS must:

1. Audibly and distinctly identify itself to the caller upon answering;

2. Audibly and distinctly identify itself to the billed party, if the billed party is different from the caller;

3. Provide a mechanism for the caller to obtain rate information, without charge, 24 hours a day, seven days a week; and

4. Permit the caller or billed party to terminate the call at no charge prior to completion of the call by the PTS provider.






24.3.2 Requirements For Pay Telephone Service (PTS) (Continued)

B. 911 calls, "0-" calls, and end user choice.

1. The PTS provider must allow 911 calls to be outpulsed directly to the Public Service Answering Point at no charge and without requiring a coin or credit card.

2. Where End User Choice, as defined in S.R. 26.5 is not available, the PTS provider must allow "0-" calls, and must directly route, without charge to the calling party, all "0-" calls to an OSP that provides access to emergency services provider that meet the technical standards set forth in S.R. 26.315 relating to Operator Services.

3. When and where available, use of End User Choice, as herein defined in Section 24.2, is required.

4. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to pay telephones accessible to inmates of confinement facilities.

C. Access

1. The PTS provider must:

a. provide access to operator services, which access must be available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, at no charge and without requiring a coin or credit card;

b. provide access to directory assistance, which access must be available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, at no charge and without requiring a coin or credit card; and

c. provide access to the operator of a local exchange company that meets the requirements enumerated in S.R. 26.315 and that serves the area from which the call is made, at no charge and without requiring a coin or credit card, either:

(1) by directly routing all "0-" calls to such local exchange company operator, without charge to the caller; or

(2) by transfer or redirection of the call by an OSP in accordance with the provisions of S.R. 26.319.







C. Access (Continued)

2. The PTS provider must also allow access to other telecommunications utilities unless otherwise provided in clause c. of this subparagraph.

a. Access to interexchange carriers by "950-XXXX and "1-800" or “1-888” numbers must not be blocked.

b. Access to interexchange carriers by "101XXXX+0" (whether "101XXXX+0+" or "101XXXX+0-.") dialing must not be blocked if the end office serving the originating line has OLS capability.

c. To prevent fraudulent use of the pay telephone, the access requirement is explicitly waived under the following conditions without prior application to the commission:

(1) Access to interexchange carriers by “101XXXX+0” (whether “101XXXX+0+” or “101XXXX+0-”) dialing may be blocked, if the end office serving the originating line does not have OLS screening capability.

(2) Access to interexchange carriers by "101XXXX+1" dialing may be blocked.

3. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to pay telephones accessible to inmates of confinement facilities.







D. Other

1. The PTS provider must:

(a) ensure that end users can place all local and toll calls, except direct dialed international calls, from the pay telephone, including, but not limited to, operator-assisted international calls, collect calls, third number billed calls, and calling card calls;

(b) be responsible for the payment of charges for all local and toll messages, including, but not limited to, non-local directory assistance charges, except as provided in S.R. 26.347 relating to fraud protection;

(c) comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations including those concerning the use of pay telephones by disabled and/or hearing or speech-impaired persons;

(d) not attach extension telephones to pay telephones, unless the pay telephone displays a notice that legibly and conspicuously states in capital letters, “YOUR CONVERSATION MAY BE OVERHEARD BECAUSE AN EXTENSION TELEPHONE IS ATTACHED TO THIS PHONE LINE;”

(e) not impose a time limit on local calls.

(f) The requirements of subparagraph 1. (a) and (e) of this paragraph do not apply to pay telephones accessible to inmates of confinement facilities.

2. If the PTS provider uses automated call completion technology to complete operator service calls, and if validation information is available for calls that the PTS provider (or a third-party billing and collection agent operating on behalf of the PTS provider) will bill through a certified telecommunications utility, the PTS provider is required to validate the call and is allowed to submit the call for billing only if the call was validated.

3. PTS may be connected to, from, or through a customer-provided telecommunications switching system, or local exchange carrier-provided central office switching system, provided that the PTS provider meets all requirements of S. R. 26.344. The PTS provider must ensure access to E-911, 911 and/or 0- is not blocked and must comply with all legislative and rule requirements regarding the operation of E-911 and 911. This access configuration is not allowed if it prevents usage measurement, by the local exchange carrier, of a local exchange carrier-provided COPTS access line. For purposes of this paragraph, local exchange carrier is defined as any entity holding either a Certificate of Convenience and Necessity, Certificate of Operating Authority, or Service Provider Certificate of Operating Authority.






24.4.1 Pay Telephone Service

Rate

A. When the assistance of an operator is required to bill or collect for a local message, a charge of forty cents ($.40) applies.

B. Coin Control, each line (in addition to pay telephone service) $2.21

C. In addition to the access line rate, the subscriber will be responsible for paying the multi-line subscriber line charge.

D. All other applicable charges (e.g., toll charges, mileage charges, etc.) are the responsibility of the pay telephone service subscriber.

E. Answer Supervision, each line (in addition to pay telephone service) $4.00






24.4 RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)

24.4.2 Pay Telephone Service Provider

A. Service and Reconnection Charges, as specified in this tariff, apply in addition to other charges specified for Pay Telephone Service.

B. A “local message” is a completed local call, originating and terminating in exchanges which may be called without toll charges.

C. Pay Telephone Service will be provided on a monthly access line flat rate basis, not exceeding the basic exchange business one-party flat rate. Extended Area Service (EAS) and Expanded Local Calling Service (ELCS) charges do not apply. Pay Telephone Service access line flat rates are as follows:

Exchange Monthly Rate Exchange Monthly Rate

Alvord $19.25 Little River $19.25 Berclair 19.25 Lometa 19.25 Boonsville 19.25 Milano 19.25 Boyd 19.25 Moffat 19.25 Buckholts 19.25 Nolanville 22.00 Charco 19.25 Oenaville 19.25 Chico 19.25 Pawnee 19.25 Clifton 19.25 Pettus 19.25 Copperas Cove 22.00 Ponder 19.25 Cranfills Gap 19.25 Porter 37.85 Decatur 19.25 Porter Heights 22.00 Florence 22.00 Rhome 19.25 Fort Hood 22.00 Saint Jo 19.25 Glen Flora 19.25 Salado 19.25 Heidenheimer 19.25 Sanger 19.25 Holland 19.25 Slidell 19.25 Humble 37.85 Stockdale 19.25 Hutto 19.25 Sunset 19.25 Kempner 19.25 Turnersville 19.25 Killeen 22.00 West Columbia 19.25 Krum 19.25 Zabcikville 19.25 Laguna Park 19.25

D. The charge associated with utilizing an operator's assistance for completing a local call is found in Section 3.3.3.

E. The pay telephone service provider shall be responsible for the payment of a Maintenance of Service charge outlined in Section 15.3.2 for visits by a Telephone Company employee to the customer’s premises when a service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of pay telephones and the maintenance, service or repair call is authorized by the pay telephone owner or agent. The pay telephone owner must keep the Telephone Company advised of the identity of the pay telephone owner or agent authorized to request a maintenance service call.

F. Pay telephone service providers may order the blocking of direct dialed international calls (“011+” and “101XXXX+011+”) in central offices where facilities are available. A secondary service order charge as set forth in Section 4.3.1(B) of this tariff will apply.

(T)

(T)




INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK

25.1 GENERAL

Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) is a local exchange telecommunications service that provides integrated voice and data communications capability. ISDN Service supports the simultaneous transmission of voice and data over a single exchange access line.

ISDN-BRI (Basic Rate Interface) service provides a customer two 64 kbps channels (B-Channels) and one 16 kbps (D-Channel). The service provides switched communication paths providing end user access to a variety of network services including data, image, voice and video, which conforms to internationally developed, published and recognized standards generated by the International Telecommunications Union (formerly CCITT).

25.2 DEFINITIONS

Basic Rate Interface (BRI)

BRI consists of three distinct channels delivered to customers premises: two B (Bearer) channels and one D (Delta) channel.

B (Bearer) Channel

The B-channel carries voice and/or data communications at speeds up to 64 Kbps, from the customer's premises, over the loop facility, to the central office.

D (Delta) Channel

The D-Channel is a 16 kbps circuit which carries administrative signaling for call-control for either a voice or data "B" channel on the ISDN-BRI line. The D channel does not have voice capability.

25.3 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE

25.3.1 ISDN-BRI is offered where facilities are available and appropriate technology exists to provide the service.

25.3.2 ISDN-BRI Service is available where the customer's service location is within the provisioning distance limitations, generally 18,000 feet (3.4 miles) or less from the customer's local central office, as determined prior to the installation of the service. Measurement is based on route distance from the customer's local central office to the customer's premise. The distance limitation may be increased beyond 18,000 feet by placing a U Loop Repeater in the local loop between the central office and the customer's premise.

25.3.3 The Company shall terminate ISDN Services at the Company Network Interface Device (NID).

25.3.4 One directory listing will be provided with ISDN-BRI. Additional listings are available as specified in Section 6 of this tariff.

25.3.5 ISDN-BRI will not work during a power failure at the customer's premise.





25.3 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE (Continued)

25.3.6 Available features are described as National ISDN-1 and are subject to change as new features are established. National ISDN-1 is defined in detail in Special Report SR-NWT-001937 in terms of Bellcore Technical Reference (TRS) and other specifications. When compatible, other features and functions may be available from other sections of the tariff and purchased on a per channel basis.

25.3.7 This tariff does not allow the transmission of packet data on either the D channel or the B channels.

25.3.8 If ISDN-BRI is provisioned as Foreign Exchange service, the FX rates in Section 25.6 of this tariff are applicable, in addition to other appropriate charges. The FX application will only be used for the exchanges which technologically are not equipped to provide this service.

25.3.9 When ISDN-BRI service is provisioned from a central office other than the customer's normal serving office, additional trunks to the appropriate tandem selective router for 911 services will be required. This will provide customers with connectivity to the appropriate PSAP. It will be the Company's responsibility to notify the appropriate PSAP to set up correct trunking facilities.

A. Standard Features

Based on the CPE selected by the customer or the customer's agent, some of the features offered may function differently or may not be available.

The following standard features are included with ISDN-BRI service:

1. Additional Call Offering/Call Waiting - Multiple call appearances per B channel. For example, place up to two calls on hold and receive a third call, with all calls coming into the same phone number for one B channel.

2. Automatic Callback - This feature enables the customer to place a call to the telephone number of the last incoming call, whether or not the call was answered or the number is known.

3. Call Forwarding - Allows the network to automatically forward incoming calls to another number at any time, on busy or no answer.

4. Caller ID - Delivery of caller telephone number.

5. Flexible Calling - Three-way conference calling and call transfer.





25.4 REGULATIONS

25.4.1 Equipment beyond the demarcation point that is responsible for the termination of loop transmission electronics, maintenance functions and monitoring performance capabilities must be provided by the customer. This equipment must be present to obtain access to the network and must work with the Company's network switching equipment.

25.4.2 The operating characteristics of Customer Provided Equipment (CPE) and facilities shall be such as not to interfere with any of the services offered by the Company, and shall conform to the ISDN protocols for network and equipment established by the Consultative Technical Publications Nos. 41449 and 41459.

25.4.3 Should ISDN service fail due to the customer's inside wiring, CPE, or power failure, the responsibility for failure shall be solely that of the customer and the Company shall have no liability of any kind.

25.4.4 The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations, or procedures of the Company utilized in the provisioning of ISDN render any facilities provided by the customer obsolete, or require modifications or alterations of such equipment or systems, or otherwise affect its use or performance.

25.4.5 Upon notice from the Company that the equipment of the customer is causing, or is likely to cause, hazard or interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference. When immediate action is required to protect the Company's facilities from hazards caused by customer provided equipment, the Company may immediately take such action as is necessary without prior notice to the customer. As soon as possible, after such action is taken, the Company will inform the customer of the nature of the hazard, and the type of remedial action required by the customer.

25.4.6 Customer Provided Equipment and facilities shall be operated in such a manner as not to endanger the safety of Company employees or the public, or otherwise interfere with the public use of Company services.

25.4.7 The customer indemnifies and saves the Company harmless against claims for libel, slander or infringement of copyright arising from the improper use of material transmitted over its facilities, and against claims for infringements of patents arising from combining with or using in connection with, facilities of the Company, apparatus or systems of the customer, and against all other claims arising out of any act or omission of the customer.

25.4.8 The Company has the right and option to check the output of any equipment used in the transmission of signals to and from the customer premises for this service. This includes Company provided facilities or other Companies' facilities used in conjunction with provision of ISDN-BRI service, such as customer-provided equipment.

25.4.9 Service is available to residential and business customers on a month-to-month basis with a minimum service period of three (3) consecutive months and will only be made available on a retail basis.






25.4 REGULATIONS (Continued)

25.4.10 ISDN - BRI may not be available and/or compatible with certain other services.

25.4.11 Only one Interexchange Carrier may be selected for all B channels associated with the same ISDN-BRI local loop; however, 101XXXX access to other Interexchange Carriers is available.

25.5 APPLICATION OF RATES

25.5.1 An ISDN-BRI Service line is offered on a tiered basis. All applicable state and federal charges will apply. In an exchange where an expanded local calling area plan is offered, expanded local calling usage charges are billed as specified in Sections 3.2 and 3.11. Toll charges apply when data or voice calls are completed outside of the customer's designated Local or Expanded Local Calling Area.

25.5.2 Federal Subscriber Line Charge

Subscriber Line Charge (SLC) will be assessed on each B channel. The charges for the SLC will be in accordance with CenturyLink Operating Companies Tariff F.C.C. No. 9.

25.5.3 Non-Recurring Charges

A. Installation charges will apply for each BRI line installed. The ISDN-BRI line includes two B channels and one D channel.

25.5.4 Extended Area Service (EAS) and Expanded Local Calling (ELC) rate increments, if any, apply per ISDN-BRI B-Channel for Residence customers only.

(T) (T)






25.6 RATES

Per Minute Charge

MRC NRC Over Base

Access Only $ 25.00 $225.00 (1) $ 0.0250 40 Hour Rate $ 50.00 $225.00 (1) $ 0.0250 Unlimited Access $ 59.75 $225.00 (1)

FX Arrangement (2) $135.10 $ 25.00

U Loop Repeater - for locations over 18,000' from the central office $ 16.50 $ 71.31

25.6.1 Nonrecurring charges will be discounted 50% when a customer commits to a 12-month service period or 100% when a customer commits to a 24-month service period. If termination of service prior to the end of the commitment occurs, the customer is responsible for payment of the remainder of the nonrecurring charges.

However, this termination requirement will not apply when the customer converts to a Next Generation Service Offering of a separately tariffed service, provided that:

The service period for the new service offering is a minimum period equal to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected arrangement, whichever is greater; and

The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related together, and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new service and disconnection of the existing service; and

The service orders are for the same customer at the same location.

Integrated Services Digital Network - Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI) to: Integrated Services Digital Network - Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI) is an example of a Next Generation Service Offering.

25.6.2 FX Arrangement charges are in addition to ISDN options of Access Only, 40 Hour Rate or Unlimited Access.

(D) (D)





INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)


25.8 INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK-PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (ISDN-PRI) BUSINESS SERVICE ▲


(M) Material previously appearing on this sheet now appears in Section 125.

(M) (T)

(N) (N)

(T) (T)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)




Cancels First Sheet 13


(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section 26 dba CenturyLink Second Revised Sheet 14.1 (T)

Cancels First Revised Sheet 14.1


(D)

(D)

(D) (D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)






(D)

(D)












Original Sheet 1

COMPETITIVE RESPONSE PROGRAMS

A. $5/$10 Credit Offer

Existing business customers may be eligible for consecutive bill credits when they contact the Company to inform them that they have received a better priced offer for the same or comparable service(s) from a competitor, or when they contact the Company to disconnect service(s) and agree to retain their service(s) with the Company.

To be eligible, the customer must be subscribed to any business local exchange service and must agree to retain the service(s) for one year after receiving the bill credit. Eligible customers who are subscribed to any local exchange service will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for six months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $5.00 per line bill credit for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten lines.

Eligible customers who are subscribed to any bundled service will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for six months when they agree to retain their bundled service(s) for a minimum of twelve additional months, or will receive a $10.00 bill credit per bundle for twelve months when they agree to retain their service(s) for a minimum of twenty-four additional months. Customers may receive the credits for a maximum of ten bundles.

The credits will begin appearing on customer bills the first month bill following the customer’s acceptance of this program. The benefits awarded under this program may not be combined with the benefits of other currently available programs or promotions.

If the customer discontinues service(s) prior to the twelve or twenty-four month commitment period, the credits issued under this promotion will be rescinded and charges for the credit amounts will be reflected on the customer's final bill. Customers are also liable for 50% of the remaining monthly recurring charges for the service(s) disconnected.








OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS

100.1 GENERAL

The services contained herein are obsolete and are without exception for existing services only. No service contained herein is to be offered as new service, moved, changed nor added to unless otherwise stated under individual services included in this section.

The Telephone Company will maintain all existing services outlined herein only as long as economically feasible. The customer will, at that time, be required to change to a like service, if available, at the rates specified in the applicable section of this General Customer Services Tariff.






103.1 TOLL RESTRICTION SERVICE (1)

A. General

In the 532 Fort Hood Central Office, Toll Restriction is only available on a limited basis.

Toll restriction service provides a means of restricting access to the Long Distance Message Telecommunications Network by direct dial or operator handled, which includes 1+, 0+ or 0-.

Toll Restriction Service will be available to a customer only if the customer's serving central office and NNX code have a Universal Emergency Service (911) in operation.

Restriction of access to operator services prevents the customer from dialing an operator for all purposes including emergencies, assistance and the placing of toll calls. The customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Telephone Company from any and all claims, losses, or damages caused by restriction of access to operator services.

All local calls, calls to Telephone Company numbers such as repair service, and 1+800/888 will be permitted.

The service may be provided to individual line customers in exchanges equipped to program the service without alteration of the central office equipment. Toll Restriction is not provided on access lines in connection with PBX services.

3.6.2 Rates and Charges Residence Business

Monthly Monthly SAE Code I.N.C. Rate Rate

Toll Restriction per telephone number FCE1TLL $15.00 $4.50 $5.00

Lifeline subscribers who receive Toll Restriction are exempt from paying a monthly rate or a non-recurring charge.

(1) Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of July 1, 2009.

(M) Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 3, First Revised Sheet 23.

(M)

(M)






103.2 SUBSCRIBER ACTIVATED CALL BLOCKING (SACB) (1)

A. General

Subscriber Activated Call Blocking (SACB) will be available where technologically feasible. Customers subscribing to this service are assigned Personal Identification Number (PIN) codes by the Telephone Company to activate/deactivate the SACB condition. While blocking is in effect the individual customer can override the restrictions by dialing a PIN number before placing the call.

B. Rates and Charges Monthly Rate

Subscriber Activated Call Blocking per access line (Toll Restriction) $4.50

Lifeline subscribers who receive Subscriber Activated Call Blocking are exempt from paying a monthly rate or non-recurring charge.

(1) Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of July 1, 2009.

(M) Material now appearing on this sheet was previously found in Section 3, Second Revised Sheet 25.

(M)

(M)





INTEGRATED BUSINESS SERVICE(1)

123.1 INTEGRATED BUSINESS SERVICE

123.1.1 General

A. Integrated Business Service is offered as a form of exchange service designed to serve all sizes of businesses.

B. The rates set forth in this tariff are for equipment and services located in the Company's central office and access lines terminated on the customer's premises. All terminal equipment on the customer's premises shall be provided and maintained by the customer.

Terminal equipment provided by the customer must be compatible with the services and equipment provided by the Company.

C. Integrated Business Service is offered only in central offices equipped to provide such service and will be installed only on Touch Call equipped access lines.

D. The minimum charge for services and equipment provided under this tariff shall be the rates applicable for one month of service.

E. A three year Basic Termination Agreement may be required to protect the company's investment in Integrated Business Services equipment and services.

F. The monthly charge for an Integrated Business access line shall include, but not be limited to, the following features:

1. Ring Again 2. Call Forwarding 3. 3-Way Conference/Transfer/Consultation Hold 4. Call Pickup 5. Call Waiting 6. Speed Calling including 2, 3 or 4 Digit Dialing

G. Automatic Route Selection will only be provided to those customers subscribing to 50 lines or more.

H. The Integrated Business Service feature of Call Forwarding cannot be used in conjunction with other features/services to expand the local calling scope beyond that available to a customer's premise.

(1) Effective July 1, 2003, Integrated Business Service will no longer be available to new customers. Existing customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires. Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 13.






123.1 INTEGRATED BUSINESS SERVICE (Continued)


I. These features shall be defined as follows:

1. Ring Again - The station user encountering a busy on an intragroup call will be notified when the busy number becomes idle.

2. Call Forwarding - This feature allows incoming calls to be routed to another number.

3. Three-Way Conference/Transfer/Consultation Hold - The user may place the original party on hold and talk alternately with a second party, have a conference call with both parties, or transfer the original party to another party.

4. Call Pickup - Call pickup permits a station user to answer calls that come into other stations within the same call-pickup group.

5. Call Waiting - Call waiting informs a station user who is engaged in a phone call that a second call is waiting.

6. Speed Calling including 2, 3 or 4 Digit Dialing - The speed calling feature permits a station user to access a programmed number by dialing a speed-calling code instead of the complete number.

J. Installation and move or change charges shall be applicable as set forth in Section 4 of this tariff.








123.1 INTEGRATED BUSINESS SERVICE (Continued)

123.1.2 Rates:

INSTALLATION RATE PER CHARGE MONTH

A. IBS - Basic Service, per access line

1 - 10 lines $ 50.00(1) $9.90 11 or more lines 75.00(1) 7.00

B. IBS Primary Access Line (2) Single-line Business Rates in Section 3 of this tariff apply.

C. Automatic Route Selection, 25.00(1) 1.10 per access line

D. IBS - Virtual Facility 25.00(1) 18.25 Group (required for In/Out WATS service), per access line

E. Enhanced Business Service, 25.00(1) 5.61 per access line

F. Central Office Equipment for 25.00(1) .55 Business Telephone Set, per set

G. Central Office Equipment, 130.00 121.00 per attendant console

(1) One installation charge for group of access lines installed.

(2) Multi-Element installation charges as set forth in Section 4.


( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )

( I )




Original Sheet 1


INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)

125.1 PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) ▲


(M)

(M)




OBSOLETED SERVICE OFFERINGS

SWITCHLINK PLUS SERVICES(1)

127.1 GENERAL

127.1.1 Centel SwitchLink Plus Services are serving wire center based communications services for the transmission of digital signals, over a specifically equipped two-wire access line. SwitchLink Plus Services may be ordered as follows:

A. SwitchLink Plus Service provides asynchronous data access at speeds up to and including 19.2 kbps and synchronous data access at speeds up to and including 56 kbps.

127.1.2 SwitchLink Plus Services are not inherently voice functional. Use of the service is limited to the transmission of digital signals.

127.2 DEFININTIONS

SwitchLink Plus Access Line refers to the two-wire facility connecting the customer premises to the SwitchLink Plus Services switching equipment.

SwitchLink Plus Services Service Arrangement refers to the equipment required in the serving wire center per line to support data transmission speeds over the SwitchLink Plus Service Access Line.

SwitchLink Plus Services-Serving Wire Center refers to the central office containing SwitchLink Plus Services switching equipment.

SwitchLink Plus Services-Serving Area is defined by the technical limitations of each specific service arrangement and in the Company's judgment are necessary to meet the data transmission specifications without excessive degradation of the service.

SwitchLink Plus Services Extension Capability refers to the facilities and equipment necessary to extend a SwitchLink Plus Services Access Line for certain customers who are served by a Serving Wire Center not equipped with SwitchLink Plus Services Service Arrangement.

SwitchLink Plus Services Extension Line refers to a SwitchLink Plus Services Access Line when the service is provided using the SwitchLink Plus Services Extension Capability.

(1) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of April 7, 2002






127.3 REGULATIONS

127.3.1 SwitchLink Plus Services are provided subject to the availability of appropriately equipped digital serving wire centers and facilities. The Company is under no obligation to provide SwitchLink Plus Services at a distance from the serving wire center that exceeds the technical limitations of the service.

127.3.2 The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of its equipment, operations, or procedures utilized in the provision of SwitchLink Plus Services render any facilities provided by a customer obsolete, require modification or alteration of such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use of performance. In such instances, the Company will notify customers of such changes.

127.3.3 SwitchLink Plus Service requires compatible data units be utilized at the originating and terminating ends of the transmission to transmit and receive the data at the 56 Kbps speed. Customer premise equipment associated with SwitchLink Plus Services is subject to the limitations specified in the Bell Communications Research, Inc. Technical Reference, "DATAPATH* Network Access Interface Specifications," TR-EOP-000277.

127.3.4 For SwitchLink Plus Service transmissions over interexchange facilities, the carrier chosen by the subscriber must be capable of passing 56 Kbps data transmission end-to-end over a digital network.

127.3.5 Service is available on a month-to-month basis with a minimum billing period of one month.

127.3.6 Touch-Tone service and equipment is required for each SwitchLink Plus Services Access Line.

127.3.7 Directory listings will be furnished for SwitchLink Plus Services in accordance with the regulations set forth in Section 6 of the General Customer Services Tariff; however, there is no charge for non-published SwitchLink Plus Services telephone numbers.

127.3.8 Temporary suspension of service at the request of the customer is not allowed.

127.3.9 Regulations for Interruptions of Service apply as specified in the General Customer Services Tariff.

(1) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of April 7, 2002.



Central Telephone Company of Texas Section127 dba Embarq First Revised Sheet 3




127.4 RATES Monthly NRC

127.4.1 SwitchLink Plus Service (1)

per Access Line [1FLCSW(PL)] $125.00 $215.00

127.4.2 SwitchLink Plus Services are subject to all general regulations and rates applicable to individual business lines as outlined in the General Customer Services Tariff and in Centel's Federal and other State Tariffs.

127.4.3 Optional Features (e.g., speed dial) are available at the rates provided in the applicable sections of the General Customer Services Tariff.

Monthly Rate

127.4.4 SwitchLink Plus Services Mileage rates are Extension Line specified in Centel's

IntraLATA Services Digital Link Service Tariff.

Mileage is measured in airline miles between the SwitchLink Plus Services Serving Wire Center and the customer's serving wire center.

127.4.5 Service Connections charges in Section 4 of the General Customer Services Tariff are applicable to SwitchLink Plus Services service establishment.

If special or unusual line conditioning is required or unusual installations or customer requirements occur, additional time and material charges may apply for any of the above services.

(1) SwitchLink Plus Services access lines utilizing the long distance network will have the applicable Message Telecommunications Service (MTS) toll charges billed to the originating end. MTS toll charges will be rated from the exchange rate center of the SwitchLink Plus Services-Serving Wire Center.

(2) Grandfathered service limited to existing customers at existing locations as of April 7, 2002.

( I )


Documents

Central Telephone Company of Texas Title Page CenturyLink ... · Central Telephone Company of Texas Title Page d/b/a CenturyLink First Revised Sheet 1 (C) Cancels Original Sheet 1